HL760 7

CONTENTS
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 1 Safety Hints - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1-1
Group 2 Specifications - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1-10
Group 3 Operational Checkout Record Sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1-23
SECTION 2 ENGINE
Group 1 Structure and Function - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2-1
Group 2 Fan drive circuit for cooling system - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2-5
SECTION 3 POWER TRAIN SYSTEM

Group 2 Operational Checks and Troubleshooting - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3-67
Group 3 Test and Adjustments - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3-78
Group 4 Disassembly and Assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3-81
SECTION 4 BRAKE SYSTEM

Group 3 Tests and Adjustments - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4-32
Group 4 Disassembly and assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4-34
SECTION 5 STEERING SYSTEM

Group 2 Operational Checks and Troubleshooting - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5-17
SECTION 6 WORK EQUIPMENT

SECTION 7 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 1 Component Location 7-1
Group 2 Electrical Circuit 7-3
Group 3 Monitoring System 7-21
Group 4 Electrical Component Specification 7-37
Group 5 Connectors 7-44
Group 6 Troubleshooting 7-58
FOREWORD
1. STRUCTURE
This service manual has been prepared as an aid to improve the quality of repairs by giving the
serviceman an accurate understanding of the product and by showing him the correct way to perform
repairs and make judgements. Make sure you understand the contents of this manual and use it to
full effect at every opportunity.
This service manual mainly contains the necessary technical information for operations performed in
a service workshop.
For ease of understanding, the manual is divided into the following sections.
Structure and function

This group explains the structure and function of each component. It serves not only to give an
understanding of the structure, but also serves as reference material for troubleshooting.
Operational checks and troubleshooting
This group explains the system operational checks and troubleshooting charts correlating problem to
remedy.
Tests and adjustments
This group explains checks to be amide before and after performing repairs, as well as adjustments
to be made at completion of the checks and repairs.
Disassembly and assembly
This section explains the order to be followed when removing, installing, disassembling or assembling
each component, as well as precautions to be taken for these operations.
The specifications contained in this shop manual are subject to change at any time and without any
advance notice. Contact your Hyundai distributor for the latest information.
0-1
2. HOW TO READ THE SERVICE MANUAL
Distribution and updating Revised edition mark(①②③…)
Any additions, amendments or other changes When a manual is revised, an edition mark is
will be sent to Hyundai distributors. recorded on the bottom outside corner of the
Get the most up-to-date information before you pages.
start any work.
Revisions
Filing method Revised pages are shown at the list of revised
1. See the page number on the bottom of the pages on the between the contents page and
page. section 1 page.
File the pages in correct order.
2. Following examples shows how to read the Symbols
page number. So that the service manual can be of ample
Example 1 practical use, important places for safety and
3-3 quality are marked with the following symbols.
Section number (3. Power train
system) Symbol Item Remarks
Consecutive page number for
Special safety precautions are
each section necessary when performing the
3. Additional pages : Additional pages are work.
Safety
indicated by a hyphen(-) and number after the
Extra special safety precautions
page number. File as in the example. are necessary when performing
10 - 4 the work because it is under
internal pressure.
10 - 4 - 1
Added pages Special technical precautions or
10 - 4 - 2
10 - 5 ※ Caution
other precautions for preserving
standards are necessary when
performing the work.
0-2
3. CONVERSION TABLE
Method of using the Conversion Table.
The Conversion Table in this section is provided to enable simple conversion of figures. For details of
the method of using the Conversion Table, see the example given below.
Example
1. Method of using the Conversion Table to convert from millimeters to inches.
Convert 55mm into inches.
(1) Locate the number 50 in the vertical column at the left side, take this as ⓐ, then draw a horizontal
line from ⓐ.
(2) Locate the number 5 in the row across the top, take this as ⓑ, then draw a perpendicular line
down from ⓑ.
(3) Take the point where the two lines cross as ⓒ. This point ⓒ gives the value when converting
from millimeters to inches. Therefore, 55mm = 2.165 inches.
2. Convert 550mm into inches.

(1) The number 550 does not appear in the table, so divide by 10(Move the decimal point one place
to the left) to convert it to 55mm.
(2) Carry out the same procedure as above to convert 55mm to 2.165 inches.
(3) The original value(550mm) was divided by 10, so multiply 2.165 inches by 10(Move the decimal
point one place to the right) to return to the original value.
This gives 550mm = 21.65 inches.
Millimeters to inches ⓑ
1mm = 0.03937 in
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0.039 0.079 0.118 0.157 0.197 0.236 0.276 0.315 0.354

10 0.394 0.433 0.472 0.512 0.551 0.591 0.630 0.669 0.709 0.748
20 0.787 0.827 0.866 0.906 0.945 0.984 1.024 1.063 1.102 1.142
30 1.181 1.220 1.260 1.299 1.339 1.378 1.417 1.457 1.496 1.536
40 1.575 1.614 1.654 1.693 1.732 1.772 1.811 1.850 1.890 1.929
ⓒ
50 1.969 2.008 2.047 2.087 2.126 2.165 2.205 2.244 2.283 2.323
ⓐ
60 2.362 2.402 2.441 2.480 2.520 2.559 2.598 2.638 2.677 2.717
70 2.756 2.795 2.835 2.874 2.913 2.953 2.992 3.032 3.071 3.110
80 3.150 3.189 3.228 3.268 3.307 3.346 3.386 3.425 3.465 3.504
90 3.543 3.583 3.622 3.661 3.701 3.740 3.780 3.819 3.858 3.898
0-3
Millimeters to Inches 1mm = 0.03937in
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0.039 0.079 0.118 0.157 0.197 0.236 0.276 0.315 0.354

10 0.394 0.433 0.472 0.512 0.551 0.591 0.630 0.669 0.709 0.748
20 0.787 0.827 0.866 0.906 0.945 0.984 1.024 1.063 1.102 1.142
30 1.181 1.220 1.260 1.299 1.339 1.378 1.417 1.457 1.496 1.536
40 1.575 1.614 1.654 1.693 1.732 1.772 1.811 1.850 1.890 1.929
50 1.969 2.008 2.047 2.087 2.126 2.165 2.205 2.244 2.283 2.323
60 2.362 2.402 2.441 2.480 2.520 2.559 2.598 2.638 2.677 2.717
70 2.756 2.795 2.835 2.874 2.913 2.953 2.992 3.032 3.071 3.110
80 3.150 3.189 3.228 3.268 3.307 3.346 3.386 3.425 3.465 3.504
90 3.543 3.583 3.622 3.661 3.701 3.740 3.780 3.819 3.858 3.898
Kilogram to Pound 1kg = 2.2046lb
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 2.20 4.41 6.61 8.82 11.02 13.23 15.43 17.64 19.84

10 22.05 24.25 26.46 28.66 30.86 33.07 35.27 37.48 39.68 41.89
20 44.09 46.30 48.50 50.71 51.91 55.12 57.32 59.5. 61.73 63.93
30 66.14 68.34 70.55 72.75 74.96 77.16 79.37 81.57 83.78 85.98
40 88.18 90.39 92.59 94.80 97.00 99.21 101.41 103.62 105.82 108.03
50 110.23 112.44 114.64 116.85 119.05 121.25 123.46 125.66 127.87 130.07
60 132.28 134.48 136.69 138.89 141.10 143.30 145.51 147.71 149.91 152.12
70 154.32 156.53 158.73 160.94 163.14 165.35 167.55 169.76 171.96 174.17
80 176.37 178.57 180.78 182.98 185.19 187.39 189.60 191.80 194.01 196.21
90 198.42 200.62 202.83 205.03 207.24 209.44 211.64 213.85 216.05 218.26
0-4
Liter to U.S. Gallon
1ℓ = 0.2642 U.S.Gal
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0.264 0.528 0.793 1.057 1.321 1.585 1.849 2.113 2.378

10 2.642 2.906 3.170 3.434 3.698 3.963 4.227 4.491 4.755 5.019
20 5.283 5.548 5.812 6.6076 6.340 6.604 6.869 7.133 7.397 7.661
30 7.925 8.189 8.454 8.718 8.982 9.246 9.510 9.774 10.039 10.303
40 10.567 10.831 11.095 11.359 11.624 11.888 12.152 12.416 12.680 12.944
50 13.209 13.473 13.737 14.001 14.265 14.529 14.795 15.058 15.322 15.586
60 15.850 16.115 16.379 16.643 16.907 17.171 17.435 17.700 17.964 18.228
70 18.492 18.756 19.020 19.285 19.549 19.813 20.077 20.341 20.605 20.870
80 21.134 21.398 21.662 21.926 22.190 22.455 22.719 22.983 23.247 23.511
90 23.775 24.040 24.304 24.568 24.832 25.096 25.631 25.625 25.889 26.153
Liter to U.K. Gallon 1ℓ = 0.21997 U.K.Gal
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0.220 0.440 0.660 0.880 1.100 1.320 1.540 1.760 1.980

10 2.200 2.420 2.640 2.860 3.080 3.300 3.520 3.740 3.950 4.179
20 4.399 4.619 4.839 5.059 5.279 5.499 5.719 5.939 6.159 6.379
30 6.599 6.819 7.039 7.259 7.479 7.969 7.919 8.139 8.359 8.579
40 8.799 9.019 9.239 9.459 9.679 9.899 10.119 10.339 10.559 10.778
50 10.998 11.281 11.438 11.658 11.878 12.098 12.318 12.528 12.758 12.978
60 13.198 13.418 13.638 13.858 14.078 14.298 14.518 14.738 14.958 15.178
70 15.398 15.618 15.838 16.058 16.278 16.498 16.718 16.938 17.158 17.378
80 17.598 17.818 18.037 18.257 18.477 18.697 18.917 19.137 19.357 19.577
90 19.797 20.017 20.237 20.457 20.677 20.897 21.117 21.337 21.557 21.777
0-5
kg・m to lb・ft 1kg・m = 7.233lb・ft
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
7.2 14.5 21.7 28.9 36.2 43.4 50.6 57.9 65.1

10 72.3 79.6 86.8 94.0 101.3 108.5 115.7 123.0 130.2 137.4
20 144.7 151.9 159.1 166.4 173.6 180.8 188.1 195.3 202.5 209.8
30 217.0 224.2 231.5 238.7 245.9 253.2 260.4 267.6 274.9 282.1
40 289.3 396.6 303.8 311.0 318.3 325.5 332.7 340.0 347.2 354.4
50 361.7 368.9 376.1 383.4 390.6 397.8 405.1 412.3 419.5 426.8
60 434.0 441.2 448.5 455.7 462.9 470.2 477.4 484.6 491.8 499.1
70 506.3 513.5 520.8 528.0 535.2 542.5 549.7 556.9 564.2 571.4
80 578.6 585.9 593.1 600.3 607.6 614.8 622.0 629.3 636.5 643.7
90 651.0 658.2 665.4 672.7 679.9 687.1 694.4 701.6 708.8 716.1
100 723.3 730.5 737.8 745.0 752.2 759.5 766.7 773.9 781.2 788.4
110 795.6 802.9 810.1 817.3 824.6 831.8 839.0 846.3 853.5 860.7
120 868.0 875.2 882.4 889.7 896.9 904.1 911.4 918.6 925.8 933.1
130 940.3 947.5 954.8 962.0 969.2 976.5 983.7 990.9 998.2 10005.4
140 1012.6 1019.9 1027.1 1034.3 1041.5 1048.8 1056.0 1063.2 1070.5 1077.7
150 1084.9 1092.2 1099.4 1106.6 1113.9 1121.1 1128.3 1135.6 1142.8 1150.0
160 1157.3 1164.5 1171.7 1179.0 1186.2 1193.4 1200.7 1207.9 1215.1 1222.4
170 1129.6 1236.8 1244.1 1251.3 1258.5 1265.8 1273.0 1280.1 1287.5 1294.7
180 1301.9 1309.2 1316.4 1323.6 1330.9 1338.1 1345.3 1352.6 1359.8 1367.0
190 1374.3 1381.5 1388.7 1396.0 1403.2 1410.4 1417.7 1424.9 1432.1 1439.4
0-6
kg/cm2 to lb/in2 1kg/cm2 = 14.2233lb/in2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
14.2 28.4 42.7 56.9 71.1 85.3 99.6 113.8 128.0

10 142.2 156.5 170.7 184.9 199.1 213.4 227.6 241.8 256.0 270.2
20 284.5 298.7 312.9 327.1 341.4 355.6 369.8 384.0 398.3 412.5
30 426.7 440.9 455.1 469.4 483.6 497.8 512.0 526.3 540.5 554.7
40 568.9 583.2 597.4 611.6 625.8 640.1 654.3 668.5 682.7 696.9
50 711.2 725.4 739.6 753.8 768.1 782.3 796.5 810.7 825.0 839.2
60 853.4 867.6 881.8 896.1 910.3 924.5 938.7 953.0 967.2 981.4
70 995.6 1010 1024 1038 1053 1067 1081 1095 1109 1124
80 1138 1152 1166 1181 1195 1209 1223 1237 1252 1266
90 1280 1294 1309 1323 1337 1351 1365 1380 1394 1408
100 1422 1437 1451 1465 1479 1493 1508 1522 1536 1550
110 1565 1579 1593 1607 1621 1636 1650 1664 1678 1693
120 1707 1721 1735 1749 1764 1778 1792 1806 1821 1835
130 1849 2863 1877 1892 1906 1920 1934 1949 1963 1977
140 1991 2005 2020 2034 2048 2062 2077 2091 2105 2119
150 2134 2148 2162 2176 2190 2205 2219 2233 2247 2262
160 2276 2290 2304 2318 2333 2347 2361 2375 2389 2404
170 2418 2432 2446 2460 2475 2489 2503 2518 2532 2546
180 2560 2574 2589 5603 2617 2631 2646 2660 2674 2688
200 2845 2859 2873 2887 2901 2916 2930 2944 2958 2973
210 2987 3001 3015 3030 3044 3058 3072 3086 3101 3115
220 3129 3143 3158 3172 3186 3200 3214 3229 3243 3257
230 3271 3286 3300 3314 3328 3343 3357 3371 3385 3399
240 3414 3428 3442 3456 3470 3485 3499 3513 3527 3542
0-7
TEMPERATURE
Fahrenheit-Centigrade Conversion.
A simple way to convert a fahrenheit temperature reading into a centigrade temperature reading or vice verse
is to enter the accompanying table in the center or boldface column of figures.
These figures refer to the temperature in either Fahrenheit or Centigrade degrees.
If it is desired to convert from Fahrenheit to Centigrade degrees, consider the center column as a table of
Fahrenheit temperatures and read the corresponding Centigrade temperature in the column at the left.
If it is desired to convert from Centigrade to Fahrenheit degrees, consider the center column as a table of
Centigrade values, and read the corresponding Fahrenheit temperature on the right.
°
C °
F °
C °
F °
C °
F °
C °
F
-40.4 -40 -40.0 -11.7 11 51.8 7.8 46 114.8 27.2 81 117.8

-37.2 -35 -31.0 -11.1 12 53.6 8.3 47 116.6 27.8 82 179.6
-34.4 -30 -22.0 -10.6 13 55.4 8.9 48 118.4 28.3 83 181.4
-31.7 -25 -13.0 -10.0 14 57.2 9.4 49 120.2 28.9 84 183.2
-28.9 -20 -4.0 -9.4 15 59.0 10.0 50 122.0 29.4 85 185.0
-28.3 -19 -2.2 -8.9 16 60.8 10.6 51 123.8 30.0 86 186.8

-27.8 -18 -0.4 -8.3 17 62.6 11.1 52 125.6 30.6 87 188.6
-27.2 -17 1.4 -7.8 18 64.4 11.7 53 127.4 31.1 88 190.4
-26.7 -16 3.2 -6.7 20 68.0 12.8 55 131.0 32.2 90 194.0
-26.1 -15 5.0 -6.7 20 68.0 12.8 55 131.0 32.2 90 194.0
-25.6 -14 6.8 -6.1 21 69.8 13.3 56 132.8 32.8 91 195.8

-25.0 -13 8.6 -5.6 22 71.6 13.9 57 134.6 33.3 92 197.6
-24.4 -12 10.4 -5.0 23 73.4 14.4 58 136.4 33.9 93 199.4
-23.9 -11 12.2 -4.4 24 75.2 15.0 59 138.2 34.4 94 201.2
-23.3 -10 14.0 -3.9 25 77.0 15.6 60 140.0 35.0 95 203.0
-22.8 -9 15.8 -3.3 26 78.8 16.1 61 141.8 35.6 96 204.8

-22.2 -8 17.6 -2.8 27 80.6 16.7 62 143.6 36.1 97 206.6
-21.7 -7 19.4 -2.2 28 82.4 17.2 63 145.4 36.7 98 208.4
-21.1 -6 21.2 -1.7 29 84.2 17.8 64 147.2 37.2 99 210.2
-20.6 -5 23.0 -1.1 35 95.0 21.1 70 158.0 51.7 125 257.0
-20.0 -4 24.8 -0.6 31 87.8 18.9 66 150.8 40.6 105 221.0

-19.4 -3 26.6 0 32 89.6 19.4 67 152.6 43.3 110 230.0
-18.9 -2 28.4 0.6 33 91.4 20.0 68 154.4 46.1 115 239.0
-18.3 -1 30.2 1.1 34 93.2 20.6 69 156.2 48.9 120 248.0
-17.8 0 32.0 1.7 35 95.0 21.1 70 158.0 51.7 125 257.0
-17.2 1 33.8 2.2 36 96.8 21.7 71 159.8 54.4 130 266.0

-16.7 2 35.6 2.8 37 98.6 22.2 72 161.6 57.2 135 275.0
-16.1 3 37.4 3.3 38 100.4 22.8 73 163.4 60.0 140 284.0
-15.6 4 39.2 3.9 39 102.2 23.3 74 165.2 62.7 145 293.0
-15.0 5 41.0 4.4 40 104.0 23.9 75 167.0 65.6 150 302.0
-14.4 6 42.8 5.0 41 105.8 24.4 76 168.8 68.3 155 311.0

-13.9 7 44.6 5.6 42 107.6 25.0 77 170.6 71.1 160 320.0
-13.3 8 46.4 6.1 43 109.4 25.6 78 172.4 73.9 165 329.0
-12.8 9 48.2 6.7 44 111.2 26.1 79 174.2 76.7 170 338.0
-12.2 10 50.0 7.2 45 113.0 26.7 80 176.0 79.4 172 347.0
0-8
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 1 Safety Hints 1-1

Group 2 Specifications 1-10
Group 3 Operational Checkout Record Sheet 1-22
SECTION 1 GENERAL
GROUP 1 SAFETY HINTS
FOLLOW SAFE PROCEDURE

Unsafe work practices are dangerous. Understand
service procedure before doing work; Do not
attempt shortcuts.
WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment
appropriate to the job.
73031GE01
WARN OTHERS OF SERVICE WORK

Unexpected machine movement can cause
serious injury.
Before performing any work on the wheel loader,
WARN
attach a「 Do Not Operate」」tag on the right side
DO
controller lever. NOT
OPERATE
7707GE01
USE HANDHOLDS AND STEPS

Falling is one of the major causes of personal injury.
When you get on and off the machine, always
maintain a three point contact with the steps and
handrails and face the machine. Do not use any
controls as handholds.
Never jump on or off the machine. Never mount or
dismount a moving machine.
Be careful of slippery conditions on platforms, 73032E01
steps, and handrails when leaving the machine.
1-1
PREPARE FOR EMERGENCIES
Be prepared if a fire starts.
Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.
Keep emergency numbers for doctors,
ambulance service, hospital, and fire department
near your telephone.
73031GE03
WORK IN CLEAN AREA

Before starting a job :
・ Clean work area and machine.
・ Make sure you have all necessary tools to do
your job.
・ Have the right parts on hand.
・ Read all instructions thoroughly; Do not attempt
shortcuts.
73031GE26
PROTECT AGAINST FLYING DEBRIS

Guard against injury from flying pieces of metal or
debris; Wear goggles or safety glasses.
73031GE04
PROTECT AGAINST NOISE

Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause
impairment or loss of hearing.
Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as
earmuffs or earplugs to protect against
objectionable or uncomfortable loud noises.
73031GE05
1-2
PARK MACHINE SAFELY
Before working on the machine:
・ Park machine on a level surface.
・ Lower bucket to the ground.
・ Turn key switch to OFF to stop engine. Remove
key from switch.
・ Move pilot control shutoff lever to locked position.
・ Allow engine to cool.
73031GE23
SUPPORT MACHINE PROPERLY

Always lower the attachment or implement to the
ground before you work on the machine. If you
must work on a lifted machine or attachment,
securely support the machine or attachment.
Do not support the machine on cinder blocks, hollow
tiles, or props that may crumble under continuous
load.
Do not work under a machine that is supported
solely by a jack. Follow recommended procedures
in this manual. 73031GE06
SERVICE COOLING SYSTEM SAFELY

Explosive release of fluids from pressurized
cooling system can cause serious burns.
Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool
enough to touch with bare hands.
73031GE07
HANDLE FLUIDS SAFELY-AVOID FIRES

Handle fuel with care; It is highly flammable. Do
not refuel the machine while smoking or when near
open flame or sparks. Always stop engine before
refueling machine.
Fill fuel tank outdoors.
73031GE08
1-3
Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Do
not incinerate or puncture pressurized containers.
Make sure machine is clean of trash, grease,
and debris.
Do not store oily rags ; They can ignite and burn
spontaneously.
73031GE09
BEWARE OF EXHAUST FUMES

Prevent asphyxiation. Engine exhaust fumes can
cause sickness or death.
If you must operate in a building, be positive there
is adequate ventilation. Either use an exhaust pipe
extension to remove the exhaust fumes or open
doors and windows to bring enough outside air into
the area.
REMOVE PAINT BEFORE WELDING OR

HEATING
Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.
Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is
heated by welding, soldering, or using a torch.
Do all work outside or in a well ventilated area.
Dispose of paint and solvent properly.
Remove paint before welding or heating:
・ If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the
dust. Wear an approved respirator.
・ If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove
stripper with soap and water before welding.
Remove solvent or paint stripper containers and
other flammable material from area. Allow
fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes before
welding or heating. 73031GE10
1-4
ILLUMINATE WORK AREA SAFELY
Illuminate your work area adequately but safely.
Use a portable safety light for working inside or
under the machine. Make sure the bulb is
enclosed by a wire cage. The hot filament of an
accidentally broken bulb can ignite spilled fuel or
oil.
73031GE11
SERVICE MACHINE SAFELY

Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a
necktie, scarf, loose clothing or necklace when you
work near machine tools or moving parts. If these
items were to get caught, severe injury could
result.
Remove rings and other jewelry to prevent
electrical shorts and entanglement in moving parts.
73031GE12
STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS

Entanglements in moving parts can cause serious
injury.
To prevent accidents, use care when working
around rotating parts.
73031GE13
1-5
AVOID HIGH PRESSURE FLUIDS
Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the
skin causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all
connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids.
73031GE14
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically
removed within a few hours or gangrene may
result.
73031GE15
AVOID HEATING NEAR PRESSURIZED FLUID

LINES
Flammable spray can be generated by heating
near pressurized fluid lines, resulting in severe
burns to yourself and bystanders. Do not heat by
welding, soldering, or using a torch near
pressurized fluid lines or other flammable materials.
Pressurized lines can be accidentally cut when
heat goes beyond the immediate flame area.
Install fire resisting guards to protect hoses or other
materials. 73031GE16
PREVENT BATTERY EXPLOSIONS

Keep sparks, lighted matches, and flame away
from the top of battery. Battery gas can explode.
Never check battery charge by placing a metal
object across the posts. Use a volt-meter or
hydrometer.
Do not charge a frozen battery; It may explode.
Warm battery to 16°
C(60°F).
73031GE17
1-6
PREVENT ACID BURNS
Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It
is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing,
and cause blindness if splashed into eyes.
Avoid the hazard by:
1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.
2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is
added.
4. Avoiding spilling of dripping electrolyte.
5. Use proper jump start procedure.
If you spill acid on yourself:
1. Flush your skin with water.
2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize
the acid.
3. Flush your eyes with water for 10-15 minutes.
Get medical attention immediately.
If acid is swallowed:
1. Drink large amounts of water or milk.
2. Then drink milk of magnesia, beaten eggs, or
vegetable oil.
3. Get medical attention immediately.
73031GE18
USE TOOLS PROPERLY

Use tools appropriate to the work. Makeshift
tools, parts, and procedures can create safety
hazards.
Use power tools only to loosen threaded tools and
fasteners.
For loosening and tightening hardware, use the
correct size tools. Avoid bodily injury caused by
73031GE19
slipping wrenches.
Use only recommended replacement parts.(See
Parts catalogue.)
1-7
SERVICE TIRES SAFELY
Explosive separation of a tire and rim parts can
cause serious injury or death.
Do not attempt to mount a tire unless you have the
proper equipment and experience to perform the job.
Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not
inflate the tires above the recommended pressure.
Never weld or heat a wheel and tire assembly.
The heat can cause an increase in air pressure
resulting in a tire explosion.
Welding can structurally weaken or deform the wheel.
When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and
extension hose long enough to allow you to stand
to one side and not in front of or over the tire
assembly. Use a safety cage if available.
Check wheels for low pressure, cuts, bubbles,
damaged rims or missing lug bolts and nuts. 73031GE24
USE PROPER LIFTING EQUIPMENT

Lifting heavy components incorrectly can cause
severe injury or machine damage.
Follow recommended procedure for removal and
installation of components in the manual.
73031GE25
DISPOSE OF FLUIDS PROPERLY

Improperly disposing of fluids can harm the
environment and ecology. Before draining any
fluids, find out the proper way to dispose of waste
from your local environmental agency.
Use proper containers when draining fluids. Do
not use food or beverage containers that may
mislead someone into drinking from them.
73031GE20
DO NOT pour oil into the ground, down a drain, or
into a stream, pond, or lake. Observe relevant
environmental protection regulations when
disposing of oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid, filters,
batteries, and other harmful waste.
1-8
REPLACE SAFETY SIGNS
Replace missing or damaged safety signs. See
the machine operator's manual for correct safety
sign placement.
73031GE21
LIVE WITH SAFETY

Before returning machine to customer, make sure
machine is functioning properly, especially the
safety systems. Install all guards and shields.
KEEP ROPS INSTALLED PROPERLY

Make certain all parts are reinstalled correctly if the
roll-over protective structure(ROPS) is loosened or
removed for any reason. Tighten mounting bolts
to proper torque.
The protection offered by ROPS will be impaired if
ROPS is subjected to structural damage, is
involved in an overturn incident, or is in any way
altered by welding, bending, drilling, or cutting. A
damaged ROPS should be replaced, not reused. 73031GE22
1-9
GROUP 2 SPECIFICATION
1. MAJOR COMPONENT
Bucket Tire Head light Hydraulic tank Air cleaner Radiator
Boom Boom cylinder Main control valve Battery Counterweight
Bell crank Bucket cylinder Cab Main pump Precleaner Muffler Engine
Bucket link Front axle Steering cylinder Transmission Rear axle Fuel tank
76072SE01
1-10
2. SPECIFICATIONS
1) WITHOUT TOOTH AND CUTTING EDGE TYPE BUCKET
B
F
I
J
5540
4150
H
3210
C
K
40
G
57
676 25
D
0
E 1815
A
76072SE02
Description Unit Specification

Operating weight kg(lb) 17660(38930)
Struck 2.6(3.4)
Bucket capacity m3(yd3)
Heaped 3.0(3.9)
Overall length A 7960(26' 1")
Overall width B 2900( 9' 6")
Overall height C 3440(11' 3")
Ground clearance D 420( 1' 5")
Wheelbase E mm(ft-in) 3300(10'10")
Tread F 2160( 7' 1")
Dump clearance at 45° G 3075(10' 1")
Dump reach(Full lift) H 1155( 3'10")
Width over tires I 2770( 9' 1")
Dump angle J 47
Degree (°)
Roll back angle(Carry position) K 47
Lift(With load) 6.2
Cycle time Dump(With load) sec 1.3
Lower(Empty) 3.0
Maximum travel speed km/hr(mph) 36.4(22.7)
Braking distance 11(36' 1")
m(ft-in)
Minimum turning radius(Center of outside tire) 5.73(18' 9")
Gradability Degree (°) 30
First gear 7.6(4.7)
Second gear 12.8(8.0)
Forward
Third gear 23.6(14.7)
Travel speed Fourth gear km/hr(mph) 36.4(22.7)
First gear 8.0(5.0)
Reverse Second gear 13.5(8.4)
1-11
2) WITH BOLT-ON CUTTING EDGE TYPE BUCKET
B
F
I
J
5540
4150
H
3210
C
K
40
G
57
676 25
D
0
E 1815
A
76072SE03

Struck 2.7(3.5)
Heaped 3.1(4.1)
Overall length A 8060(26' 5")
Tread F 2160( 7' 1")
Dump clearance at 45° G 3000( 9'10")
Dump reach(Full lift) H 1190( 3'11")
Dump angle J 47
Degree (°)
Lift(With load) 6.2
Lower(Empty) 3.0
m(ft-in)
First gear 7.6(4.7)
Forward
Travel speed Fourth gear km/hr(mph) 36.4(22.7)
First gear 8.0(5.0)
1-12
3) WITH TOOTH TYPE BUCKET
B
F
I
J
5540
4150
H
3210
C
K
40
G
57
676 25
D
0
E 1815
A
76072SE04

Struck 2.6(3.4)
Heaped 3.0(3.9)
Overall length A 8180(26'10")
Tread F 2160( 7' 1")
Dump clearance at 45° G 2870( 9' 5")
Dump reach(Full lift) H 1270( 4' 2")
Dump angle J 47
Degree (°)
Lift(With load) 6.2
Lower(Empty) 3.0
m(ft-in)
First gear 7.6(4.7)
Forward
Fourth gear km/hr(mph) 36.4(22.7)
Travel speed
First gear 8.0(5.0)
1-13
3. WEIGHT
Item kg lb
Front frame assembly 1631 3596

Rear frame assembly 1962 4326
Front fender(LH & RH) 28 62
Counterweight 1050 2315
Cab assembly 1000 2205
Engine assembly 459 1012
Transmission assembly 470 1036
Drive shaft(Front) 44 97
Drive shaft(Center) 46 101
Drive shaft(Rear) 27 60
Front axle(Include differential) 970 2139
Rear axle(Include differential) 840 1852
Tire(23.5-25, 20PR, L3) 300 661
Hydraulic tank assembly 210 463
Fuel tank assembly 368 811
Main pump assembly 37 82
Fan & brake pump assembly 7 15
Main control valve 51 112
Flow amplifier valve 15 33
Boom assembly 1200 2646
Bell crank assembly 360 794
Bucket link 57 126
3.1m bucket, with bolt on cutting edge
3
1675 3693
3.0m3 bucket, with tooth 1625 3583
3.0m bucket, without tooth and cutting edge
3
1415 3120
Boom cylinder assembly 158 348
Bucket cylinder assembly 184 406
Steering cylinder assembly 29 64
Seat 40 88
Battery 55 121
1-14
4. SPECIFICATION FOR MAJOR COMPONENTS
1) ENGINE
Item Specification
Model Cummins QSB5.9

Type 4-cycle turbocharged, charge air cooled diesel engine
Control type Electronic control
Cooling method Water cooling
Number of cylinders and arrangement 6 cylinders, in-line
Firing order 1-5-3-6-2-4
Combustion chamber type Direct injection type
Cylinder bore × stroke 102×120mm(4.02"×4.72")
Piston displacement 5880cc(359cu in)
Compression ratio 16.3 : 1
Rated gross horse power 218ps at 2200rpm
Maximum gross torque at 1400rpm 96kgf・m(694lbf・ft)
Engine oil quantity 16ℓ (4.2 U.S. gal)
Wet weight 459kg(1012lb)
High idling speed 2370 ± 50rpm
Low idling speed 900 ± 50rpm
Rated fuel consumption 155g/ps・hr
Starting motor Nippondenso 228000-7902 (24V)
Alternator Delco Remy 22SI(24V-70Amp)
Battery 2×12V×160Ah
1-15
2) MAIN PUMP
Item Specification
Type Fixed displacement tandem gear pump
Capacity 68+63cc/rev
Maximum operating pressure 210kgf/cm2(2990psi)
Rated oil quantity 283ℓ/min(74.8U.S.gpm / 62.0U.K.gpm)
Rated speed 2200rpm
3) FAN PUMP + BRAKE

Specification
Item
FAN BRAKE
Type Fixed displacement double helical gear pump
Capacity 22.9cc/rev 11.9cc/rev
Maximum operating pressure 120kgf/cm (1710psi)
2
150kgf/cm2(2130psi)
Rated oil quantity 48ℓ/min(12.7U.S.gpm) 25ℓ/min(6.6U.S.gpm)
Rated speed 2200rpm
4) MAIN CONTROL VALVE

Item Specification
Type 2 spool
Operating method Hydraulic pilot assist
Main relief valve pressure 210kgf/cm2(2990psi)
Overload relief valve pressure(Boom) 240kgf/cm2(3410psi)
5) REMOTE CONTROL VALVE
Item Specification
Type Pressure reducing type

Minimum 5.8kgf/cm2(82.5psi)
Operating
Maximum 19kgf/cm2(270psi)
Single operation stroke Lever 70mm(2.8in)
1-16
6) CYLINDER
Item Specification
Boom cylinder Bore dia×Rod dia×Stroke Ø160×Ø90×757mm

Bucket cylinder Bore dia×Rod dia×Stroke Ø180×Ø90×530mm
Steering cylinder Bore dia×Rod dia×Stroke Ø 80×Ø45×440mm
7) DYNAMIC POWER TRANSMISSION DEVICES
Item Specification
Model 4WG210
Converter Single-stage, single-phase
Type
Transmission Transmission Full-automatic power shift
Gear shift Forward fourth gear, reverse third gear
Adjustment Electrical single lever type, kick-down system.
Drive devices 4-wheel drive
Axle Front Front fixed location
Rear Oscillation 12°of center pin-loaded
Wheels Tires 23.5-25, 20PR(L3)
Travel Four-wheel, wet-disc type, full hydraulic
Brakes Spring applied, hydraulic released brake on front
Parking axle
Type Full hydraulic, articulated
Steering
Steering angle 40°to both right and left angle, respectively
1-17
5. TIGHTENING TORQUE OF MAJOR COMPONENT
No Items Size kgf・m lbf・ft
1 Engine mounting bolt(2EA) M20×2.5 57.9±8.7 419±62.9

2 Engine mounting bolt(Bracket) M12×1.75 10.7±1.6 77.4±11.6
3 Engine Radiator mounting bolt M16×2.0 29.7±4.5 215±32.5
4 Fuel tank mounting bolt M16×2.0 29.7±4.5 215±32.5
5 Air cleaner mounting bolt M10×1.5 6.9±1.4 50.0±10.1
6 Main pump housing mounting bolt M12×1.75 12.8±3.0 92.6±21.7
7 Main control valve mounting bolt M12×1.75 12.8±3.0 92.6±21.7
8 Steering unit mounting bolt M10×1.5 6.9±1.4 49.9±10.1
9 Flow amplifier valve mounting bolt M 8×1.25 2.5±0.5 18.1±3.6
10 Brake valve mounting bolt M 8×1.25 2.5±0.5 18.1±3.6
Hydraulic
11 Fan and brake pump mounting bolt M10×1.5 6.9±1.4 49.9±10.1
system
12 Cut-off valve mounting bolt M12×1.75 12.8±3.0 92.6±21.7
13 Remote control lever mounting bolt M 6×1.0 1.1±0.2 8.0±1.4
14 Pilot supply unit mounting bolt M 8×1.25 2.5±0.5 18.1±3.6
15 Safety valve M 8×1.25 2.5±0.5 18.1±3.6
16 Hydraulic oil tank mounting bolt M16×2.0 29.7±4.5 215±32.5
17 Transmission mounting bolt M24×3.0 100±15 723±109
18 Transmission mounting bolt(Bracket) M20×2.5 46.3±7.0 335±50.6
19 Torque converter housing mounting bolt M10×1.5 4.6±0.7 33.3±5.1
Power train
20 Front axle mounting bolt, nut M24×2.0 100±15 723±109
system
21 Rear axle support mounting bolt, nut M36×3.0 308±46.2 2228±334
22 Tire mounting nut M22×1.5 61±2.0 441±14.5
23 Drive shaft joint mounting bolt 1/2-20UNF 15.5±0.5 112±3.6
24 Counterweight mounting bolt M30×2.0 199±29.9 1439±216
25 Others Operator’s seat mounting bolt M 8×1.25 3.4±0.8 24.6±5
26 ROPS Cab mounting bolt(4EA) M27×2.0 124 900
1-18
6. TORQUE CHART
Use following table for unspecified torque.
1) BOLT AND NUT
(1) Coarse thread
8T 10T
Bolt size
kgf・m lbf・ft kgf・m lbf・ft
M 6 × 1.0 0.85 ~ 1.25 6.15 ~ 9.04 1.14 ~ 1.74 8.2 ~ 12.6
M 8 × 1.25 2.0 ~ 3.0 14.5 ~ 21.7 2.73 ~ 4.12 19.7 ~ 29.8
M10 × 1.5 4.0 ~ 6.0 28.9 ~ 43.4 5.5 ~ 8.3 39.8 ~ 60
M12 × 1.75 7.4 ~ 11.2 53.5 ~ 79.5 9.8 ~ 15.8 71 ~ 114
M14 × 2.0 12.2 ~ 16.6 88.2 ~ 120 16.7 ~ 22.5 121 ~ 167
M16 × 2.0 18.6 ~ 25.2 135 ~ 182 25.2 ~ 34.2 182 ~ 247
M18 × 2.5 25.8 ~ 35.0 187 ~ 253 35.1 ~ 47.5 254 ~ 343
M20 × 2.5 36.2 ~ 49.0 262 ~ 354 49.2 ~ 66.6 356 ~ 482
M22 × 2.5 48.3 ~ 63.3 350 ~ 457 65.8 ~ 98.0 476 ~ 709
M24 × 3.0 62.5 ~ 84.5 452 ~ 611 85.0 ~ 115 615 ~ 832
M30 × 3.5 124 ~ 168 898 ~ 1214 169 ~ 229 1223 ~ 1655
M36 × 4.0 174 ~ 236 1261 ~ 1703 250 ~ 310 1808 ~ 2242
(2) Fine thread

8T 10T
Bolt size
kgf・m lbf・ft kgf・m lbf・ft
M 8 × 1.0 2.17 ~ 3.37 15.7 ~ 24.3 3.04 ~ 4.44 22.0 ~ 32.0
M10 × 1.25 4.46 ~ 6.66 32.3 ~ 48.2 5.93 ~ 8.93 42.9 ~ 64.6
M12 × 1.25 7.78 ~ 11.58 76.3 ~ 83.7 10.6 ~ 16.0 76.6 ~ 115
M14 × 1.5 13.3 ~ 18.1 96.2 ~ 130 17.9 ~ 24.1 130 ~ 174
M16 × 1.5 19.9 ~ 26.9 144 ~ 194 26.6 ~ 36.0 193 ~ 260
M18 × 1.5 28.6 ~ 43.6 207 ~ 315 38.4 ~ 52.0 278 ~ 376
M20 × 1.5 40.0 ~ 54.0 289 ~ 390 53.4 ~ 72.2 386 ~ 522
M22 × 1.5 52.7 ~ 71.3 381 ~ 515 70.7 ~ 95.7 512 ~ 692
M24 × 2.0 67.9 ~ 91.9 491 ~ 664 90.9 ~ 123 658 ~ 890
M30 × 2.0 137 ~ 185 990 ~ 1338 182 ~ 248 1314 ~ 1795
M36 × 3.0 192 ~ 260 1389 ~ 1879 262 ~ 354 1893 ~ 2561
1-19
2) PIPE AND HOSE
Thread size Width across flat(mm) kgf・m lbf・ft
1/4" 19 3 21.7
3/8" 22 4 28.9
1/2" 27 5 36.2
3/4" 36 12 86.8
1" 41 14 101
3) FITTING
Thread size Width across flat(mm) kgf・m lbf・ft
1/4" 19 4 28.9
3/8" 22 5 36.2
1/2" 27 6 43.4
3/4" 36 13 94.0
1" 41 15 109
1-20
7. RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS
Use only oils listed below or equivalent.
Do not mix different brand oil.
Ambient temperature °
C( °
F)
Capacity
Service point Kind of fluid -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40
ℓ(U.S. gal)
(-4) (14) (32) (50) (68) (86) (104)
SAE 30
SAE 10W
Engine oil pan Engine oil 16(4.2)
SAE 10W-30
SAE 15W-40
SAE 10W-30
Transmission Oil 32(8.5)
SAE 15W-40
Front : 62(16.4)
Axle Gear oil SAE 80W-90LSD/API GL-5
Rear : 42(11.1)
Tank: ISO VG 32
115(30.4)
Hydraulic tank Hydraulic oil ISO VG 46
System:
260(69) ISO VG 68
ASTM D975 NO. 1

Fuel tank Diesel fuel 355(93.8)
ASTM D975 NO. 2
NLGI NO. 1
Fitting
Grease As required
(Grease nipple)
NLGI NO. 2
Mixture of
antifreeze Ethylene glycol base permanent type
Radiator and water 39(10.3)
50 : 50
1-21
GROUP 3 OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT RECORD SHEET
・Owner :
・Date :
・Hours :
・Serial No. :
・Technician :
※ Use this sheet to record operational

checkout results.
Perform the operational check before
installing any test equipment. 7707GE02
OK NOT
Item Comments
OK
1. Monitor indicator and gauge checks(Engine OFF)
・ Hourmeter and gauge check

・ Battery check
・ Monitor indicator circuit check
・ Monitor turn signals and warning indicator check
2. Transmission, axle and engine linkages, neutral start

switch and reverse warning alarm switch checks
・ Transmission control lever and neutral

・ Neutral start and reverse warning
・ Alarm circuit checks
・ Engine speed control linkage check
3. Monitor indicator and gauge checks(Engine running)
・ Monitor display and alternator output checks

・ Monitor bypass circuit and seat belt indicator check
・ Monitor primary and secondary level check
・ Transmission oil warm up procedure
・ Transmission temperature gauge check
1-22
4. Brake system and clutch cut off checks
・ Park brake capacity check

・ Park brake transmission lockout check
・ Service brake pump flow check
・ Service brake capacity check
・ Brake accumulator precharge check
・ Brake system leakage check
・ Service brake pedal check
・ Service and park brake system drag check
・ Clutch cut off check
5. Driving checks
・Transmission oil warm up procedure

・Transmission noise check
・Speedometer check
・Transmission kick down system check
・1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th speed clutch pack drag check
・Transmission pressure, pump flow and leakage check
・Transmission shift modulation check
・Torque converter check
・Engine power check
6. Hydraulic system checks
・Hydraulic system warm up procedure

・Hydraulic pump performance check
・Pilot control valve boom float check
・Boom down solenoid valve check
・Control valve lift check
・Bucket rollback circuit relief valve check
・Bucket dump circuit relief
Low pressure check
High pressure check
・Boom and bucket cylinder drift check
・Boom down solenoid valve leakage check
・Pilot controller check
・Return to dig check
・Boom height kickout check-if equipped
1-23
7. Steering system checks
・Steering valve check

・Steering system leakage check
・Priority valve
Low check pressure
High check pressure
8. Accessory checks
・Operating lights check

・Work light check
・Brake light check
・Cab light check
・Horn circuit check
・Windshield washer and wiper check
・Defroster blower check
・Heater/Air conditioner blower check
・Heater functional check
・Air conditioner functional check
・Start aid system check
9. Cab components and vandal protection checks
・Cab door latch check

・Cab door hold open latch check
・Cab door release button check
・Cab door lock check
・Cab door window check
・Cab window latch check
・Steering column adjustment check
・Seat and seat belt check
・Air intake filter door check
・Engine side panels check
・Radiator cap access door check
・Frame locking bar check
・Boom lock check
・Service decal check
1-24
SECTION 2 ENGINE
Group 1 Structure and Function - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2-1

Group 2 Fan drive circuit for cooling system - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2-5
SECTION 2 ENGINE
GROUP 1 STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION
1. STRUCTURE
Turbocharger Turbocharger air inlet

exhaust outlet
Lifting bracket
Exhaust manifold Alternator
Lubricating
oil filter
Coolant inlet
Flywheel
Lubricating
oil cooler
Engine air outlet

Engine oil fill
Fuel filter
Engine air inlet
/water separator
ECM
Engine dataplate
Fuel lift pump
Dipstick
Oil filler
7607EG01
・ Direct 4-stroke, 6-cylinders, water-cooling and charge air cooled diesel engine in installed, cylinder
block and cylinder head are made of case iron and turbocharger is attached.
2-1
2. SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
The following drawings show the flow through the engine systems.
1) Fuel system
1 Fuel from supply tank
2 Electronic lift pump
3 Fuel filter and water separator
4 Low pressure supply lines
5 Injection pump
6 Fuel drain line
7 High pressure supply lines
8 Fuel connector
9 Closed nozzle injectors
10 Fuel return to supply tank 7607EG02
2) Lubricating oil system

1 Filter bypass valve
2 Lubricating oil cooler
3 Full-flow lubricating oil filter
4 Filter bypass valve closed
5 Filter bypass valve open
6 Main lubricating oil rifle
7 From lubricating oil filter
8 To lubricating oil filter
9 Gerotor lubricating oil pump
10 Pressure regulating valve closed
11 Pressure regulating valve open
12 To lubricating oil pump
13 From lubricating oil pump
7607EG03
14 To lubricating oil cooler
(1) Lubrication for the turbocharger

1 Lubricating oil supply
2 Lubricating oil drain
7607EG04
2-2
(2) Lubrication for the power components
1 To valve train
3 From lubricating oil cooler
4 To connecting rod bearing
5 Conneting rod journal
6 Crankshaft main journal
7 From main lubricating oil rifle
8 To camshaft
9 To piston cooling nozzle.
7607EG05
(3) Lubrication for the overhead

2 Rocker lever support
3 Transfer slot
4 Rocker lever shaft
5 Rocker lever bore
6 Rocker lever
7607EG06
3) Cooling system
1 Coolant inlet
2 Pump lmpeller
3 Coolant flows past lubricating oil cooler
4 Coolant flows past cylinders
5 Coolant flows from cylinder block to cylinder head
6 Coolant flows past injector
7 Coolant flows to thermostat housing
8 Coolant bypass passage
9 Coolant flows to pump inlet
10 Bypass closed
11 Coolant flows back to radiator 7607EG07
2-3
4) Air intake system
1 Intake air inlet to turbocharger
2 Turbocharger air to charge air cooler
3 Charge air cooler
4 Intake manifold
(Integral part of cylinder head)
5 Intake valve
7707EG08
5) Exhaust system
1 Exhaust valve
2 Exhaust manifold(pulse type)
3 Dual-Entry turbocharger
4 Turbocharger exhaust outlet
7607EG09
6) Compressed air system

1 Air in
2 Air out
3 Coolant in
4 Coolant out
5 Lubricating oil in
6 Lubricating oil out is internal to the gear
housing
7607EG10
2-4
GROUP 2 FAN DRIVE CIRCUIT FOR COOLING SYSTEM
1. REQUIRED TOOL
Item Spec
Pressure gauge 250~300kgf/cm2(3550~4270psi)
rpm gauge 200~2000rpm
Wrench 13mm
Tool
Hex. wrench 3mm
2. PRESSURE CHECK AND ADJUSTMENT

1) Specification
Cooling fan speed(rpm) Pressure[kgf/cm2(psi)]
1200±20 115~125(1640~1780)
2) Check point Harness connector

(CN-154) Relief valve
Relief valve Harness connector

(CN-154)
Uni-dictional Bi-dictional
WTHCS01
3) Pressure check
(1) Install the pressure gauge to fan drive motor. ( )
(2) Disconnect CN-154.
(3) Check the fan drive motor pressure at high engine rpm.
(4) Check the cooling fan speed using rpm gauge at high engine rpm.
4) Adjustment
(1) Turn the adjusting screw clockwise to
increase the cooling fan rpm and relief
pressure.
(2) Turn the adjusting screw counter
clockwise to decrease the cooling fan rpm
and relief pressure.
Adjusting screw
WTHCS02
2-5
Group 1 Structure and Function 3-1

Group 2 Operational Checks and Troubleshooting 3-66
Group 3 Tests and Adjustments 3-77
Group 4 Disassembly and Assembly 3-80
1. POWER TRAIN COMPONENT OVERVIEW
Transmission Engine
Front axle
Front drive shaft Center drive shaft Rear drive shaft Rear axle
7607PT01
The power train consists of the following components:

・Transmission
・Front, center and rear drive shafts
・Front and rear axles
Engine power is transmitted to the transmission through the torque converter.
The transmission is a hydraulically engaged four speed forward, three speed reverse countershaft type
power shift transmission. A calliper-disc type parking brake is located on the front axle.
The transmission outputs through universal joints to three drive shaft assemblies. The front drive shaft
is a telescoping shaft which drives the front axle. The front axle is mounted directly to the loader frame.
The front and rear axle is equipped with torque proportioning differential.(Limited slip differential : option)
The rear axle is mounted on an oscillating pivot.
The power transmitted to front axle and rear axle is reduced by the pinion gear and ring gear of
differential. It then passes from the differential to the sun gear shaft(Axle shaft) of final drive.
The power of the sun gear is reduced by a planetary mechanism and is transmitted through the
planetary hub to the wheel.
3-1
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
K4 KR K1 K3 KV K2
P1 F 60 P2 E 55 P3 D 56 P4 C 58 P5 B 53 P6 A 57
B D B D B D B D B D B D
Y1 NFS Y2 NFS Y3 NFS Y4 NFS Y5 NFS Y6 NFS
Pressure
Temp reducing
sensor valve
9+0.5 bar
System
pressure
Valve block control circuit valve
16+2 bar
Filter pressure
differential valve
Converter
Relief Filter
valve
11+2 bar
Oil cooler Bcak

pressure
valve Pump
Bypass 4.3+3 bar
valve 16+2 bar
3 bar
Oil sump
Lubrication Main oil circuit
7607APT18
NFS Follow-on slide P3 Proportional valve clutch K1

D Vibration damper P4 Proportional valve clutch K3
B Orifice P5 Proportional valve clutch KV
P1 Proportional valve clutch K4 P6 Proportional valve clutch K2
P2 Proportional valve clutch KR Y1~Y6 Pressure regulator
Current
Forward Reverse Positions
Engaged No. of the
Speed Neutral on the
clutch measuring
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 valve block
points
Y1 X K4 F 60
Y2 X X X KR E 55
Y3 X X K1 D 56
Y4 X X X K3 C 58
Y5 X X X KV B 53
Y6 X X K2 A 57
Engaged
K1,KV KV,K2 K3,KV K4,K3 KR,K1 KR,K2 KR, K3 - - -
clutch
X : Pressure regulator under voltage
3-2
2. TORQUE CONVERTER
5 1 2 3 4
73033TM00
1 Turbine 3 Pump 5 Input flange

2 Stator 4 Transmission pump
The converter is working according to the Trilok-system, i.e. it assumes at high turbine speed the
characteristics, and with it the favorable efficiency of a fluid clutch.
The converter will be defined according to the engine power so that the most favorable operating
conditions for each installation case are given.
The Torque converter is composed of 3 main components :
Pump wheel - turbine wheel - stator(Reaction member)
These 3 impeller wheels are arranged in such a ring-shape system that the fluid is streaming through
the circuit components in the indicated order.
Pressure oil is constantly streaming out of the transmission pump through the converter. In this way, the
converter can fulfill its task to multiply the torque of the engine, and at the same time, the heat created in
the converter is dissipated through the escaping oil.
The oil, escaping out of the pump wheel, enters the turbine wheel and is there inversed in the direction
of flow.
According to the rate of inversion, the turbine wheel and with it also the output shaft, receive a more or
less high reaction moment. The stator(Reaction member), following the turbine, has the task to inverse
again the oil which is escaping out of the turbine and to delivery it under the suitable discharge direction
to the pump wheel.
Due to the inversion, the stator receives a reaction moment.
The relation turbine moment/pump moment is called torque conversion. This is the higher the greater
the speed difference of pump wheel and turbine wheel will be.
Therefore, the maximum conversion is created at standing turbine wheel.
With increasing output speed, the torque conversion is decreasing. The adaption of the output speed to
a certain required output moment is infinitely variable and automatically achieved by the torque
converter.
3-3
If the turbine speed is reaching about 80% of the pump speed, the conversion becomes 1.0 i.e. the
turbine moment becomes equal to that of the pump moment.
From this point on, the converter is working similar to a fluid clutch.
A stator freewheel serves to improve the efficiency in the upper driving range, it is backing up in the
conversion range the moment upon the housing, and is released in the coupling range.
In this way, the stator can rotate freely.
Function of a hydrodynamic torque converter(Schematic view)
TP = Torque of the pump wheel

TT = Torque of the turbine wheel
TR = Torque of the reaction member(Stator)
Pump wheel TR
Turbine wheel
From the engine
TT
TP
To the gearbox
Starting nT = 0
condition 1 Reaction member
1.5
(Stator) 2.5 Machine stopped
Intermediate
condition 1 <1.5
nT < n engine
<2.5
Condition shortly
before the converter 1 1 nT = 0.8n engine
clutch is closed. 0
Turbine wheel is running with

about the same speed as
pump wheel.
(760) 3-4
3-4
3. TRANSMISSION
1) LAYOUT
12
1
11
2
10
4
9
15
14
13
7607PT03
1 Reverse clutch(KR) 6 Rear output flange 11 Converter

2 Engine-dependent 7 Converter side output 12 Inductive transmitter
power take-off flange for engine speed
3 Forward clutch(KV) 8 Output shaft 13 4th clutch(K4)
4 2nd clutch(K2) 9 Transmission pump 14 Converter relief valve
5 3rd clutch(K3) 10 Input flange 15 1st clutch(K1)
3-5
2) INSTALLATION VIEW
2 11 6 12 16
10
18
1
19
3 17
7 20
5
3 15
14 13
9 3
8 4
7607PT02
1 Converter 10 Connection to engine

2 Lifting lugs 11 Converter bell housing
3 Transmission suspension bores M20 12 Transmission case cover
4 Attachment possiblility for oil level tube 13 Oil filter pipe with oil dipstick
with oil dipstick(Converter side) 14 Output flange-Rear
5 Attachment possibility for emergency 15 Transmission case
steering pump 16 Power take-off; Coaxial; Engine dependent
6 Breather 17 Port return line M26×1.5(From brake)
7 Electro hudraulic control 18 Port system pressure M16×1.5
8 Oil drain plug with magnetic insert M38×1.5 19 Filter head
9 Output flange-Converter side 20 Filter
3-6
3) OPERATION OF TRANSMISSION
(1) Forward
① Forward 1st
In 1st forward, forward clutch and 1st clutch are engaged.
Forward clutch and 1st clutch are actuated by the hydraulic pressure applied to the clutch piston.
KR KR
KV IN
K4
K2
INPUT
K3 K1
KV
OUT
GEAR PATTERN
K2
K1 K3
K4
OUTPUT OUTPUT
7607PT04
3-7
② Forward 2nd
In 2nd forward, forward clutch and 2nd clutch are engaged.
Forward clutch and 2nd clutch are actuated by the hydraulic pressure applied to the clutch
piston.
KR KR
KV IN
K4
K2
INPUT
K3 K1
KV
OUT
GEAR PATTERN
K2
K1 K3
K4
OUTPUT OUTPUT
7607PT05
3-8
③ Forward 3rd
In 3rd forward, forward clutch and 3rd clutch are engaged.
Forward clutch and 3rd clutch are actuated by the hydraulic pressure applied to the clutch piston.
KR KR
KV IN
K4
K2
INPUT
K3 K1
KV
OUT
GEAR PATTERN
K2
K1 K3
K4
OUTPUT OUTPUT
7607PT06
3-9
④ Forward 4th
In 4th forward, 4th clutch and 3rd clutch are engaged.
4th clutch and 3rd clutch are actuated by the hydraulic pressure applied to the clutch piston.
KR KR
KV IN
K4
K2
INPUT
K3 K1
KV
OUT
GEAR PATTERN
K2
K1 K3
K4
OUTPUT OUTPUT
7607PT07
3-10
(2) Reverse
① Reverse 1st
In 1st reverse, reverse clutch and 1st clutch are engaged.
Reverse clutch and 1st clutch are actuated by the hydraulic pressure applied to the clutch piston.
KR KR
KV IN
K4
K2
INPUT
K3 K1
KV
OUT
GEAR PATTERN
K2
K1 K3
K4
OUTPUT OUTPUT
7607PT08
3-11
② Reverse 2nd
In 2nd reverse, reverse clutch and 2nd clutch are engaged.
Reverse clutch and 2nd clutch are actuated by the hydraulic pressure applied to the clutch
piston.
KR KR
KV IN
K4
K2
INPUT
K3 K1
KV
OUT
GEAR PATTERN
K2
K1 K3
K4
OUTPUT OUTPUT
7607PT09
3-12
③ Reverse 3rd
In 3rd reverse, reverse clutch and 3rd clutch are engaged.
Reverse clutch and 3rd clutch are actuated by the hydraulic pressure applied to the clutch piston.
KR KR
KV IN
K4
K2
INPUT
K3 K1
KV
OUT
GEAR PATTERN
K2
K1 K3
K4
OUTPUT OUTPUT
7607PT10
3-13
4) ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC SHIFT CONTROL WITH PROPORTIONAL VALVE
2 1 3
A A
Y6 Y1
Y5 Y2
B
Y4 Y3
3 6
2 6 1 4 11 9 10
Y5
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B

8 7
73033CV01
1 Pressure reducing valve(9bar) 7 Intermediate sheet

2 System pressure valve(16+2bar) 8 Duct plate
3 Housing 9 Oscillation damper
4 Cable harness 10 Follow-on slide
5 Cover 11 Pressure regulator
6 Valve block
Transmission control see schedule of measuring points, hydraulic schematic and electro-hydraulic
control unit at page 3-2, 3-14 and 3-78.
The six clutches of the transmission are selected through the 6 proportional valves P1 to P6. The
proportional valve(Pressure regulator-unit) consists of pressure regulator(e.g. Y1), booster valve
oscillation damper.
The pilot pressure of 9 bar for the control of the follow-on slides is created by the reducing valve.
The pressure oil (16+2bar) is directed through the follow-on slide to the corresponding clutch.
3 - 14
By the direct proportional selection with separate pressure modulation for each clutch, the
pressures to the clutches, taking part in the gear change, are controlled. In this way, a hydraulic
overlab of the clutches to be engaged and disengaged is achieved.
This is leading to fast shiftings without traction force interruption.
At the shifting, the following criteria are considered:
- Speed of engine, turbine, central gear train and output.
- Transmission temperature.
- Shifting mode(Up-, down-, reverse shifting and gear engaging from neutral).
- Load level(Full- and partial load, traction, coasting inclusive consideration of load cycles during the
shifting).
The system pressure valve is limiting the maximum control pressure to 16+2 bar and releases the
main stream to the converter and lubricating circuit.
A converter relief valve is installed in the converter inlet, which protects the converter against high
internal pressures(Opening pressure 11+2 bar).
Within the converter, the oil transfers the power transmission according to the well-known
hydrodynamic principle(See torque converter, page 3-3).
In order to avoid cavitation, the converter must be always completely filled with oil.
This is achieved by a converter back pressure valve, following the converter, with an opening
pressure of about 4.3 bar.
The oil, escaping from the converter, is directed to a oil cooler.
The oil is directed from the oil cooler to the transmission and from there to the lubricating-oil circuit
so that all lubricating points are supplied with cooled oil.
In the electro-hydraulic control unit there are 6 pressure regulators installed.
5) GEAR SELECTOR(DW-3)
The gear selector is designed for the
mounting on the left side of the steering
column. The positions(Speeds) 1 to 4 are
F
selected by a rotary motion, the driving 1
2
3
N
4
direction Forward(F)-Neutral(N)-Reverse(R) R
by tilting the gear selector lever.

The gear selector is also available with
integrated kickdown control knob.
A neutral lock is installed as protection
against inadvertent drive off.
N D
Position N - Gear selector lever blocked in
this position.
Position D - Driving. 73033TM17
3 - 15
6) LCD
Cluster 1( ) LCD
1
2( ) MENU
M 2 - Display main menu
MENU
- Return to the normal display

3
3( ) BACK
BACK
4
NEXT
Return to the previous menu
5
SELECT
4( ) NEXT
Move to the next selection
5( ) SELECT
77073CD72
Activate the currently chosen item
(1) Normal display
TYPE 1 TYPE 2
1
c
a e 3
2 d
b
6 4
5
77073CD73
No Symbol Meaning Remark
Forward, reverse, neutral LCD type 1, Display during AEB mode

F, R, N Forward, reverse, neutral LCD type 2, Display during AEB mode
1
1, 2, 3, 4 Actual gear -
P Parking brake mode active -
a Wiper motor intermittently operating -
2 When operating intermittently, it
b -
shows an operating time interval.
c, d Up and down shifting c : Forward, d : Reverse
3 Automatic mode
e Pre-selected gear -
HOUR
4 Hour meter Display the total operation hours of the machine

COOLANT
5 C Engine coolant temperature Display in accordance with selected items
AUT Ride control mode active Ride control switch AUTO position, see page 7-35
6 ON Ride control mode active Ride control switch ON position, see page 7-35
(Option)
OFF Ride control mode turn off Ride control switch MIDDLE position, see page 7-35
Both type1 and type2 are LCD modes and they can be changed each other by operator’s selection.
3 - 16
(2) Display map
Normal Main menu Sub menu Activate item

Press MENU Press ACCESSORY Press ACCESSORY
M
ACCESSORY JOB TIMER JOB TIMER
CLOCK HOURMETER
ON
USER STOP WATCH
OFF
ADJUSTMENT ODOMETER
DIAGNOSTICS LIGHT CONT RESET
Previous Press Previous Press Previous Press

menu menu menu
77073CD74
Main group Sub group Meaning Display on LCD

Accessory Measure the various job time. JOB HOUR
Job timer
Press : Display ON or OFF, RESET.
Measures time in seconds.
Stop watch -
Press : Start. Press again : Stop.
LATEST-DIS
Latest Distance until recent times. Km
Odometer TOTAL-DIS
Total Total distance. Km
Control of LCD display luminosity.

Light control -
Brightness control : , .
Clock When 12H or 24H is selected, the current
Time set hour appears.
, : input, : setting.
PM
Clock ON/OFF : Clock display ON or OFF.
1
Alarm setting. It is possible to set 3 alarms.
Alarm 2
Stop alarming : or buzzer stop switch.
3
User
Raise the idle rpm to 1200rpm automatically
Alternate idle -
to warm up the engine.
Mode 1 Automatic travelling speed is applied from 1st
(1st-4th) to 4th gear. -
Auto 1/2
Mode 2 Automatic travelling speed is applied from
(2nd-4th) 2nd to 4th gear. -
Mode 1 Press button once : Shift down, press button
(Down/Up) again ; shift up. -
Quick
shift Mode 2 Press button every time : Shift to lower gear
(Down) respectively. -
Auto ON : Transmission auto condition.
Select OFF : Transmission semi-auto condition.
Aux-sw
Clutch ON : Clutch cut-off is activated.
-
Cut-off OFF : Clutch cut-off is cancelled.
3 - 17
Main group Sub group Meaning Display on LCD display
Adjustment Unit Choose between metric and inch unit display.
TOTAL-DIS TOTAL-DIS
Km Mile
Wiper When using the intermittent function of wiper

Intermittence motor, it regulates operation time.
Regulate idle rpm.
Alternate RPM Press , : Adjust idle rpm increments -
(or decrement) by 25rpm.
Pulse Press : Modification. -

It controls the disk interval of the transmission,
AEB -
automatically.
English : Display in English.
ENG/KOR -
Korean : Display in Korean.
Type 1 : Indicate with the symbol.
Display 1/2 Type 2 : Indicate with a letter. ,
Diagnostics Fault Error code display.
-
Code Refer to page 3-19.
Machine Hydraulic temperature and battery voltage HYD BATT-VOLT
Monitor display. C V
Press : Display ON or OFF.
Fault Error code display.
-
Code Refer to page 3-20~24.
Engine
Engine coolant temperature display. COOLANT OIL PRESS
Monitor C
Press : Display ON or OFF. PSI
Fault Error code display.

Refer to page 3-25~53. -
Transmis- Code
sion Transmission oil temperature display. OIL TEMP
Monitor Press : Display ON or OFF. F
Version Display the MCU and cluster version. -
3 - 18
(3) Machine fault codes
When selecting the f ault code menu, it shows all of the f ault codes which mean abnor mal
conditions of present time.
Press To go out from f ault explanation window,

press button.
030 Er : 030 (Press , to go out to first menu.)
050 No error will be indicated in case that
025 there’s no fault.
046
Fuel level sensor open
or short to power
77073CD60
Description Code Meaning Remark
010 Power input voltage low Below 18V

011 Power input voltage high Above 38V
Electrical 012 Alternator voltage low Below 5V
system 013 Alternator voltage high Above 36V
014 Buzzer circuit open or short to ground
015 Buzzer circuit short to power
Hydraulic 020 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor open or short to power
system 021 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor short to ground
030 Fuel level sensor open or short to power
Engine 031 Fuel level sensor short to ground
system 034 Cooling fan driving valve open or short to ground
035 Cooling fan driving valve short to power
050 Auto select switch supply power open or short to power
051 Auto select switch supply power short to ground
T/M system
052 Clutch cutoff supply power open or short to power
053 Clutch cutoff supply power short to ground
Steering 060 Emergency steering relay open or short to ground Option
system 061 Emergency steering relay short to power Option
070 MCU communication error
Communication 071 TCU communication error
072 ECM communication error
MCU : Machine control unit TCU : Transmission control unit ECM : Engine control module
3 - 19
(4) Engine fault code information
Fault code No. Reason Effect(only when fault code is active)

ECM internal hardware error. Possible no effect or engine may run rough or not
111 start.
No engine speed or position signal detected at Engine power derate.
115
pin 17 of the engine harness. Possible white smoke.
No engine speed or position signal detected at No engine speed and position backup for main
121
pin 9 of the engine harness speed/position sensor.
High voltage detected at the boost pressure Engine will derate to no-boost fueling.
122
sensor signal pin 45 of the engine harness.
Low voltage detected at boost pressure sensor Engine will derate to no-boost fueling.
123
signal pin 45 of the engine harness.
High voltage detected at throttle position signal Engine idles when idle validation switch indicates
131 pin 30 of the machine harness. idle and ramps up to a default set speed when
the idle validation switch indicates off-idle.
Low voltage detected at throttle position signal Engine idles when idle validation switch indicates
132 pin 30 of the machine harness. idle and ramps up to a default set speed when
the idle validation switch indicates off-idle.
High voltage detected at remote throttle position Engine will not respond to remote throttle input.
133
signal pin 9 of the machine harness.
Low voltage detected at remote throttle position Engine will not respond to remote throttle input.
134
signal pin 9 of the machine harness.
High voltage detected at oil pressure signal pin Default value used for oil pressure.
135
33 of the engine harness. No engine protection for oil pressure.
Low voltage detected at oil pressure signal pin 33 Default value used for oil pressure.
141
of the engine harness. No engine protection for oil pressure.
Oil pressure signal indicates oil pressure below Power and/or speed derate and possible engine
143 the low engine protection limit. shutdown if engine protection shutdown feature
is enabled.
High voltage detected at coolant temperature Default value used for coolant temperature.
144
signal pin 23 of the engine harness. No engine protection for coolant temperature.
Low voltage detected at coolant temperature Default value used for coolant temperature.
145
signal pin 23 of the engine harness. No engine protection for coolant temperature.
Coolant temperature signal indicates coolant Power derate and possible engine shutdown
146 temperature has exceeded the minimum engine feature is enabled.
protection limit.
Coolant temperature signal indicates coolant Speed derate and possible engine shutdown if
151 temperature has exceeded the maximum engine engine protection shutdown feature is enabled.
protection limit.
High voltage detected at intake manifold Default value used for intake manifold temperature.
153 temperature signal pin 34 of the engine harness. No engine protection for intake manifold temperature.
Low voltage detected at intake manifold temper- Default value used for intake manifold temperature.
154
ature signal pin 34 of the engine harness. No engine protection for intake manifold temperature.
Intake manifold air temperature signal indicates Speed derate and possible engine shutdown if
155 intake manifold air temperature is above the engine protection shutdown feature is enabled.
maximum engine protection limit.
Air conditioner clutch driver signal indicates a Air conditioner clutch will not operate.
191
short to ground when commanded on.
211 Machine specific fault code has occurred. No effect on engine performance.
High voltage detected at ambient air pressure Engine power derate.
221
signal pin 32 of the engine harness.
Engine speed signal indicates engine speed has Fuel to injectors disabled until engine speed falls
234
exceeded the overspeed limit. below the overspeed limit.
Coolant level signal at pin 37 of the engine Power and/or speed derate and possible engine
235 harness indicates coolant level is low. shutdown if engine protection shutdown feature
is enabled.
3 - 20
Vehicle speed signal on pins 8 and 18 of the EEngine speed limited to "Max. Engine Speed
machine harness has been lost. without VSS". Cruise control, gear-down
241 protection and the road speed governor will not
work. Trip information data that is based on
mileage will be incorrect.
Possible tampering has been detected on the Engine speed limited to " Max. Engine Speed
vehicle speed circuit pins 8 and 18 of the mach- without VSS". Cruise control, gear-down
242 ine harness protection and the road speed governor will not
work. Trip information data that is based on
mileage will be incorrect.
Error detected in the exhaust brake relay enable Exhaust brake will not work.
243
circuit at pin 42 of the engine harness.
Error detected in fan clutch relay enable circuit at Electronic control; module(ECM) can not control
245
pin 41 of the engine harness. the engine cooling fan. Fan will remain on or off.
High voltage detected at the fuel temperature Default value used for fuel temperature.
263 sensor signal pin 35 of the engine harness. Possible low power.
Fuel pump control module indicates the fuel Power derate.
261 temperature has exceeded the pump protection
limit.
High or low voltage detected at the fuel temperat- Default value used for fuel temperature.
264 ure sensor signal circuit inside the pump controll- Possible low power.
er.
High voltage detected at main engine ECM will use the engine position signal as a
283 speed/position sensor voltage supply pin 8 of the backup. Possible white smoke and power loss.
engine harness.
Low voltage detected at main engine speed/ po- ECM will use the engine position signal as a
284 sition sensor voltage supply pin 8 of the engine backup.
harness. Possible white smoke and power loss.
The ECM expected information from a At least one multiplexed device will not operate
285 multiplexed device but did not receive it soon properly.
enough or did not receive it at all.
The ECM expected info from a multiplexed At least on multiplexed device will not operate
286 device but only received a portion of the properly.
necessary information
The machine vehicle electronic control unit The engine will only idle.
287
(VECU) detected a fault with its throttle pedal.
The machine vehicle electronic control unit The engine will not respond to the remote
288
(VECU) detected a fault with its remote throttle. throttle.
High voltage detected at machine pressure Default value used for machine pressure. Lose
297 signal pin 48 of the machine harness. ability to control machine pressure.
Low voltage detected at machine pressure signal Default value used for machine pressure. Lose
298
pin 48 of the machine harness. ability to control machine pressure.
Engine shutdown by device other than key switch No action taken by the ECM.
before proper engine cool down resulting in
299
filtered load factor above maximum shutdown
threshold.
Power to the real time clock has been interrupted Time stamp in ECM powerdown data will be
319 and its setting is no longer valid incorrect.
Auxiliary speed signal frequency indicates the Engine will go to idle and lose ability to control
349 frequency is above a calibrated threshold value. speed of the auxiliary device.
Low voltage detected at engine position sensor Default value used for sensors connected to this
+5 VDC supply, pin 10 of the engine harness. +5 VDC supply. Engine will derate to no-boost
352 fueling and loss of engine protection for oil
pressure, intake manifold pressure, and ambient
air pressure.
3 - 21
High current detected at the fuel pump control Fueling to the injectors disabled and engine is
361 valve. shut down.
Low or no voltage detected at the fuel pump Engine will lose power and may shut down.
362 control valve.
No fuel control valve movement detected by the Engine power loss.
363 fuel pump controller.
No communications or invalid data transfer rate Engine will run at a backup mode set speed
detected on data link between ECM and fuel when throttle is off-idle.
364 pump controller at pins 4 and 13 of the engine
harness.
Low voltage detected at fuel pump controller Engine may lose power and may shut down.
365 supply voltage circuit.
Fuel pump controller battery voltage measureme- Engine will lose power and may shut down.
366 nt is outside the range between 6 and 24 VDC.
Fuel pump speed/position sensor signal lost. Fueling to injectors disabled and engine will shut
367 down.
The fuel pump controller can not achieve the tim- Significant engine power loss.
368 ing value being commanded by the engine ECM.
Fuel pump controller does not detect engine Significant engine power loss.
369 position pulse at pin 7 of the engine harness. Possible white smoke.
Fuel pump controller detects continuous voltage If communication is lost between the ECM and
at idle select pin 16 of the engine harness or fuel fuel pump controller, engine will only operate at a
372 pump controller detects and open circuit or short speed slightly higher than idle, regardless of
circuit to ground at idle select pin 16 of the engine throttle position.
harness.
High voltage detected at fuel shut off signal pin 6 Fueling to injectors is disabled and engine will
373 of the engine harness. shut down.
Fuel pump controller has detected an internal Response will vary from some power loss to the
374 error. engine shutting down.
Engine ECM is commanding a fueling or timing Possible no effect or engine may exhibit some
375 value that the pump can not achieve. power loss.
No calibration in the fuel pump controller. Fueling to injectors disabled and engine will shut
376 down.
Fuel pump controller is not powering down when Equipment batteries may be drained low during
377
key switch power is removed from the ECM. long shutdown periods.
Error detected in cold start aid relay 1 enable Intake air heater can not be fully energized by the
381 circuit at pin 41 of the machine harness. ECM.
Possible white smoke and/or hard starting.
Error detected in cold start aid relay 2 enable Intake air heater can not be fully energized by
382 circuit at pin 31 of the machine harness. the ECM.
Possible white smoke and/or hard starting.
High voltage detected at machine harness sens- Sensors connected to this +5 VDC supply(i.e.
385
or +5 VDC supply pin 10 of the machine harness. remote throttle position sensor) will not function.
High voltage detected at the engine harness Default value used for sensors connected to this
sensor +5 VDC supply pin 10 of the engine +5 volts supply. Engine will derate to no-boost
386 harness. fueling and loss of engine protection for oil
pressure, intake manifold temperature, and
coolant temperature.
High voltage detected at the throttle position Engine idles when idle validation switch indicates
387 sensor +5 VDC supply pin 29 of the machine idle and ramps up to a default set speed when
harness. idle validation switch indicates off-idle.
Error detected in power supply relay enable Possible no effect on performance or engine may
391
circuit at pin 43 of the engine harness. not run.
3 - 22
Oil pressure signal indicates oil pressure elow the Speed derate and possible engine shutdown if
415 very low engine protection limit. engine protection shutdown feature is enagled.
Water-in-fuel signal indicates the water in the fuel Excessive water in the fuel can lead to severe
418 filter needs to be drained. fuel sysm damage.
Voltage detected simultaneously on both the No engine protection for coolant level.
coolant level high and low signal pins 27 and 37
422 of the engine harness or no voltage detected on
either pin.(Fault is active for switch type coolant
level sensors only)
Low voltage detected at water-in-fuel signal pin No water-in-fuel protection.
429 40 of the machine harness.
Idle validation signals on pins 25 and 26 of the No effect on performance, but loss of idle
machine harness indicate voltage detected validation.
431 simultaneously on both pins or no voltage
detected on either pin.
Idle validation signal at pin 26 of the machine Engine will only idle.
harness indicates the throttle is at the idle
position when the throttle position signal at pin 30
of the machine harness indicates the throttle is
432 not at the idle position...OR...idle validation signal
at pin 26 of the machine harness indicates the
throttle is not at the idle position when the throttle
position signal at pin 30 of the machine harness
indicates the throttle is at the idle position.
Boost pressure signal indicates boost pressure is Possible overfueling during acceleration.
high when other engine parameters(i.e. speed Increase in black smoke.
433 and load) indicate boost pressure should be
low...OR...boost pressure is low when other
engine parameters indicate it should be high.
All data gathered by the ECM since the last key None on performance. Fault code table, trip
on(i.e.faults, trip information data. etc.)was not information data, maintenance monitor data,
434 stored to permanent memory at the last key off. trending data and user activated datalogger data
may be inaccurate.
Voltage detected at ECM power supply pins 38, Engine will die or run rough.
441 39, 40 and 50 of the engine harness indicates the
ECM supply voltage fell below 6 VDC.
Voltage detected at ECM power supply pins 38, None on performance.
39, 40 and 50 of the engine harness indicates the
442
ECM supply voltage is above the maximum
system voltage level.
Low voltage detected at throttle position sensor Engine idles when idle validation switch indicates
443 +5 VDC supply pin 29 of the machine harness. idle and ramps up to a default set speed when
idle validation switch indicates off-idle.
Low voltage detected at machine harness sensor Sensors connected to this +5 VDC supply (i.e.
444
+5 VDC supply pin 10 of the machine harness. remote throttle position sensor) will not function.
Intake manifold temperature signal indicates Power derate and possible engine shutdown if
488 intake manifold temperature is above the minm- engine protection shutdown feature is enabled.
um engine protection limit.
Auxiliary device speed signal on pins 8 and 18 of Lose ability to control the speed of the auxiliary
489 the OEM harness is out of range of the ECM device.
threshold.
High voltage detected at the auxiliary +5 VDC Auxiliary device will not function.
515 sensor supply voltage pin 49 of the engine
harness.
Low voltage detected at the auxiliary +5 VDC Auxiliary device will not function.
516 sensor supply voltage pin 49 of the engine
harness.
3 - 23
A mechanically stuck fuel control valve has been Engine may shut down.
517
detected by the fuel pump controller.
Error detected on the high speed governor droop Operator can not select alternate high speed
524 selection switch in put pin 24 of the engine governor droop. Normal droop is used.
harness.
Error detected in the dual output driver "A" circuit The device being controlled by the dual output
527
pin 5 of the machine harness. driver "A"signal will not function properly.
Error detected on the torque curve selection Operator can not select alternate torque curves.
528
switch input pin 39 of the machine harness. Normal torque curve is used.
Error detected in the dual output driver "B" circuit The device being controlled by the dual output
529
pin 1 of the engine harness. driver "B" signal will not function properly.
Idle validation signals on pins 25 and 26 of the Engine will only idle.
551 machine harness indicate voltage detected
simultaneously on both pins.
Software has initiated an engine shutdown based Engine will shutdown.
599
on machine sensor inputs
ECM detected the engine has initiated a No effect.
611 protection shutdown or has been keyed off while
above a specified load limit.
Error detected in the output device driver(VGT or Can not control the VGT or transmission, depend-
768 transmission shift modulation signal) signal pin ing on application.
21 of the machine harness.
※ Some fault codes are not applied to this machine.
3 - 24
(5) Display during AEB mode
Symbol Meaning Remarks
K1~K4, KV, KR Calibrating clutch K1~K4, KV

or KR respectively
- And Kx Wait for start, initialization of
clutch Kx, x : 1, 2, 3, 4, V, R
And Kx Fast fill time determination of
clutch Kx
= And Kx Compensating pressure
determination of clutch Kx
OK Calibration for all clutches Transmission stays in neutral, you have to restart the
finished TCU(Ignition off/on) after removing AEB-Starter
STOP AEB cancled(Activation Transmission stays in neutral, you have to restart the
stopped) TCU(Ignition off/on)
STOP and Kx AEB stopped, clutch Kx can't Transmission stays in neutral, you have to restart the
be calibrated TCU(Ignition off/on)
Spanner and Kx Kx couldn't be calibrated, AEB Transmission stays in neutral, you have to restart the
finished TCU(Ignition off/on)
△E Engine speed too low,
- Raise engine speed
▽E Engine speed too high,
- Lower engine speed
△T Transmission oil temperature
too low,
- Heat up transmission
▽T Transmission oil temperature
too high,
- Cool down transmission
FT Transmission temperature not Transmission stays in neutral, you have to restart the
in defined range during TCU(Ignition off/on)
calibration
FB Operating mode not NORMAL Transmission stays in neutral, you have to restart the
or transmission temperature TCU(Ignition off/on)
sensor defective or storing of
calibrated values to EEPROM
has failed
FO Output speed not zero Transmission stays in neutral, you have to restart the
TCU(Ignition off/on)
FN Shift lever not in neutral Transmission stays in neutral, you have to restart the
position TCU(Ignition off/on)
FP Park brake not applied Transmission stays in neutral, you have to restart the
TCU(Ignition off/on)
STOP AEB-Starter was used incorrect Transmission stays in neutral, you have to restart the
or is defective. Wrong device TCU(Ignition off/on)
or wrong cable used
AEB mode : It controls the disk internal of the transmission, automatically.
Refer to page 7-28, 29.
3 - 25
(6) Definition of operating modes
① Normal
There's no failure detected in the transmission system or the failure has no or slight effects on
transmission control. TCU will work without or in special cases with little limitations.(See
following table)
② Substitute clutch control
TCU can't change the gears or the direction under the control of the normal clutch modulation.
TCU uses the substitute strategy for clutch control. All modulations are only time controlled.
(Comparable with EST 25)
③ Limp-home
The detected failure in the system has strong limitations to transmission control. TCU can
engage only one gear in each direction. In some cases only one direction will be possible.
TCU will shift the transmission into neutral at the first occurrence of the failure. First, the operator
must shift the gear selector into neutral position.
If output speed is less than a threshold for neutral to gear and the operator shifts the gear
selector into forward or reverse, the TCU will select the limp-home gear.
If output speed is less than a threshold for reversal speed and TCU has changed into the limp-
home gear and the operator selects a shuttle shift, TCU will shift immediately into the limp-home
gear of the selected direction.
If output speed is greater than the threshold, TCU will shift the transmission into neutral. The
operator has to slow down the vehicle and must shift the gear selector into neutral position.
④ Transmission-shutdown
TCU has detected a severe failure that disables control of the transmission.
TCU will shut off the solenoid valves for the clutches and also the common power supply(VPS1).
Transmission shifts to neutral. The park brake will operate normally, also the other functions
which use ADM1 to ADM8.
The operator has to slow down the vehicle. The transmission will stay in neutral.
⑤ TCU-shutdown
TCU has detected a severe failure that disables control of system.
TCU will shut off all solenoid valves and also both common power supplies(VPS1, VPS2). The
park brake will engage, also functions are disabled which use ADM 1 to ADM 8.
The transmission will stay in neutral.
(7) Abbreviations
OC : Open circuit
SC : Short circuit
OP mode : Operating mode
TCU : Transmission control unit
EEC : Electronic engine controller
PTO : Power take off
3 - 26
(8) Table of fault codes
Fault code Int. code Meaning of the fault code
(Hex) (Dec) possible reason for fault detection Reaction of the TCU Possible steps to repair Remarks
11 48 Logical error at gear range signal TCU shifts transmission to •Check the cables from TCU to Failure cannot be detected in
TCU detected a wrong signal combination neutral shift lever systems with DW2/DW3 shift
for the gear range OP-mode : Transmission •Check signal combinations of lever
•Cable from shift lever to TCU is broken shutdown shift lever positions for gear Fault is taken back if TCU
•Cable is defective and is contacted to range detects a valid signal for the
battery voltage or vehicle ground position
•Shift lever is defective
12 46 Logical error at direction select signal TCU shifts transmission to •Check the cables from TCU to Fault is taken back if TCU
TCU detected a wrong signal combination neutral shift lever detects a valid signal for the
for the direction direction at the shift lever
•Cable from shift lever to TCU is broken OP-Mode : Transmission •Check signal combinations of
•Cable is defective and is contacted to shutdown shift lever positions F-N-R
battery voltage or vehicle ground
13 95 Logical error at engine derating device After selecting neutral, TCU •Check engine derating device This fault is reset after power
TCU detected no reaction of engine while change to OP mode limp home up of TCU
derating device active
15 176 Logical error at direction select signal 2 shift TCU shifts transmission to •Check the cables from TCU to Fault is taken back if TCU
lever neutral if selector active shift lever 2 detects a valid neutral signal
TCU detected a wrong signal combination OP mode : Transmission •Check signal combinations of for the direction at the shift
for the direction shutdown if selector shift lever positions F-N-R lever
•Cable from shift lever 2 to TCU is broken active
•Cable is defective and is contacted to
battery voltage or vehicle ground
16 178 Logical error at axle connection OP mode : Normal •Check the cables from TCU to
Feedback axle connection measured by TCU feedback axle connection switch
and output signal axle connection don't fit •Check signals of the feedback
•Axle can't be connected or disconnected axle connection switch
due to mechanical problem
•One of the cables from feedback axle
connection switch to TCU is broken
3-27
21 32 S.C. to battery voltage at clutch cut off input Clutch cut off function is disabled •Check the cable from TCU to
The measured voltage is too high: OP mode : Normal the sensor
•Cable is defective and is contacted to •Check the connectors
battery voltage •Check the clutch cut off sensor
•Clutch cut off sensor has an internal defect
•Connector pin is contacted to battery voltage
22 29 S.C. to ground or O.C. at clutch cut off input Clutch cut off function is disabled •Check the cable from TCU to
The measured voltage is too low: OP mode : Normal the sensor
•Cable is defective and is contacted to •Check the connectors
vehicle ground •Check the clutch cut off sensor
•Cable has no connection to TCU
•Clutch cut off sensor has an internal
defect
•Connector pin is contacted to vehicle
ground or is broken
23 S.C. to battery voltage at load sensor input Retarder function is affected •Check the cable from TCU to Availability of retarder
The measured voltage is too high: TCU uses default load the sensor depends on default load
•Cable is defective and is contacted to OP mode : Normal •Check the connectors
battery voltage •Check the load sensor
•Load sensor has an internal defect •Check the assembly tolerances
•Connector pin is contacted to battery voltage of load sensor
24 S.C. to ground or O.C. at load sensor input Retarder function is affected •Check the cable from TCU to Availability of retarder
The measured voltage is too low: TCU use default load the sensor depends on default load
•Cable is defective and is contacted to OP mode : Normal •Check the connectors
vehicle ground •Check the load sensor
•Cable has no connection to TCU •Check the assembly tolerances
•Load sensor has as internal defect of load sensor
ground or is broken
3-28
25 33 S.C. to battery voltage or O.C. at transmission No reaction, TCU use default •Check the cable from TCU to
sump temperature sensor input temperature the sensor
The measured voltage is too high: OP mode : Normal •Check the connectors
•Cable is defective and is contacted to •Check the temperature sensor
battery voltage
•Temperature sensor has an internal defect
•Connector pin is contacted to battery
voltage or is broken
26 30 S.C. to battery voltage or O.C. at transmission No reaction, TCU uses default •Check the cable from TCU to
sump temperature sensor input temperature the sensor
The measured voltage is too low: OP mode : Normal •Check the connectors
vehicle ground
ground
27 76 S.C. to battery voltage or O.C. at retarder No reaction, TCU uses default •Check the cable from TCU to
temperature sensor input temperature the sensor
battery voltage
28 74 S.C. to ground at retarder temperature No reaction, TCU uses default •Check the cable from TCU to
sensor input temperature the sensor
vehicle ground
•Connector pin is contacted to vehicle ground
3-29
27 76 S.C. to battery voltage or O.C. at converter No reaction, TCU uses default •Check the cable from TCU to
output temperature sensor input temperature the sensor
battery voltage
28 74 S.C. to ground at converter output No reaction, TCU uses default •Check the cable from TCU to
temperature sensor input temperature the sensor
vehicle ground
31 38 S.C. to battery voltage or O.C. at engine OP mode : Substitute clutch control •Check the cable from TCU to
speed input the sensor
TCU measures a voltage higher than 7.00V •Check the connectors
at speed input pin •Check the speed sensor
battery voltage
•Speed sensor has an internal defect
voltage or has no contact
32 34 S.C. to ground at engine speed input OP mode : Substitute clutch control •Check the cable from TCU to
TCU measures a voltage less than 0.45V at the sensor
speed input pin •Check the connectors
•Cable/connector is defective and is •Check the speed sensor
contacted to vehicle ground
3-30
33 42 Logical error at engine speed input OP mode : Substitute clutch control •Check the cable from TCU to This fault is reset after power
TCU measures a engine speed over a the sensor up of TCU
threshold and the next moment the •Check the connectors
measured speed is zero •Check the speed sensor
•Cable/connector is defective and has bad •Check the sensor gap
contact
•Sensor gap has the wrong size
34 39 S.C. to battery voltage or O.C. at turbine OP mode : Substitute clutch control •Check the cable from TCU to
speed input If a failure is existing at output the sensor
TCU measures a voltage higher than 7.00V speed, •Check the connectors
at speed input pin TCU shifts to neutral •Check the speed sensor
•Cable is defective and is contacted to OP mode : Limp home
vehicle battery voltage
35 35 S.C. to ground at turbine speed input OP mode : Substitute clutch control •Check the cable from TCU to This fault is reset after power
TCU measures a voltage less than 0.45V at If a failure is existing at output the sensor up of TCU
speed input pin speed, •Check the connectors
•Cable/connector is defective and is TCU shifts to neutral •Check the speed sensor
contacted to vehicle ground OP mode : Limp home
36 43 Logical error at turbine speed input OP mode : Substitute clutch control •Check the cable from TCU to
TCU measures a turbine speed over a If a failure is existing at output the sensor
threshold and at the next moment the speed, •Check the connectors
measured speed is zero TCU shifts to neutral •Check the speed sensor
•Cable/connector is defective and has bad OP mode : Limp home •Check the sensor gap
contact
3-31
37 40 S.C. to battery voltage or O.C. at internal OP mode : Substitute clutch control •Check the cable from TCU to
speed input the sensor
TCU measures a voltage higher than 7.00V •Check the connectors
at speed input pin •Check the speed sensor
vehicle battery voltage
38 36 S.C. to ground at turbine speed input OP mode : Substitute clutch control •Check the cable from TCU to
TCU measures a voltage less than 0.45V at the sensor
speed input pin •Check the connectors
•Cable/connector is defective and is •Check the speed sensor
39 44 Logical error at internal speed input OP mode : Substitute clutch control •Check the cable from TCU to This fault is reset after power
TCU measures a internal speed over a the sensor up of TCU
threshold and at the next moment the •Check the connectors
measured speed is zero •Check the speed sensor
•Cable/connector is defective and has bad •Check the sensor gap
contact
3A 41 S.C. to battery voltage or O.C. at output Special mode for gear selection •Check the cable from TCU to
speed input OP mode : Substitute clutch control the sensor
TCU measures a voltage higher than 12.5V If a failure is existing at turbine •Check the connectors
at speed input pin speed, •Check the speed sensor
•Cable is defective and is contacted to TCU shifts to neutral
battery voltage OP mode : lamp home
3-32
3B 37 S.C. to ground at output speed input Special mode for gear selection •Check the cable from TCU to
TCU measures a voltage less than 1.00V at OP mode : Substitute clutch control the sensor
speed input pin If a failure is existing at turbine •Check the connectors
•Cable/connector is defective and is speed, •Check the speed sensor
contacted to vehicle ground TCU shifts to neutral
•Speed sensor has an internal defect OP mode : lamp home
3C 45 Logical error at output speed input Special mode for gear selection •Check the cable from TCU to This fault is reset after power
TCU measures a turbine speed over a OP mode : Substitute clutch control the sensor up of TCU
threshold and at the next moment the If a failure is existing at turbine •Check the connectors
measured speed is zero speed, •Check the speed sensor
•Cable/connector is defective and has bad TCU shifts to neutral •Check the sensor gap
contact OP mode : lamp home
3D 71 Turbine speed zero doesn't fit to other - - Not used

speed signals
3E 72 Output speed zero doesn't fit to other Special mode for gear selection •Check the sensor signal of This fault is reset after power
speed signals OP mode : Substitute clutch control output speed sensor up of TCU
If transmission is not neutral and the shifting If a failure is existing at turbine •Check the sensor gap of
has finished, speed, output speed sensor
TCU measures output speed zero and TCU shifts to neutral •Check the cable from TCU to
turbine speed or internal speed not equal to OP mode : lamp home the sensor
zero.
3-33
71 22 S.C. to battery voltage at clutch K1 TCU shifts to neutral •Check the cable from TCU to
The measured resistance value of the valve is OP mode : Limp home the gearbox
out of limit, the voltage at K1 valve is too high If failure at another clutch is •Check the connectors from
•Cable/connector is defective and has pending TCU to the gearbox
contact to battery voltage TCU shifts to neutral •Check the regulator resistance* * See Chapter (9)
•Cable/connector is defective and has OP mode : TCU shutdown •Check internal wire harness of
contact to another regulator output of the the gearbox
TCU
•Regulator has an internal defect
72 10 S.C. to ground at clutch K1 TCU shifts to neutral •Check the cable from TCU to
out of limit, the voltage at K1 valve is too low If failure at another clutch is •Check the connectors from
•Cable/connector is defective and has pending gearbox to TCU
contact to vehicle ground TCU shifts to neutral •Check the regulator resistance* * See Chapter (9)
•Regulator has an internal defect OP mode : TCU shutdown •Check internal wire harness of
the gearbox
73 16 O.C. at clutch K1 TCU shifts to neutral •Check the cable from TCU to
The measured resistance value of the valve OP mode : Limp home the gearbox
is out of limit If failure at another clutch is •Check the connectors from
•Cable/connector is defective and has no pending gearbox to TCU
contact to TCU TCU shifts to neutral •Check the regulator resistance* * See Chapter (9)
the gearbox
is out of limit, the voltage at K2 valve is too If failure at another clutch is •Check the connectors from
high pending gearbox to TCU
•Cable/connector is defective and has TCU shifts to neutral •Check the regulator resistance* * See Chapter (9)
contact to battery voltage OP mode : TCU shutdown •Check internal wire harness of
•Cable/connector is defective and has the gearbox
contact to another regulator output of the
TCU
3-34
the gearbox
the gearbox
TCU
the gearbox
3-35
the gearbox
7A 78 S.C. to battery voltage at converter clutch - -
7B 79 S.C. to ground at converter clutch - -
7C 80 O.C. at converter clutch - - Not used
7D 166 S.C. ground at engine derating device Engine derating will be on until •Check the cable from TCU to Not used
•Cable is defective and is contacted to TCU power down even if fault the engine derating device
vehicle ground vanishes(Loose connection) •Check the connectors from Not used
•Engine derating device has an internal defect OP mode : Normal engine derating device to TCU
•Connector pin is contacted to vehicle ground •Check the resistance* of engine * See Chapter (9)
derating device
7E 168 S.C. battery voltage at engine derating No reaction •Check the cable from TCU to
device OP mode : Normal the engine derating device
•Cable/connector is defective and is •Check the connectors from
contacted to battery voltage backup alarm device to TCU
•Engine derating device has an internal •Check the resistance* of * See Chapter (9)
defect backup alarm device
7F 167 O.C. at engine derating device No reaction •Check the cable from TCU to
TCU detected a wrong voltage at the output OP mode : Normal the engine derating device
pin, that looks like a O.C. for this output pin •Check the connectors from
•Cable is defective and has no connection engine derating device to TCU
to TCU •Check the resistance* of * See Chapter (9)
•Engine derating device has an internal engine derating device
defect
•Connector has no connection to TCU
3-36
TCU
The measured resistance value of the valve is OP mode : Limp home the engine derating device
the gearbox
the gearbox
TCU
3-37
85 14 S.C. to ground at clutch KV TCU shifts to neutral •Check the cable from TCU to
the gearbox
86 20 O.C. at clutch KV TCU shifts to neutral •Check the cable from TCU to
the gearbox
87 27 S.C. to battery voltage at clutch KR TCU shifts to neutral •Check the cable from TCU to
is out of limit, the voltage at KR valve is too high If failure at another clutch is •Check the connectors from
contact to battery voltage TCU shifts to neutral •Check the regulator resistance* * See Chapter (9)
•Cable/connector is defective and has contact OP mode : TCU shutdown •Check internal wire harness of
to another regulator output of the TCU the gearbox
88 15 S.C. to ground at clutch KR TCU shifts to neutral •Check the cable from TCU to
out of limit, the voltage at KR valve is too low If failure at another clutch is •Check the connectors from
the gearbox
89 21 O.C. at clutch KR TCU shifts to neutral •Check the cable from TCU to
the gearbox
3-38
91 1 S.C. to ground at relay reverse warning Backup alarm will be on until •Check the cable from TCU to
alarm TCU power down even if fault the backup alarm device
TCU detected a wrong voltage at the output vanishes(Loose connection) •Check the connectors from
pin, that looks like a S.C. to vehicle ground OP mode : Normal backup alarm device to TCU
•Cable is defective and is contact to vehicle •Check the resistance* of * See Chapter (9)
ground backup alarm device
•Backup alarm device has an internal defect
92 3 S.C. to battery voltage at relay reverse No reaction •Check the cable from TCU to
warning alarm OP mode : Normal the backup alarm device
TCU detected a wrong voltage at the output •Check the connectors from
pin, that looks like a S.C. to battery voltage backup alarm device to TCU
•Cable is defective and is contacted to •Check the resistance* of * See Chapter (9)
battery voltage backup alarm device
•Backup alarm device has an internal
defect
voltage
93 2 O.C. at relay reverse warning alarm No reaction •Check the cable from TCU to
TCU detected a wrong voltage at the output OP mode : Normal the backup alarm device
•Cable is defective and has no connection backup alarm device to TCU
•Backup alarm device has an internal defect backup alarm device
94 4 S.C. to ground at relay starter interlock No reaction •Check the cable from TCU to
TCU detected a wrong voltage at the output OP mode : Normal the stater interlock relay
pin, that looks like a S.C. to vehicle ground •Check the connectors from
•Cable is defective and is connection to starter interlock relay to TCU
vehicle ground •Check the resistance* of * See Chapter (9)
•Starter interlock relay has an internal defect starter interlock relay
ground
3-39
95 6 S.C. to battery voltage at relay starter No reaction •Check the cable from TCU to
interlock OP mode : Normal the starter interlock relay
pin, that looks like a S.C. to battery voltage starter interlock relay to TCU
•Cable is defective and has no connection •Check the resistance* of * See Chapter (9)
to battery voltage starter interlock relay
•Starter interlock relay has an internal defect
96 5 O.C. at relay starter interlock No reaction •Check the cable from TCU to
TCU detected a wrong voltage at the output OP mode : Normal the starter interlock relay
•Cable is defective and has no connection starter interlock relay to TCU
•Starter interlock relay has an internal defect starter interlock relay
97 7 S.C. to ground at park brake solenoid No reaction •Check the cable from TCU to
TCU detected a wrong voltage at the output OP mode : Normal the park brake solenoid
•Cable is defective and is connection to park brake solenoid to TCU
vehicle ground •Check the resistance* of park * See Chapter (9)
•Park brake solenoid has an internal defect brake solenoid
ground
98 9 S.C. to battery voltage at park brake No reaction •Check the cable from TCU to
solenoid Optional : (Some customers) the park brake solenoid
TCU detected a wrong voltage at the output TCU shifts to neutral caused by •Check the connectors from
pin, that looks like a S.C. to battery voltage park brake feed back park brake solenoid to TCU
•Cable is defective and is connection to OP mode : Normal •Check the resistance* of park * See Chapter (9)
battery voltage brake solenoid
•Park brake solenoid has an internal defect
voltage
3-40
99 8 O.C. at park brake solenoid No reaction •Check the cable from TCU to
TCU detected a wrong voltage at the output Optional : Some customers the park brake solenoid
pin, that looks like a O.C. for this output pin TCU shifts to neutral caused by •Check the connectors from
•Cable is defective and has no connection park brake feed back park brake solenoid to TCU
to TCU OP mode : Normal •Check the resistance* of park * See Chapter (9)
•Park brake solenoid has an internal defect brake solenoid
9A 66 S.C. to ground at converter lock up No reaction •Check the cable from TCU to
clutch solenoid OP mode : Normal the converter clutch solenoid
pin, that looks like a S.C. to vehicle ground converter clutch solenoid to
•Cable is defective and is contacted to TCU
vehicle ground •Check the resistance* of park * See Chapter (9)
•Converter clutch solenoid has an internal brake solenoid
defect
9B 67 O.C. at converter lock up clutch solenoid Converter clutch always open, •Check the cable from TCU to
TCU detected a wrong voltage at the output retarder not available the converter clutch solenoid
pin, that looks like a O.C. for this output pin OP mode : Normal •Check the connectors from
•Cable is defective and has no connection converter clutch solenoid to
to TCU TCU
•Converter clutch solenoid has an internal •Check the resistance* of park * See Chapter (9)
defect brake solenoid
9C 68 S.C. to battery voltage at converter lock No reaction •Check the cable from TCU to
up clutch solenoid OP mode : Normal the converter clutch solenoid
pin, that looks like a S.C. to battery voltage converter clutch solenoid to
•Cable is defective and has no contacted TCU
to battery voltage •Check the resistance* of * See Chapter (9)
•Converter clutch solenoid has an internal converter clutch solenoid
defect
3-41
9D 81 S.C. to ground at retarder solenoid No reaction •Check the cable from TCU to
TCU detected a wrong voltage at the output OP mode : Normal the retarder solenoid
•Cable is defective and is contacted to retarder solenoid to TCU
•Retarder solenoid has an internal defect retarder solenoid
ground
9E 82 O.C. at retarder solenoid No reaction •Check the cable from TCU to

TCU detected a wrong voltage at the output OP mode : Normal the retarder solenoid
•Cable is defective and has no connection retarder solenoid to TCU
•Retarder solenoid has an internal defect retarder solenoid
9F 83 S.C. to battery voltage at retarder No reaction •Check the cable from TCU to
solenoid OP mode : Normal the retarder solenoid
pin, that looks like a S.C. to battery voltage retarder solenoid to TCU
to battery voltage retarder solenoid
•Retarder solenoid has an internal defect
3-42
A1 84 S.C. to ground at difflock or axle No reaction •Check the cable from TCU to
connection solenoid OP mode : Normal the difflock solenoid
pin, that looks like a S.C. to vehicle ground difflock solenoid to TCU
•Cable is defective and is contacted to •Check the resistance* of * See Chapter (9)
vehicle ground difflock solenoid
•Difflock solenoid has an internal defect
A2 85 S.C. to battery voltage at difflock or axle No reaction •Check the cable from TCU to
connection solenoid OP mode : Normal the difflock solenoid
pin, that looks like a S.C. to battery voltage difflock solenoid to TCU
to battery voltage difflock solenoid
•Difflock solenoid has an internal defect
A3 86 O.C. at difflock or axle connection solenoid No reaction •Check the cable from TCU to
TCU detected a wrong voltage at the output OP mode : Normal the difflock solenoid
•Cable is defective and has no connection difflock solenoid to TCU
•Difflock solenoid has an internal defect difflock solenoid
A4 96 S.C. to ground at warning signal output No reaction •Check the cable from TCU to
TCU detected a wrong voltage at the output OP mode : Normal the warning device
•Cable is defective and is contacted to warning device to TCU
•Warning device has an internal defect warning device
3-43
A5 97 O.C. voltage at warning signal output No reaction •Check the cable from TCU to
TCU detected a wrong voltage at the output OP mode : Normal the warning device
•Cable is defective and has no connection warning device to TCU
•Warning device has an internal defect warning device
A6 98 S.C. to battery voltage at warning signal No reaction •Check the cable from TCU to
output OP mode : Normal the warning device
pin, that looks like a S.C. to battery voltage warning device to TCU
•Cable is defective and has is contacted to •Check the resistance* of * See Chapter (9)
battery voltage warning device
•Warning device has an internal defect
voltage
3-44
B1 60 Slippage at clutch K1 TCU shifts to neutral •Check pressure at clutch K1

TCU calculates a differential speed at closed OP mode : Limp home •Check main pressure in the
clutch K1. If this calculated value is out of If failure at another clutch is system
range, TCU interprets this as slipping clutch pending •Check sensor gap at internal
•Low pressure at clutch K1 TCU shifts to neutral speed sensor
•Low main pressure OP mode : TCU shutdown •Check sensor gap at output
•Wrong signal at internal speed sensor speed sensor
•Wrong signal at output speed sensor •Check signal at internal speed
•Wrong size of the sensor gap sensor
•Clutch is defective •Check signal at output speed
sensor
•Replace clutch

sensor
•Replace clutch

sensor
•Replace clutch
3-45

•Low main pressure OP mode : TCU shutdown •Check sensor gap at turbine
•Wrong signal at turbine speed sensor •Check signal at internal speed
•Clutch is defective •Check signal at turbine speed
sensor
•Replace clutch
B5 64 Slippage at clutch KV TCU shifts to neutral •Check pressure at clutch KV

clutch KV. If this calculated value is out of If failure at another clutch is system
•Low pressure at clutch KV TCU shifts to neutral speed sensor
sensor
•Replace clutch
B6 65 Slippage at clutch KR TCU shifts to neutral •Check pressure at clutch KR

clutch KR. If this calculated value is out of If failure at another clutch is system
•Low pressure at clutch KR TCU shifts to neutral speed sensor
sensor
•Replace clutch
3-46
B7 87 Overtemp sump No reaction •Cool down machine

TCU measured a temperature in the oil OP mode : Normal •Check oil level
sump that is over the allowed threshold. •Check temperature sensor
B8 88 Overtemp retarder TCU disables retarder •Cool down machine

TCU measured a temperature in the retarder OP mode : Normal •Check oil level
oil that is over the allowed threshold •Check temperature sensor
B9 89 Overspend engine Retarder applies -

OP mode : Normal
BA 90 Differential pressure oil filter No reaction •Check oil filter

TCU measured a voltage at differential OP mode : Normal •Check wiring from TCU to
pressure switch out of the allowed range differential pressure switch
•Oil filter is polluted •Check differential pressure
•Cable/connector is broken or cable/ switch(Measure resistance)
connector is contacted to battery voltage
or vehicle ground
•Differential pressure switch is defective
BB 172 Slippage at converter lockup clutch •Check pressure at converter

TCU calculates a differential speed at closed lockup clutch
converter lockup clutch. If this calculated •Check main pressure in the
value is out of range, TCU interprets this as system
slipping clutch •Check sensor gap at engine
•Low pressure at converter lockup clutch speed sensor
•Low main pressure •Check sensor gap at turbine
•Wrong signal at engine speed sensor speed sensor
•Wrong signal at turbine speed sensor •Check signal at engine speed
sensor
•Replace clutch
3-47
BD 169 S.C. to ground at engine brake solenoid No reaction •Check the cable from TCU to
TCU detected a wrong voltage at the output OP mode : Normal engine brake solenoid
•Cable is defective and is contacted to engine brake solenoid to TCU
vehicle ground •Check the resistance* of engine * See Chapter (7)
•Engine brake solenoid has an internal brake solenoid
defect
BE 171 S.C. to battery voltage at engine brake No reaction •Check the cable from TCU to
TCU detected a wrong voltage at the output OP mode : Normal the engine brake solenoid
pin, that looks like a S.C. to battery voltage •Check the connectors from
•Cable is defective and is contacted to engine brake solenoid to TCU
battery voltage •Check the resistance* of engine * See Chapter (7)
•Engine brake solenoid has an internal defect brake solenoid
BF 170 O.C. at engine brake No reaction •Check the cable from TCU to
TCU detected a wrong voltage at the output OP mode : Normal the engine brake solenoid
•Cable is defective and has no connection engine brake solenoid to TCU
to TCU •Check the resistance* of engine * See Chapter (7)
•Engine brake solenoid has an internal brake solenoid
defect
3-48
C3 91 Overtemp converter output No reaction •Cool down machine

TCU measured a oil temperature at the OP mode : Normal •Check oil level
converter output that is the allowed threshold •Check temperature sensor
C4 129 S.C. to ground at joystick status indicator No reaction •Check the cable from TCU to
TCU detected a wrong voltage at the output OP mode : Normal joystick status indicator
•Cable is defective and is contacted to joystick status indicator to TCU
vehicle ground •Check the resistance* of *See chapter (9)
•Joystick status indicator has an internal joystick status indicator
defect
C5 131 S.C. to battery voltage at joystick status No reaction •Check the cable from TCU to
indicator OP mode : Normal joystick status indicator
pin, that looks like a S.C. to battery voltage joystick status indicator to TCU
•Cable is defective and is contacted to •Check the resistance* of *See chapter (9)
battery voltage joystick status indicator
•Joystick status indicator has an internal
defect
C6 130 O.C. at joystick status indicator No reaction •Check the cable from TCU to
TCU detected a wrong voltage at the output OP mode : Normal joystick status indicator
•Cable is defective and has no connection joystick status indicator to TCU
to TCU •Check the resistance* of *See chapter (9)
•Joystick status indicator has an internal joystick status indicator
defect
•Connector pin has no connection to TCU
3-49
D1 54 S.C. to battery voltage at power supply See fault codes No.21 to 2C •Check cables and connectors Fault codes No.21 to No.2C
for sensors to sensors, which are supplied may be reaction of this fault
TCU measures more than 6V at the pin AU1 from AU1
(5V sensor supply) •Check the power supply at the
pin AU1(Should be appx. 5V)
D2 55 S.C. to ground at power supply for See fault codes No.21 to 2C •Check cables and connectors Fault codes No.21 to No.2C
sensors to sensors, which are supplied may be reaction of this fault
TCU measures less than 4V at the pin AU1 from AU1
(5V sensor supply) •Check the power supply at the
pin AU1(Should be appx. 5V)
D3 53 Low voltage at battery Shift to neutral •Check power supply battery

Measured voltage at power supply is lower OP mode : TCU shutdown •Check cables from batteries to
than 18V(24V device) TCU
•Check connectors from
batteries to TCU
D4 52 High voltage at battery Shift to neutral •Check power supply battery

Measured voltage at power supply is higher OP mode : TCU shutdown •Check cables from batteries to
than 32.5V(24V device) TCU
•Check connectors from
batteries to TCU
D5 57 Error at valve power supply VPS1 Shift to neutral •Check fuse

TCU switched on VPS1 and measured OP mode : TCU shutdown •Check cables from gearbox to
VPS1 is off or TCU switched off VPS1 and TCU
measured VPS1 is still on •Check connectors from
•Cable or connectors are defect and are gearbox to TCU
contacted to battery voltage •Replace TCU
•Cable or connectors are defect and are
•Permanent power supply KL30 missing
•TCU has an internal defect
3-50
D6 58 Error at valve power supply VPS2 Shift to neutral •Check fuse

TCU switched on VPS2 and measured OP mode : TCU shutdown •Check cables from gearbox to
VPS2 is off or TCU switched off VPS2 and TCU
measured VPS2 is still on •Check connectors from
•Cable or connectors are defect and are gearbox to TCU
contacted to battery voltage •Replace TCU
•Cable or connectors are defect and are
•Permanent power supply KL30 missing
•TCU has an internal defect
3-51
E1 91 S.C. battery voltage at speedometer - - Not used

output
E2 92 S.C. to ground or O.C at speedometer - - Not used

output
E3 S.C. to battery voltage at display output No reaction •Check the cable from TCU to
TCU sends data to the display and OP mode : Normal the display
measures always a high voltage level on the •Check the connectors at the
connector display
•Cable or connectors are defective and are •Change display
contacted to battery voltage
•Display has an internal defect
E4 S.C. to ground at display output No reaction •Check the cable from TCU to
TCU sends data to the display and OP mode : Normal the display
measures always a high voltage level on the •Check the connectors at the
connector display
•Cable or connectors are defective and are •Change display
contacted to battery voltage
•Display has an internal defect
E5 93, 104 Communication failure on DeviceNet Shift to neutral •Check Omron master
OP mode : TCU shutdown •Check wire of DeviceNet-Bus
•Check cable to Omron master
E5 104 DISPID1 timeout TCU select parameter set with •Check display controller
Timeout of CAN-massage DISPID1 from ID0 •Check wire of CAN-Bus
display controller OP mode : Limp home •Check cable display controller
•Interference on CAN-Bus
•CAN wire/connector is defective
•Can wire/connector is defective and has
contact to vehicle ground or battery voltage
3-52
F1 51 General EEPROM fault No reaction •Replace TCU Often shown together with
TCU can't read non volatile memory OP mode : Normal fault code F2
•TCU is defective
F2 56 Configuration lost Transmission stay neutral •Reprogram the correct

TCU has lost the correct configuration and OP mode : TCU shutdown configuration for the vehicle
can't control the transmission (e.g. with cluster controller,...)
•Interference during saving data on non
volatile memory
•TCU is brand new or from another vehicle
F3 59 Application error Transmission stay neutral •Replace TCU This fault occurs only if an test
Something of this application is wrong OP mode : TCU shutdown engineer did something wrong
in the application of the vehicle
F5 173 Clutch failure Transmission stay neutral •Check clutch TCU shows also the affected
AEB was not able to adjust clutch filling OP mode : TCU shutdown clutch on the display
parameters
•One of the AEB-Values is out of limit
F6 174 Clutch adjustment data lost No reaction, •Execute AEB

TCU was not able to read correct clutch Default values : 0 for AEB
adjustment parameters Offsets used
•Interference during saving data on non OP mode : Normal
volatile memory
•TCU is brand new
3-53
(9) Measuring of resistance at actuator/sensor and cable
① Actuator
2 G 76043PT19
Open circuit R12 = R1G = R2G = ∞

Short cut to ground R12 = R; R1G = 0, R2G = R or R1G = R, R2G = 0
(For S.C. to ground, G is connected to vehicle ground)
Short cut to battery R12 = R; R1G = 0, R2G = R or R1G = R, R2G = 0
(For S.C. to battery, G is connected to battery voltage)
② Cable
UBat
P(Power supply)
TCU
1 Actuator/
2 Sensor
C(Chassis)
Ground 76043PT20
Open circuit R12 = R1P = R1C = R2P = R2C= ∞

Short cut to ground R12 = 0; R1C = R2C = 0, R1P = R2P = ∞
Short cut to battery R12 = 0; R1C = R2C = 0, R1P = R2P = 0
3 - 54
7) ELECTRIC CONTROL UNIT
(1) Complete system
2
1
12
10
5 4
9
3
7
A
13
2
6
8
11
14
7607PT11
1 Control unit(EST-37A)
2 Kickdown switch
3 Clutch cut off switch
4 Full automatic switch
5 LCD
6 Gear selector(DW-3) with integrated kickdown switch
7 Supply-system connection
8 Transmission
9 Cable to inductive transmitter - speed central gear train
10 Cable to inductive transmitter - speed turbine
11 Cable to inductive transmitter - speed engine
12 Cable to speed sensor output and speedometer
13 Cable to plug connection on the electro - hydraulic control unit
14 Brake pressure sensor/load sensor
(2) Description of the basic functions
The powershift-reversing transmissions will be equipped with the electronic transmission control
unit(EST-37A), developed for them.
The system is processing the wishes of the driver according to the following criteria.
・Speed definition as a function of gear selector position, driving speed and load level.
3 - 55
・Protection against operating errors, as far as possible and practical.
・Protection against overspeeds(On the basis of engine and turbine speed).
・Reversing-automatic system(Driving speed-dependent).
・Pressure cut off(Disconnecting of the drive train for maximum power on the power take-off).
・Switch for manual or automatic operation.
・Reversing function button, respectively kickdown function.
(3) Gearshifts
The control unit(EST-37A) is shifts the required speeds fully-automatically under consideration of
the following criteria.
・Gear selector position
・Driving speed
・Load level
At the same time, the following speeds are picked up by the control unit(EST-37A).
・n Engine
・n Turbine
・n Central gear train
・n Output
- Neutral position
Neutral position is selected through the gear selector.
After the ignition is turned on, the electronics remains in the waiting state; By the position neutral
of the gear selector, respectively by pressing on the key neutral, the control unit(EST-37A)
becomes ready for operation.
Now, a speed can be engaged.
- Speed engagement
In principle, the speed, adapted to the driving speed(At standing, or rolling machine), will be
engaged. The engagement is realized in dependence on load and rotational speed.
- Upshifting under load
Upshifting under load will be then realized if the machine can still accelerate by it.
- Downshifting under load
Downshifting under load will be realized if more traction force is needed.
- Upshifting in coasting condition
In the coasting condition, the upshifting will be suppressed if the speed of the machine on a slope
shall not be further increased.
- Downshifting in coasting condition
Downshiftings in the coasting condition will be realized if the machine shall be retarded.
- Reversing
At speeds below the reversing limit, direct reversing can be carried out at any time in the speeds
1F 1R and 2F 2R(As a rule, this is the maximum driving speed of the 2nd speed).
3 - 56
Reversings in the speeds 3 and 4 are realized dependent on the driving speed.
- Above the programmed reversing limit, the machine is braked down by downshifts of the
electronic control unit(EST-37A) to the permitted driving speed, and only then, the reversing into
the correspondingly preselected speed will be carried out.
- Below the permitted driving speed, the reversing is carried out immediately.
(4) Specific kickdown function
By means of the kickdown-button, integrated in the gear selector, it is at any time possible to
select in the speeds 2F and 2R(i.e. position 2 of the gear selector, at automatic mode also in the
2nd speed of the automatic range) the 1st speed by a short touch. This kickdown state can be
cancelled by :
1. Pressing the kickdown-button again
2. Realization of a reversal operation
3. Change of the gear selector position by the following modification
Gear selector(DW-3) - (Rotation) of the driving position 1...4.
The kickdown function will be always terminated by shifting to neutral.
(5) Clutch cut off
Especially at wheel loaders, the clutch cut off can be activated through a switch signal. It is
interrupting the power flow in the transmission as long as this signal is active. Besides, this
function can be used for the transmission-neutral shifting at applied hand brake or as emergency-
stop(In this case, a restarting is only possible through the gear selector-neutral position).
3 - 57
5. AXLE
1) OPERATION
・ The power from the engine passes through torque converter, transmission and drive shafts, and is
then sent to the front and rear axles.
・ Inside the axles, the power passes from the bevel pinion to the bevel gear and is sent at right
angles. At the same time, the speed is reduced and passes through the both differentials to the
axle shafts. The power of the axle shafts is further reduced by planetary-gear-type final drives and
is sent to the wheels.
(1) Front axle
2
3
5
1
4
7607PT12
1 Final drive 3 Housing 5 Wheel nut

2 Differential 4 Parking brake
(2) Rear axle
2
3
4
1
7607PT13
1 Final drive 2 Differential 3 Housing 4 Wheel nut
3 - 58
2) FRONT AXLE DIFFERENTIAL SECTION
8 10 9 6 12
11
12
6 10 9
Torque
7 proportioning
Limited slip
1
12
12
4
3
7607PT16
1 Roller bearing 7 Clutch

2 Input flange 8 Planetary gear
3 Bevel gear set 9 Spider
4 Differential housing 10 Bevel thrust washer of side gear
5 Adjusting screw 11 Thrust washer of planetary gear
6 Side gear 12 Half case
3 - 59
3) REAR AXLE DIFFERENTIAL SECTION
7 9 8 5 11
10
11
9
Torque
5 proportioning
Limited slip
6
1
11
11
3 4
7607PT17
1 Roller bearing 7 Planetary gear

2 Input flange 8 Spider
3 Bevel gear set 9 Bevel thrust washer of side gear
4 Difterential housing 10 Thrust washer of planetary gear
5 Side gear 11 Half case
6 Clutch
3 - 60
4) DIFFERENTIAL
(1) Description 3
When the machine makes a turn, the 2 4
outside wheel must rotate faster than the
inside wheel. A differential is a device
which continuously transmits power to the
right and left wheels while allowing them
to turn a different speeds, during a turn.
The power from the drive shaft passes
through bevel pinion(1) and is transmitted
to the bevel gear(2). The bevel gear
changes the direction of the motive force
by 90 degree, and at the same time
1
reduces the speed.
It then transmits the motive force through
the differential(3) to the axle gear shaft(4). 770-3 [3-26(1)]
(2) When driving straight forward

Pinion gear
When the machine is being driven straight
Side gear Side gear
forward and the right and left wheels are
rotating at the same speed, so the pinion Axle gear shaft
gear inside the differential assembly do not
rotate. The motive force of the carrier is
send through the pinion gear and the side
gear, therefore the power is equally Carrier
transmitted to the left and right axle gear Pinion gear
shaft.
770-3 [3-26(2)]
(3) When turning

Swing
When turning, the rotating speed of the
Pinion gear
left and right wheels is different, so the
Side gear Side gear
pinion gear and side gear inside the
differential assembly rotate in accordance
with the difference between the rotating
speed of the left and right wheels.
The power of the carrier is then
transmitted to the axle gear shafts. Carrier
Pinion gear Ring gear
770-3 [3-26(3)]
3 - 61
5) TORQUE PROPORTIONING DIFFERENTIAL
(1) Function
① Because of the nature of their work, 4-
wheel-drive loaders have to work in
places where the road surface is bad.
In such places, if the tires slip, the ability
to work as a loader is reduced, and also
the life of the tire is reduced.
The torque proportioning differential is
installed to overcome this problem.
In structure it resembles the differential of
an automobile, but the differential pinion
gear has an odd number of teeth.
Because of the difference in the
resistance from the road surface, the
position of meshing of the pinion gear
and side gear changes, and this changes
the traction of the left and right tires.
(2) Operation Spider rotating

① When traveling straight direction
(Equal resistance from road surface to
left and right tires)
Under this condition, the distances
involving the engaging points between FL FR
a b
right and left side gears and pinion-a and Engaging Engaging
point point
b-are equal and the pinion is balanced as
FL×a=FR×b. Thus, FL=FR, and the
right and left side gears are driven with Left side gear Right side gear
the same force. Pinion
770-3 (3-27)
3 - 62
② When traveling on soft ground
(Resistance from road surface to left and
right tires is different)
If the road resistance to the left wheel is
Spider rotating
smaller, the left side gear tends to rotate direction
forward, and this rotation changes the
engaging points between the side gears
and pinion. As a result, the distances
involving the engaging points becomes FL
Small road FR Large road
a>b. The pinion now is balanced as FL resistance a b resistance
×a=FR×b, where FL>FR. The right Engaging Engaging
side gear is driven with a greater force point point
than the left side gear. The torque can
Left side gear Right side gear
be increased by up to about 30% for Pinion
either side gear.
The pinion therefore does not run idle
and driving power is transmitted to both
side gears until the difference between
road resistance to the right and left
770-3 (3-27)
wheels reaches about 30%.
3 - 63
6) FINAL DRIVE SECTION(Front & rear)
6 7 8 9
10 11
5
19
18
12
13
17 16 15 14
7707PT16
1 Sun gear 8 Pressure plate 14 Lug disc

2 Side gear(Planetary gear) 9 Bevel gear support 15 Brake disc(Friction plate)
3 Side gear carrier pin 10 Pin(Push rod) 16 Piston return spring
4 Final drive cover 11 Spindle 17 Retaining spring ring
5 Side gear carrier support(Hub drum) 12 Half shaft 18 Ring nut
6 Wheel hub 13 Brake drive piston 19 Disc carrier hub
7 Bevel gear(Ring gear)
(1) To gain a large drive force, the final drive uses a planetary gear system to reduce the speed and
send drive force to the tires.
(2) The power transmitted from the differential through axle shaft(12) to sun gear(1) is transmitted to
planetary gear(2). The planetary gear rotates around the inside of a fixed ring gear(7) and in this
way transmits rotation at a reduced speed to the planetary carrier.
This power is then sent to the wheels which are installed to the planetary carriers.
3 - 64
6. TIRE AND WHEEL
770-3 (3-30)
1 Wheel rim 3 O-ring 5 Side ring

2 Tire 4 Lock ring 6 Valve assembly
1) The tire acts to absorb the shock from the ground surface to the machine, and at the same time
they must rotate in contact with the ground to gain the power which drives the machine.
2) Various types of tires are available to suit the purpose. Therefore it is very important to select the
correct tires for the type of work and bucket capacity.
3 - 65
GROUP 2 OPERATIONAL CHECKS AND TROUBLESHOOTING
1. POWER TRAIN OPERATIONAL CHECKS

This procedure is designed so that the mechanic can make a quick check of the system using a
minimum amount of diagnostic equipment. If you need additional information, read Structure and
function, Group 1.
A location will be required which is level and has adequate space to complete the checks.
The engine and all other major components must be at operating temperature for some checks.
Locate system check in the left column and read completely, following the sequence from left to right.
Read each check completely before performing.
At the end of each check, if no problem is found(OK), that check is complete or an additional check is
needed. If problem is indicated(NOT OK), you will be given repair required and group location.
If verification is needed, you will be given next best source of information :
Chapter 2 : Troubleshooting
Group 3 : Tests and adjustments
3-66
※ Transmission oil must be at operating temperature for these checks.
Item Description Service action
Transmission oil warm- Start engine. Apply service OK

up procedure brakes and release parking brake. Check completed.
Select full automatic switch to
manual mode①.
Move gear selector lever to 3rd
speed.
Move gear selector lever to
forward "F" position.
1
2 Increase engine speed to high idle
for 30 seconds.
A
Move gear selector lever to

neutral "N" position and run for 15
seconds.
1
4
2
3
F
N
R
Repeat procedure until
transmission temperature gauge
arrow points to bar above dial.
Gear selector lever and Move gear selector lever to each OK

neutral lock latch 1
4
2
3
position. Check completed.
checks
NOTE : Gear selector lever
Engine OFF. NOT OK
position changes slightly as
Repair lock or replace
steering column is tilted.
switch.
FEEL : Lever must move freely
through all positions.
Engage neutral lock.
Apply slight effort to move lever
into forward(F) and reverse(R).
LOOK : Neutral lock must stay
engaged.
Automatic shifting Start engine. OK

check Check completed.
Move gear selector lever to 4th
speed.
1
4
2
3
F
N
R NOT OK
Turn full automatic switch ON.
Go to transmission error
code group at page 3-25~
LOOK : Automatic sign on
Automatic sign 3-53.
display.
Repair or replace the
Move gear selector lever to display or harness.
forward or reverse position.
Increase engine rpm.
LOOK : Speed(2nd~4th) on
display must vary with machine
speed.
3-67
Transmission noise Run engine at approximately OK

check 1
4
2
3
1600rpm. Check completed.
Engine running.
Drive unit with transmission in NOT OK
each forward and reverse speed. Go to transmission makes
excessive noise group 3.
LISTEN : Transmission must not
make excessive noise in any
range.
Engine rpm must not "lug down"
as unit is shifted between gears.
Transmission "quick Release parking brake and select OK

shift" check full automatic switch to manual Check completed.
Engine running. mode .
NOT OK
Shift to 2nd forward. Check connector at base
of control valve.
Drive machine at approximately
5km/h and press gear selector IF OK
lever kick down switch or RCV Go to transmission
lever switch once. controller circuit in group
1.
LOOK/FEEL : Transmission must
shift to and remain in 1st gear.
Press gear selector lever kick
down switch once.
1
2
3
4

shift back to 2nd gear.
Shift to (3rd or 4th) gear and press
gear selector lever kick down
switch once.
not shift down.
Select full automatic switch to
automatic mode②.
Drive machine at approximately
90% speed of max speed in each
gear(2nd or 3rd or 4th).
Shift to(2nd or 3rd or 4th) gear in
each forward and reverse speed
and press gear selector kick down
lever switch or RCV lever switch
once.
shift to lower(1st or 2nd or 3rd)
gear respectively.
Press gear selector lever kick
down switch or RCV lever switch
once again.
3-68
LOOK/FEEL : Transmission
must shift to former(2nd or 3rd or
4th) gear.
NOTE : If gear selector lever kick
down switch or RCV lever switch
is pressed twice, transmission
will shift down the immediately
back to former gear.
Forward, reverse and Park unit on level surface. OK
4th speed clutch pack 1
2
3
Check completed.
Apply service brakes.
4
drag check
NOT OK
※ Transmission must Move gear selector lever to
If unit moves, repair
be warmed up for neutral.
transmission.
this check.
Move gear selector lever to 1st.
Engine running.
Release parking brake and
service brakes.
Run engine at low idle.
LOOK : Unit must not move in
either direction.
NOTE : If unit moves forward,
either the forward pack or the 4th
speed pack is dragging.
Transmission shift Run engine at approximately OK

modulation check 1
2
3
1300rpm. Check completed.
Engine running.
4
Put transmission in 1st forward, NOT OK

shift several times from forward to Go to unit shifts too fast,
reverse and reverse to forward. chapter 2 in this group.
Repeat check in 2nd gear.
LOOK : Unit must slow down and
change direction smoothly.
Torque converter check Start engine. Apply service OK

1
4
2
3
brakes and release parking brake. Check completed.
Move gear selector lever to 3rd NOT OK
speed. If stall rpm are too low or
too high, problem may be
Move gear selector control lever
engine power or torque
to forward "F" position.
converter.
Increase engine speed to high
IF OK
idle.
Replace transmission
LOOK : Torque converter stall torque converter.
rpm must be within the following
range.
Stall rpm : 2240±70rpm
Move gear selector control lever

to neutral "N" position and run for
15 seconds.
3-69
2. TROUBLESHOOTING
1) TRANSMISSION
※ Diagnose malfunction charts are arranged from most probable and simplest to verify, to least
likely, more difficult to verify. Remember the following steps when troubleshooting a problem :
Step 1. Operational check out procedure(See group 3 in section 1.)
Step 2. Operational checks(In this group.)
Step 3. Troubleshooting
Step 4. Tests and/or adjustments(See group 3.)
Problem Cause Remedy
Transmission slippage Low oil level. Add oil.

Wrong oil grade. Change oil.
Restricted transmission pump Remove and clean screen.
suction screen.
Leak in transmission control valve Remove valve and inspect gaskets.
or gasket.
Low transmission pump flow due Do transmission pump flow test.
to worn pump.
Weak or broken pressure regulat- Do transmission system pressure test.
ing valve spring.
Error code on display Something wrong in transmission. Go to transmission error code group at page
3-25~3-53.
3-70
Machine will not move Low oil level. Add oil.

Applied park brake. Check parking brake fuse.
Check continuity to parking brake switch.
No power to transmission contro- Check transmission controller fuse.
ller.
Malfunctioning parking brake Remove and inspect parking brake solenoid
solenoid valve. valve.
Check for power to solenoid valve.
Restricted orifice of PPC valve. Remove orifice and check for contamination
and/or plugging.
(Do not remove valve housing for this purpose.)
Excessive leakage in Do transmission element leakage test using
transmission element. system pressure.
Worn clutch disks. Repair transmission.
Low or no transmission See transmission pressure is low in this group.
pressure.
Service brake will not release. Do brake pedal operational check.
Do service and park system drag checks.
Failed torque converter. Do torque converter stall test.
If engine pulldown in normal, torque converter is
good.
Broken shafts or gears. Drain transmission to determine if large pieces
of metal contamination are present.
Broken drive shafts. Inspect drive shafts and universal joints for
external damage. Repair.
Broken ring or pinion gear. If drive shaft rotate with transmission in gear but
machine does not move, a differential failure is
indicated. Repair.
Machine does not Malfunctioning transmission Check solenoid valve.

engage in low gear control solenoid valve.
Stuck spool in transmission Remove and inspect transmission control valve
control valve. spools.
Stuck PPC valve. Remove end cover to inspect PPC valve.
Replace if necessary.
Malfunctioning transmission Check speed sensor.
speed sensor.
3-71
Transmission pressure Low oil level. Check transmission oil level and refill if
is low(All gears) necessary.
Failed transmission pressure Verify transmission system pressure. Do
switch. transmission system pressure test.
Plugged suction strainer. Transmission pump may be noisy if transmission
suction screen is clogged. Drain transmission.
Remove and clean suction screen.
Also, check condition of transmission filter.
Stuck transmission pressure Remove transmission pressure regulating valve.
regulating valve or broken spring. Inspect for damage(See transmission control
valve).
Failed control valve gasket. Inspect transmission control valve for external
leakage. Remove control valve.
Inspect or replace gasket.
Stuck PPC valve. Remove end cover to inspect modulation spool
and check torque on cap screws retaining
control valve to transmission.
Transmission system Failed transmission pump. Do pump flow test.

pressure is low (One or
Failed transmission control valve Inspect transmission control valve for external
two gears)
gasket. leakage. Remove control valve.
Inspect or replace gasket.
Leakage in clutch piston or seal Disassemble and repair.
ring.
Transmission shifts too Low oil level(Aeration of oil). Add oil.

low
Low transmission pressure. Do transmission system pressure test.
Restricted transmission pump Remove and clean screen.
suction screen.
Low transmission pump flow. Do transmission pump flow test.
Excessive transmission Do transmission element leakage test using
element leakage. system pressure.
Stuck PPC valve. Remove end cover to inspect modulation spool.
Restricted PPC valve orifice. Remove orifice and inspect for contamination
and /or plugging.
Restricted oil passages between Remove control valve and inspect oil passage.
control valve and transmission
elements.
Incorrect transmission oil. Change oil(SAE 10W-30/15W-40)
3-72
Transmission shifts too Wrong transmission controller. Check if transmission controller has been
fast changed
System pressure too high. Do transmission system pressure test.
Stuck PPC valve. Remove and inspect PPC valve.
Replace if necessary. Also remove end cover to
inspect PPC valve and control valve housing.
Stuck or missing check valves. Inspect transmission control valve.
Missing O-ring from end of Remove orifice and inspect port for O-ring.
modulation orifice.
Broken piston return spring. Disassemble and inspect clutch.
Incorrect transmission oil. Change oil(SAE 10W-30/15W-40)
Machine "creeps" Warped disks and plates in Check transmission.

in neutral transmission.
Transmission hydraulic High oil level. Transmission overfilled or hydraulic pump seal
system overheats leaking.
Low oil level. Add oil.
Wrong oil grade. Change oil.
Park brake dragging. Check for heat in park brake area.
Pinched, restricted or leaking lube Check cooler lines.
lines.
Machine operated in too high gear Operate machine in correct gear range.
range.
Malfunction in temperature gauge Install temperature sensor the verify temperature.
or sensor. Do tachometer/temperature reader installation
procedure.
Restricted air flow through oil Do radiator air flow test.
cooler or radiator.
Failed oil cooler bypass valve(In Disassemble and inspect.
thermal bypass valve).
Failed thermal bypass valve. Remove thermal bypass valve and check to see
if machine still overheats. Do transmission oil
cooler thermal bypass valve test.
Internally restricted oil cooler. Do oil cooler restriction test.
Leakage in transmission hydraulic Do transmission system pressure, element
system. leakage test.
Malfunction in converter relief Do converter out pressure test.
valve.
Low transmission pump output. Do transmission pump flow test.
3-73
Excessive transmission Too low engine low idle. Check engine low idle speed.
noise(Under load or no
Worn parts or damaged in Remove transmission suction screen. Inspect
load)
transmission. for metal particles.
Repair as necessary.
Warped drive line between engine Inspect drive line.
and torque converter.
Low or no lube. Do converter-out and lube pressure test. Do
transmission pump flow test.
Foaming oil Incorrect type of oil. Change oil.

High oil level. Transmission overfilled or hydraulic pump seal
leaking.
Low oil level. Add oil.
Air leak on suction side of pump. Check oil pickup tube on side of transmission.
Oil ejected from dipstick Plugged breather. Inspect breather on top of transmission.
Replace.
Machine vibrates Aerated oil. Add oil.

Low engine speed. Check engine speed.
Failed universal joints on Check universal joints.
transmission drive shaft or
differential drive shafts.
Machine lacks power Engine high idle speed set too Check high idle adjustment.
and acceleration low.
Incorrect transmission oil. Change oil.
Aerated oil. Add oil.
Low transmission pressure. Do transmission system pressure test.
Warped transmission clutch. Do transmission clutch drag checks.
Torn transmission control valve Inspect gasket.
gasket.
Brake drag. Do brake drag check.
Failed torque converter. Do torque converter stall speed test.
Low engine power. Do engine power test.
Torque converter stall Aerated oil. Put clear hose on thermal bypass outlet port.
RPM too high Run machine to check for bubbles in oil.
Stuck open converter relief valve. Do converter-out pressure test.
Leakage in torque converter seal.
Do converter-out pressure test.
Torque converter not
transferring power(Bent fins,
broken starter). Replace torque converter.
3-74
Torque converter stall Low engine power. Do engine power test.

RPM too low
Mechanical malfunction. Remove and inspect torque converter.
Transmission pressure Low oil level. Add oil.

light comes ON when
Cold oil. Warm oil to specification.
shifting from forward to
reverse(All other gears Leak in reverse pack. Do transmission pressure, pump flow, and
OK) leakage check.
Transmission pressure Cold oil. Warm oil to specification.

light comes ON for each
No time delay in monitor. Do monitor check.
shift
Restriction in modulation orifice. Remove orifice and inspect for restriction and/or
plugging.
Stuck PPC valve. Remove and inspect.
Low transmission pressure circuit. Do transmission system pressure test.
Leak in transmission pressure Do converter out pressure test.

circuit.
Failed transmission pump. Do transmission pump flow test.
Clogged filter. Inspect filter. Replace.
3-75
2) DIFFERENTIAL / AXLE
Differential low on oil External leakage. Inspect axle and differential for leaks.
Excessive differential Low oil level in differential. Check oil. Remove drain plug and inspect for
and/or axle noise metal particles in differential case.
Disassemble and determine cause.
Incorrect type of oil. Change oil
Dragging brakes. Do brake check.
Failed pinion bearing. Remove and inspect pinion.
Check to ensure pinion housing was indexed.
Incorrect gear mesh pattern Remove pinion gear housing and inspect ring
between ring and pinion gear. and pinion gear.
Failed differential pinion gears Remove differential housing drain plug and
and/or cross shafts. inspect for metal particles. Disassemble and
inspect.
Failed axle bearing. Do axle bearing adjustment check.
Mechanical failure in axle Remove differential. Inspect, repair.
planetary.
Oil seeping from outer Excessive end play in axle. Do axle bearing adjustment check.
axle seal
Worn outer bearing and/or cup. Disassemble and inspect outer axle bearing,
cup, spacer, and seal. Replace, if necessary.
Overfilled differential. Check differential oil return system for excessive
internal restriction.
Axle overheats Low differential oil. Add oil.

Overfilled differential. See differential overfills with oil in this group.
Brake drag. See brakes drag in this group.
3) DRIVE LINE
Excessive drive line Yokes not in line on drive shafts. Inspect. Align drive shaft yokes.
vibration or noise
Worn front drive line support Inspect, repair.
bearing.
Bent drive shaft. Inspect all drive shafts. Replace.
Loose yoke retaining nuts(Drive Inspect. Replace.
shafts wobble at high speed).
Rear axle oscillating support. Inspect, repair.
Lack of lubrication. Lubricate with proper grade of grease.
3-76
GROUP 3 TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS
1. CLUTCH CUT-OFF PRESSURE SWITCH TEST

The setting pressure of the clutch cut-off
pressure switch should be suited with the
specification. The rated pressure is 25kgf/cm2.
For the detailed method for pressure
adjusting, refer to page 4-22.
BL1
Clutch cut off

pressure switch
Brake valve
7707PT12
3-77
2. TRANSMISSION MEASURING POINTS AND CONNECTIONS
The measurements have to be carried out at hot transmission(About 80~95°C).
48 47 21
16
15
52,63
34
65 51 68
69 49
H J
K G
57 A F
60
B E
53 55
C D
58 56
VIEW X
7607PT14
1) OIL PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE
Port Description Size
51 Converter inlet-opening pressure(11+2 bar) H M10×1.0

52 Converter outlet-opening pressure(4.3+3 bar) M14×1.5
53 Forward clutch(16+2bar) KV B M10×1.0
55 Reverse clutch(16+2bar) KR F M10×1.0
56 1st clutch(16+2bar) K1 D M10×1.0
57 2nd clutch(16+2bar) K2 A M10×1.0
58 3rd clutch(16+2bar) K3 C M10×1.0
60 4th clutch(16+2barr) K4 E M10×1.0
63 Converter outlet temperature 100°
C, short-time 120°
C M14×1.5
65 System pressure(16+2bar) K M10×1.0
3 - 78
2) DELIVERY RATES
15 Connection to the oil cooler 1 5/6″-12UNF-2B

16 Connection from the oil cooler 1 5/6″-12UNF-2B
3) INDUCTIVE TRANSMITTER AND SPEED SENSOR
21 Inductive transmitter n turbine M18×1.5

34 Speed sensor n output and speedometer -
47 Inductive transmitter n central gear train M18×1.5
48 Inductive transmitter n engine M18×1.5
4) CONNECTIONS
49 Plug connection on the hydraulic control unit -

68 Pilot pressure(Option) J M16×1.5
69 System pressure(Option) G M16×1.5
3-79
GROUP 4 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
1. CONTROL VALVE
1) DISASSEMBLY
(1) Illustration on the right shows the comple-
te control unit.
73073CV001
(2) Mark the installation position of the

different covers, the housing and cable
harness with the valve housing.
73073CV002
(3) Loosen socket head screws.

Separate duct plate, 1st gasket,
intermediate plate and 2nd gasket from
the valve housing.
Box spanner 5873 042 002
73073CV003
(4) Remove retaining clip.
73073CV004
3-80
(5) Loosen socket head screws.
Separate cover from housing and cable
harness.
73073CV005
(6) Disassemble opposite cover.

Disconnect pressure regulator and
remove cable harness.
73073CV006
(7) Loosen socket head screws, remove fixing

plate and pressure regulators(3EA).
73073CV007
(8) Loosen two socket head screws and

locate housing provisionally, using
adjusting screws(Housing is under spring
preload).
Now, loosen remaining socket head
screws.
Adjusting screws 5870 204 036
73073CV008
3-81
(9) Separate housing from valve housing by
loosening the adjusting screws uniformly.
73073CV009
(10) Remove components.
73073CV010
(11) Remove opposite pressure regulators,

housing as well as components
according-ly.
73073CV011
3-82
2) ASSEMBLY
Check all components for damage and
renew if necessary.
Prior to the installation, check free travel of
all moving parts in the housing.
Spools can be exchanged individually.
Oil the components prior to the assembly.
Insert diaphragms with the concave side
showing upward until contact is obtained.
Installation position, see arrows.
73073CV015
(1) Illustration on the right shows the following

components.
1 Vibration damper
2 Follow-on slide
3 Pressure reducing valve
73073CV016
(2) Install components according to figure (1).

Preload compression spring of the follow-
on slides and locate spool provisionally by
means of cylindrical pins 5.0mm
(Assembly aid), see arrows.
73073CV017
(3) Install two adjusting screws.

Assemble gasket(Arrow 1) and housing
cover. Now, position the housing cover
uniformly, using adjusting screws, until
contact is obtained and remove cylindrical
pins(Assembly aid) again(See the next
figure).
Pay attention to the different housing covers.
Install recess 15mm (Arrow 2), facing the
spring of the pressure reducing valve. 73073CV018
3-83
73073CV019
(4) Fasten housing cover by means of socket

head screws.
Torque limit : 0.56kgf m(4.06lbf ft)
73073CV020
(5) Introduce pressure regulators and fix by

means of fixing plates and socket head
screws.
Install fixing plate, with the claw showing
downward.
Pay attention to the radial installation
position of the pressure regulators, see
figure.
Box spanner 5873 042 002 73073CV021
Pre assemble opposite side

(6) Illustration on the right shows the following
components.
1 Main pressure valve
2 Follow on slide
3 Vibration damper
73073CV022
3-84
(7) Install components according to figure (6).
Preload compression springs of the follow-
on slides and locate spool provisionally by
means of cylindrical pins 5.0mm
(Assembly aid), see arrows.
Install two adjusting screws.
Assemble gasket(Arrow 1) and housing
cover, and position them uniformly against
shoulder, using adjusting screws.
Pay attention to the different housing 73073CV023
covers-install the recess 19mm(Arrow 2),
facing the main pressure valve.
Now, fasten housing cover by means of
socket head screws.
Remove cylindrical pins(Assembly aid)
again.
(8) Introduce pressure regulators and fix by

means of fixing plates and socket head
screws.
Install fixing plates, with the claw showing
downward.
position of the pressure regulators, see
figure.
Box spanner 5873 042 002 73073CV024
(9) Introduce cable harness and connect

pressure regulators(6EA).
Pay attention to the installation position of
the cable harness, ass also markings
(See figure(2), page 3-80).
73073CV025
3-85
(10) Introduce female connector against
shoulder, with the groove facing the guide
nose of the cover.
Install gasket(Arrow) and fasten cover by
means of socket head screws.
73073CV026
(11) Fix female connector by means of

retaining clamp, see figure.
Install opposite cover.
73073CV027
(12) Install two adjusting screws and mount

gasket .
Pay attention to the different gaskets, see
on the right figure and (15).
73073CV028
Intermediate plate-Version with screens

(13) Insert screws(6EA) flush mounted into the
bore of the intermediate plate, see arrow.
Pay attention to the installation position-
screws are showing upward(Facing the
duct plate).
73073CV029
3-86
(14) Mount intermediate plate, with the screens
showing upward.
73073CV030
(15) Mount gasket .
73073CV031
(16) Mount duct plate and fasten it uniformly by

73073CV032
(17) Equip screw plug(8EA) with new O-rings

and install them.
The installation of the hydraulic control unit
is described, starting from page 3-137.
73073CV033
3-87
2. POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION
Fasten transmission of the assembly car.
Assembly car 5870 350 000
Strips 5870 350 063
Support 5870 350 090
75773TM050
1) DISASSEMBLY
(1) Separate hydraulic control unit and duct
plate from gearbox housing
Loosen two socket head screws and
install adjusting screws.
Now, loosen remaining socket head
screws and separate valve housing from
duct plate.
Adjusting screws(M6) 5870 204 063
Box spanner 5873 042 002 75773TM051
Remove both gaskets and intermediate

plate.
Loosen socket head screws as well as
hexagon nuts and separate duct plate
from gearbox housing.
Now, remove gasket.
75773TM052
Pull converter safety valve out of the

housing bore.
75773TM053
3-88
(2) Converter
Loosen hexagon head screws and
separate diaphragm from the converter.
75773TM060

separate drive shaft from the diaphragm.
75773TM061
Remove inductive transmitter(Engine).
75773TM062

remove converter bell.
75773TM063
3-89
(3) Hydraulic pump
Loosen socket head screws.
75773TM064
Apply separating device on the gear

teeth runout of the stator shaft and pull
pump(Compl.) by means of two leg puller
carefully out of the housing bores.
Separating device 5870 300 024
Two leg puller 5870 970 004
75773TM065
Separate hydraulic pump from stator

shaft.
Separate control disk from pump.
If traces due to running in should be
encountered in the pump housing or on
the control disk, the complete pump has
to be renewed.
Now, lay on control disk again and fix it by
means of grooved pins(2EA).
75773TM066
Loosen socket head screws as well as

two hexagon head screws and remove oil
feed housing.
Now, remove gasket.
75773TM067
3-90
(4) Converter back pressure valve
Preload compression spring and remove
lock plate.
Remove released components.
75773TM068
Loosen hexagon head screws.

Remove cover and gasket.
75773TM069
(5) Remove output, input and clutches

Remove lock plate, loosen hexagon head
screws and pry converter side output
flange off the shaft.
Now, pry shaft seal out of the housing
bore.
Tilt transmission 180 and remove rear
side output flange accordingly.
Pry bar 5870 345 065
75773TM075
Remove speed sensor as well as both

inductive transmitters(Arrows).
75773TM076
3-91
Loosen hexagon nuts and remove both
covers(Arrows).
Loosen screw connection(Housing/
Housing cover).
75773TM077
Drive both cylindrical pins out(Arrows).
75773TM078
The following figures show the common

removal of all clutches.
The removal of single clutches without
use of the special tool(Handles 5870 260
010) is due to the installation conditions
extremely difficult.
Besides there is the danger of injuries.
Locate all clutches by means of handles
in the housing cover.
Install eye bolts and hang in the lifting 75773TM080
device.
Handle(6 pieces needed) 5870 260 010
Eye bolt(M20, 2EA) 0636 804 003
Eye bolt(M16, 1EA) 0636 804 001
Puller device 5870 000 017
Lifting chain 5870 281 047
3-92
Separate housing cover along with
clutches from the gearbox housing, using
lifting device.
75773TM081
Fasten housing cover on the assembly

car.
Assembly car 5870 350 000
Clamping bracket 5870 350 089
75773TM082
Loosen socket head screws and remove

output shaft as well as the two oil
collecting plate.
75773TM083
Pull off tapered roller bearing.

Remove opposite tapered roller bearing
accordingly.
Grab sleeve 5873 002 038
Basic set 5873 002 001
75773TM084
3-93
Tilt housing cover 180 .
Illustration on the right shows the
arrangement of the single clutches and
the input in the housing cover.
AN Input
KV Clutch-Forward
KR Clutch-Reverse
K1 Clutch-1st speed
K2 Clutch-2nd speed
K3 Clutch-3rd speed
K4 Clutch-4th speed 75773TM085
.Remove handles(See figure).

Handles 5870 260 010
75773TM086
Lift clutch K4 a bit by means of pry bars

and remove clutch K1.
75773TM087
Remove clutch K2.
75773TM088
3-94
Remove clutch K3.
75773TM089
Lift clutch KV and KR by means of pry

bars and remove clutch K4.
Pry bar 5870 345 065
75773TM090
Lift clutch KV and clutch KR as well as

input together out of the housing cover.
Remove bearing outer races out of the
housing bores.
If contrary to the recommendation the
tapered roller bearings of the clutches as
well as of the input and output will not be
renewed, the allocation(Bearing inner
races to bearing outer races) must at
least be maintained. 75773TM091
Mark bearing inner race and bearing
outer race accordingly to each other.

Squeeze circlip out and separate pump
shaft from housing cover.
75773TM092
3-95
Squeeze rectangular ring out(Arrow) and
press ball bearing from the shaft.
75773TM093
(6) Disassemble clutch KV and KR

The following figures show the
disassembly of clutch KV.
The disassembly of clutch KR is similar.
Squeeze rectangular ring out(Arrow).
75773TM095
Pull tapered roller bearing from the shaft.

accordingly.
Basic set 5873 001 000
75773TM096
Squeeze circlip out.
75773TM097
3-96
Separate plate carrier from the shaft.
Three leg puller 5870 971 003
75773TM098
Squeeze snap ring out and remove plate

pack.
75773TM099
Preload compression spring, squeeze

snap ring out and remove components.
Assembly aid 5870 345 088
75773TM100
Lift piston by means of compressed air

out of the cylinder bore and remove it.
75773TM101
3-97
Remove both O-rings(Arrows).
75773TM102
Lift idler gear a bit by means of pry bare.
75773TM103
Apply puller and separate idler gear from

the clutch shaft.
Pry bar 5870 345 065
Puller 5870 971 003
75773TM104
Squeeze circlip out and remove ball

bearing.
The disassembly of clutch KR has to be
carried out accordingly.
75773TM105
3-98
(7) Disassemble clutch K1, K2 and K3
disassembly of clutch K3.
The disassembly of the clutches K1 and
K2 is similar.
Squeeze rectangular ring out.

Remove the opposite tapered roller
bearing accordingly.
Grab sleeve(Bearing 33800) 5873 001 059
Grab sleeve(Bearing 39500) 5873 002 038
Basic set 5873 001 000
Basic set 5873 002 001
75773TM110
Remove running disk, axial needle cage

and axial washer.
75773TM111
Remove idler gear.
75773TM112
3-99
Remove both needle bearings as well as
the axial bearing(Complete).
75773TM113

pack.
75773TM114
Preload cup-spring pack and squeeze

snap ring out.
75773TM115
Squeeze circlip into the groove of the

plate carrier.
Apply puller on the circlip and pull plate
carrier from the clutch shaft.
Puller 5870 970 004
Circlip 0630 502 053
75773TM116
3-100
(8) Disassemble clutch K4
Squeeze rectangular ring out(Arrow).
75773TM120

accordingly.
Basic set 5873 001 000
75773TM121
Squeeze circlip out and separate plate

carrier from the shaft.
Three leg puller 5870 971 003
75773TM122

pack.
75773TM123
3-101
Preload cup-spring pack and squeeze
snap ring out.
Remove piston.
75773TM124
Lift piston by means of compressed air

out of the cylinder bore and remove it.
75773TM125
Take off the idler gear and remove

release components.
The separation of shaft and gear is not
possible(Shrink fit).
75773TM126
3-102
(9) Disassemble drive shaft
Squeeze rectangular ring out.
Pull off tapered roller bearing.
accordingly.
Basic set 5873 002 001
Basic set 5873 002 006
75773TM130
If necessary, press turbine shaft out of

the drive shaft.
The turbine shaft is axially fixed with a
snap ring which will be destroyed at the
pressing out.
75773TM131
3-103
2) REASSEMBLY
(1) Install oil tubes
To ensure the correct installation of the oil
tubes, the use of the indicated special tool
is imperative.
Insert suction pipe(1), pressure pipes(2)

and pressure pipelubrication(3) into the
housing bores.
Fasten suction and pressure pipes by
75773TM140
Tilt housing 180 .

Roll suction as well as pressure
pipes(Arrows) into the housing bores,
using special tool.
The pipe end must be maximally plane
with the housing face.
If necessary, equalize projection of pipe.
Rolling tool 5870 600 003
Rolling tool 5870 600 007 75773TM141
Insert O-rings(2EA/pipe) into the annular

grooves of the two oil tubes and oil them.
75773TM142
3-104
Assemble both oil tubes(Arrows) until
contact is obtained.
Equip screw plug with new O-ring and
install it.
Torque limit : 14.3kgf m(103lbf ft)
75773TM143
Insert both oil tubes(Arrows) into the

housing cover, tilt housing cover 180
and roll oil tubes into the housing bores.
The tube end must be maximally plane
with the housing face.
If necessary, equalize projection of the
tube.
75773TM144
Mount studs(M8 25).

Wet screw in thread with loctite(Type No.
262).
Equip plugs(Arrows) with new O-rings
and install them
Torque limit(M16 1.5) : 4.1kgf m
(29.5lbf ft)
(36.9lbf ft) 75773TM145
(59.0lbf ft)
Insert sealing cover, with the recess

showing upward.
Wet contact face with loctite(Type No.
262).
75773TM146
3-105
(2) Reassemble clutch KV and KR
The following figure show the reassembly
of the clutch KV. The reassembly of the
clutch KR has to be carried out
accordingly.
Preassemble plate carrier
Check function of the purge valve.
Ball must not stick, if necessary, clean
with compressed air.
75773TM150
Insert both O-ring(Arrows) scrollfree into

the grooves of the piston and oil.
Introduce piston until contact is obtained.
Pay attention to the installation position,
see figure.
75773TM151
Install disk, compression spring and

guide ring.
75773TM152
Preload compression spring and fix it by

means of snap ring.
75773TM153
3-106
Plate pack KV, KR
The plate arrangement respectively
stacking of clutch KV and KR is identical.
The following draft shows the installation
+0.2
position of the components. 2.7 mm
5
1 Plate carrier 3
2 Piston
6
3 Outer plate-one sided coated(1 piece) 2
4 Inner plates(10 pieces)
5 Outer plates-coated on both sides 7
(10 pieces) 1
6 Snap ring(Optional s= 2.1~4.2mm) 4
7 End shim
Effective number of friction surfaces = 20
Install outer plate 3 with the uncoated
side facing the piston.
Install on the end-shim side two outer 76043PT07
and inner plates each.
Adjust plate clearence : 2.7+0.2mm

For the adjustment of the plate clearance
are snap rings of different thickness
available.
To ensure a faultless measuring result,
install plates for the moment without oil.
Introduce plate pack according to the
upper draft.
75773TM155
Lay on the end shim and squeeze the

snap ring in(e.g. s=2.55mm)
75773TM156
3-107
Press on end shim with about 100N
(10kg), apply dial indicator and set it at
zero.
75773TM157
Now, push the end shim by means of

screw driver against snap ring until
contact is obtained(Upward) and read
plate clearance on the dial indicator.
In case of a deviation from the required
plate clearance, correct with
corresponding snap ring(s=2.1~4.2mm).
After the adjustment of the plate clearance
has been carried out, remove the plate
pack, oil plates and install it again. 75773TM158
Use oil SAE 15W-40(API CH-4).
Magnetic stand 5870 200 055
Dial indicator 5870 200 057
Introduce idler gear until all inner plates

are accommodated.
This step makes the later assembly of the
idler gear easier.
Now, remove the idler gear again.
75773TM159
3-108
Mount stud(Arrow).
Wet screw-in thread with loctite(Type
No.241).
Torque limit(M10) : 1.7kgf m(12.5lbf ft)
75773TM160
Insert ball bearing until contact is

obtained and fix by means of circlip.
75773TM161
Assemble needle bearing.
75773TM162
Press idler gear against shoulder.

Support it on the bearing inner race.
75773TM163
3-109
Heat inner diameter of plate carrier(About
120 C).
Hot air blower 220V 5870 221 500
75773TM164
Assemble preassembled plate carrier

until contact is obtained.
75773TM165
Locate plate carrier axially by means of

circlip.
75773TM166
Check function of clutch by means of

compressed air.
At correctly installed components, the
closing resp. opening of the clutch is
clear audible.
75773TM167
3-110
Press tapered roller bearing against
shoulder.
Install opposite tapered roller bearing
accordingly.
75773TM168
Squeeze rectangular rings in(Arrow) and

let them snap in.
75773TM169
(3) Reassemble clutch K1, K2 and K3

reassembly of clutch K3.
The reassembly of the clutches K1 and
K2 has to be carried out accordingly.
Install stud(Arrow).
Wet screw in thread with loctite(Type No.
241).
75773TM175
Heat inner diameter of plate carrier.
75773TM176
3-111
Assemble plate carrier until contact is
obtained.
75773TM177
.Check function of the purge valve

Ball must not stick, if necessary clean
Insert both O-rings(Arrows) scrollfree into
the grooves of the piston and oil.
75773TM178

see figure.
75773TM179
Lay on cup spring pack and guide ring.

Pay attention to the stacking of the cup
springs, see the next draft.
75773TM180
3-112
Preload cup spring pack and fix it by
means of snap ring.
75773TM181
The plate arrangement of clutch K1 is

identical with clutch K2 and K3.
In this connection see the following drafts.
Plate pack K1
1 Plate carrier
+0.2
2 Piston 2.4 mm
3 Outer plate-one side coated(1 piece)
5
4 Inner plates(9 pieces) 3
5 Outer plates-on both sides coated
2 6
(9 pieces)
6 Snap ring(Optional s=2.1~4.2mm)
7 End shim 7
Effective number of friction surfaces = 18 1 4

side facing the piston. 76043PT08
Plate pack K2 and K3

+0.2
1.8 mm
1 Plate carrier
2 Piston 5
3 Outer plate-one side coated(1 piece) 3
4 Inner plates(7 pieces) 6
2
5 Outer plates-on both side coated
(7 pieces)
7
6 Snap ring(Optional s= 2.1~4.2mm)
1 4
7 End shim
76043PT13
Install on the end-shim two outer and
inner plates each.
3-113
Adjust plate clearance
Plate clearance clutch K1 2.4+0.2mm
Plate clearance clutch K2 and K3
1.8+0.2mm
are snap rings with different thickness
available.
install the plates for the moment without
oil. 75773TM185
Introduce plate pack according to drafts /

page 3-107.
Lay on the end shim and squeeze circlip

in(e.g. s=3.1mm).
75773TM186
Press on the end shim with about 100N

zero.
75773TM187
3-114
contacts is obtained(Upward) and read
After the adjustment of the plate
clearance has been carried out, remove
the plate pack, oil plates and install it 75773TM188
again.
Assemble runing disk 1(55 78 5),

axial needle cage 2 and axial washer 3
(55 78 1).
Install running disk 1, with the chamber
facing the axial needle cage.
75773TM189
Assemble both needle bearings.
75773TM190
3-115
are accommodated.
75773TM191
Assemble axial washer 3(55 78 1),

axial needle cage 2 and running disk 1
(55 78 5).
Install running disk 1, with the chamfer
facing the axle needle cage.
Only if the running disk in overlapping
with the shaft collar is ensured that all
inner plates are accommodated.
75773TM192

shoulder.
Press opposite tapered roller bearing
against shoulder.
75773TM193
Check function of the clutch by means of

compressed air.
closing respectively opening of the clutch
is clearly audible.
75773TM194
3-116
Squeeze rectangular ring in(Arrow) and
let it snap in.
Install opposite rectangular ring
accordingly.
75773TM195
(4) Reassemble clutch K4

Undercool shaft(About -80 C), heat gear
(About +120 C) and assemble it until
contact is obtained.
75773TM200
Fix gear axially by means of circlip.

Set of external pliers 5870 900 015
75773TM201
Install stud(Arrow).
Wet screw-in thread with loctite(Type No.
241).
75773TM202
3-117
Check function of the purge valve.
Ball must not stick, if necessary clean
Insert both O-ring(Arrow) scrollfree into
the grooves of the piston and oil them.
75773TM203

see figure.
75773TM204
Install cup-spring pack and guide ring.

Pay attention to the stacking of the cup
springs, see the next draft.
75773TM205
Preload cup-spring pack and fix it by

means of snap ring.
75773TM206
3-118
Plate pack K4
The following draft shows the installation
position of the components. +0.2
mm
1.2
1 Plate carrier
2 Piston 5
3
3 Outer plate-one side coated(1 piece)
4 Inner plates(5 pieces) 6 2
5 Outer plates-coated on both sides
(5 pieces) 7
6 Snap ring(Optional s= 2.1~4.2mm) 4 1
7 End shim
76043PT14
Adjust plate clearance = 1.2+0.2mm

are snap rings of different thickness
available.
install plates for the moment without oil.
Introduce plate pack according to the
draft.
75773TM210
Lay on end shim and squeeze snap ring

in(e.g. s= 3.4mm).
75773TM211
3-119
Press on the end shim with about 100N
zero.
75773TM212

contacts is obtained(Upward) and read
After the adjustment of the plate
clearance has been carried out, remove
the plate pack, oil plates and install it 75773TM213
again.

are accommodated.
This step makes the later assembling of
the idler gear easier.
Now, remove idler gear again.
75773TM214
3-120
Assemble both axial washers as well as
needle case.
Upper and lower axial washer have the
same thickness(55 78 1).
75773TM215
Assemble both needle bearings.
75773TM216
Assemble idler gear.
75773TM217
Assemble axial washer 3(55 78 1),

needle cage 2 and running disk 1(55 78
5).
Install running disk 1, with the chamfer
facing the needle cage.
75773TM218
3-121
Heat inner diameter of the plate carrier
(About 120 C).
Assemble preassembled plate carrier
until all inner plates are accommodated.
Use safety gloves.
75773TM219
Fix plate carrier axially by means of

circlip.
Set of external pliers 5870 900 015
75773TM220
Check function of the clutch by means of

compressed air.
closing respectively opening of the clutch
is clearly audible.
75773TM221

shoulder.
Install opposite tapered roller bearing.
75773TM222
3-122
let it snap in.
Install opposite rectangular ring.
75773TM223
(5) Preassemble drive shaft

Undercool the drive shaft(About -80 C),
heat the gear(About +120 C) and
assemble it until contact is obtained.
75773TM225
Fix gear axially by means of circlip.
75773TM226
Squeeze snap ring into groove of the

turbine shaft.
75773TM227
3-123
Introduce turbine shaft until the snap ring
snaps into the groove of the drive shaft
turbine shaft is axially fixed.
75773TM228

shoulder.
Now, squeeze rectangular ring into the
groove of the drive shaft and let it snap in.
Install opposite tapered roller bearing.
75773TM229
(6) Preassemble and install output

Lay on screening plate
75773TM230
Heat tapered roller bearing and assemble

it until contact is obtained.
Install opposite tapered roller bearing
accordingly.
75773TM231
3-124
Insert all bearing outer races into the
bearing bores of the housing.
Install O-ring(Arrows).
At the use of already run bearings, pay
attention to the allocation of the bearing
outer races, see also note/page 3-95.
AN Input
KV Clutch-Forward
KR Clutch-Reverse
K1 Clutch-1st speed
K2 Clutch-2nd speed
K3 Clutch-3rd speed 75773TM232
K4 Clutch-4th speed
AB Output
Lay on screening plate.
75773TM233
Insert preassembled output shaft.

Fix screening plates by means of socket
head screws.
Torque limit(M8/8.8) : 2.3kgf m
(17.0lbf ft)
75773TM234
3-125
(7) Install preassembled drive shaft and
clutches
Insert all bearing outer races into the
bearing bores of the housing cover.
At the use of already run bearings, pay
attention to the allocation of the bearing
outer races, see also note/page 3-95.
AN Input
KV Clutch-Forward
KR Clutch-Reverse
K1 Clutch-1st speed
K2 Clutch-2nd speed
K3 Clutch-3rd speed
K4 Clutch-4th speed
AB Output 75773TM235
Prior to the installation of the clutches

and the drive shaft, grease rectangular
rings and align them centrally.
Insert clutch KR, drive shaft and clutch
KV together into the housing cover.
75773TM236
Lift drive gear and position clutch K4.
75773TM237
3-126
Install clutch K3.
75773TM238
Position clutch K2.
75773TM239
Lift clutch K4 and position clutch K1.
75773TM240

installation position of the single clutches
in the housing cover.
Grease rectangular rings(Arrows) and
align them centrally.
75773TM241
3-127
Fix all clutches by means of handles.
Handle(6 pieces needed) 5870 260 010
75773TM242

Install eye bolts(Arrows).
Eye bolt(M20, 2EA) 0636 804 003
Eye bolt(M16, 1EA) 0636 804 001
Puller device 5870 000 017
75773TM243
Grease O-rings of the two oil tubes.

Wet mounting face with sealing
compound loctite(Type No.574).
Position preassembled housing cover by
means of lifting device carefully on the
gearbox housing until contact is obtained.
Pay attention to the overlapping of the oil
tubes with the bores in the housing cover.
Lifting chain 5870 281 047
75773TM244
Remove handles again.
75773TM245
3-128
Install both cylindrical pins centrally to the
housing face.
75773TM246
Fasten housing cover by means of

hexagon head screws.
(33.9lbf ft)
Pay attention to position of the fixing
plate, see Arrow.
75773TM247
(8) Install pump shaft(Power take off)

Install ball bearing.
let it snap in.
75773TM248
Grease rectangular ring, align it centrally

and introduce pump shaft until contact is
obtained.
75773TM249
3-129
Fix pump shaft by means of circlip.
75773TM250
Insert O-ring(Arrow) into the annular

groove of the oil feed covers.
75773TM251
Fasten both covers(Arrows) by means of

hexagon nuts(Use plain washers).
75773TM252
(9) Install output flanges

Install shaft seal with the sealing lip facing
the oil chamber.
At the use of the prescribed driver, the
exact installation position is obtained.
Wet rubber coated outer diameter with
spirit.
Grease sealing lip.
Driver 5870 048 213
75773TM255
3-130
Assemble output flange.
Insert O-ring(Arrow) into the gap of drive
flange and shaft.
75773TM256
Fasten output flange by means of disk

and hexagon head screws.
(33.9lbf ft)
75773TM257
Fix hexagon head screws by means of

lock plate.
Driver 5870 057 009
Handle 5870 260 002
Install converter side output flange
accordingly.
75773TM258
(10) Converter back pressure valve

components of the converter back
pressure valve.
1 Piston
2 Compression spring
3 Pressure plate
4 Lock plate
Install pressure plate with the spigot
( 6mm) facing the lock plate. 75773TM260
3-131
Introduce components according to figure
(10) , preload and fix by means of lock
plate.
Equip plug(Arrow) with new O-ring and
install it.
(18.4bf ft)
75773TM261
(11) Oil feed housing-Transmission pump

Install two adjusting screws(Arrows) and
lay on gasket.
75773TM262
Lay on oil feed housing and fix it

provisionally by means of socket head
screws.
Screw socket head screws only in until
contact is obtained do not tighten.
75773TM263
Install two adjusting screws and introduce

stator shaft until contact is obtained.
Pay attention to the overlapping of the
bores.
75773TM264
3-132
Insert O-ring(Arrow) into the annular
groove and oil it.
75773TM265
Introduce transmission pump(Complete)

and put it by means of socket head
screws(For the moment without O-rings)
evenly against shoulder.
Now, remove socket head screws again.
75773TM266
Equip socket head screws with new O-

ring(Arrow).
Grease O-rings.
75773TM267
Fasten transmission pump by means of

socket head screws.
75773TM268
3-133
Fasten oil feed housing by means of
socket head screws and hexagon head
screws(2 pieces).
Torque limit
- Socket head screw : 2.3kgf m
(16.6bf ft)
- Hexagon head screw : 4.7kgf m
(33.9bf ft)
Pay attention to the position of the fixing
plate, see Arrow. 75773TM269
Box spanner(Torx, TX-40) 5873 042 004
(12) Engine connection-Converter

Fasten converter bell by means of
hexagon head screws.
(50.1bf ft)
75773TM270
Screw drive shaft and diaphragm

together.
(84.8bf ft)
75773TM271
Fasten diaphragm by means of hexagon

head screws on the converter.
(84.8bf ft)
Insert hexagon head screws with loctite
(Type No.262).
75773TM272
3-134
Introduce converter until contact is
obtained.
Pulse disk of the converter must be
positioned centrally to the bore of the
inductive transmitter, see Arrow.
Only in this way will be ensured that the
converter is perfectly introduced.
75773TM273
75773TM274
Insert ball bearing until contact is

obtained and fix it by means of circlip.
75773TM275
Assemble housing cover.

Install drive flange, lay on disk an pull
cover by means of hexagon head screws
evenly against shoulder.
(25.1bf ft)
position of the cover, see figure.
75773TM276
3-135
Fix hexagon head screws by means of
lock plate.
Driver 5870 057 010
Handle 5870 260 002
75773TM277
Fasten cover by means of hexagon head

screws and nuts on the converter bell.
Torque limit(M10/838) : 4.7kgf m
(33.9lbf ft)
75773TM278
Mount gasket and fasten cover by means

of hexagon head screws.
(17.0lbf ft)
75773TM279
(13) Converter safety valve

Insert converter safety valve(Complete)
into the housing hose.
75773TM280
3-136
(14) Mount duct plate and hydraulic control unit
Install components according to the
following draft.
Pay attention to the installation position of
the different gaskets, see draft.
5
3 4
1 Gasket
2 Duct plate 2
1
3 Gasket
4 Intermediate plate
5 Gasket

Box spanne 5873 042 004
76043PT21
Equip screw plug(Arrow) with new O-ring

and install it.
(21.7lbf ft)
75773TM282
Fasten hydraulic control unit(HSG-94) by

Box spanner(Torx Tx-27) 5873 042 002
75773TM283
3-137
(15) Install plugs and oil level tube
Equip both plugs(Arrows) with new O-
rings and install them.
(36.9lbf ft)
(59.0lbf ft)
75773TM284
Install oil level tube(Arrow).

Mount new gasket.
(25.1lbf ft)
75773TM285
Install cover plate(Arrow 1).

Install new gasket.
(17.0lbf ft)
Equip screw plug(Arrow 2) with new O-
ring and install it.
(103lbf ft)
75773TM286
3-138
(16) Speed sensor and inductive transmitters
The figures show the installation position
of the single inductive transmitters and
the speed sensor.
34 Speed sensor
n-Output and speedometer
21 Inductive transmitter
n-Turbine
47 Inductive transmitter 75773TM290
n-Central gear train
48 Inductive transmitter
n-Engine
Grease O-rings and install speed sensor

as well as inductive transmitters.
(Socket head screw/Speed sensor)
(Inductive transmitter)
75773TM291
Install breather(Arrow).
75773TM292
3-139
3. AXLE
1) GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
(1) SHIMS
All adjustments shall be carried out after all adjustment shims have been selected measuring
them one by one with a micrometer gauge and, then, summing up all values measured; don’t trust
incorrect measurement of pack as a unit or sum of nominal value printed on each shim.
(2) SEALS FOR REVOLVING SHAFTS
Proceed as follows for proper fitting of captioned seals:
¤ Prior assembly, seals should be kept, for at least half an hour, in a bath with the same oil to be
sealed;
¤Ł Clean thoroughly shaft and make that working surface be not damaged;
¤Ø Position sealing lip against the fluid to be sealed; in case of hydrodynamic lip lines should be
oriented so as that, considering direction of revolving shaft, they lead fluid inside of sealing
means;
¤Œ Smear sealing lip with a film of lubricant(oil is better than grease) and fill up with grease the space
between sealing lip and dust shield lip, if using double sealing lip type seals;
¤º Press seal in relevant seat or use a proper fitter with flat contact surface; never use hammer or
mallet to mount seal;
¤ When press fitting seal make sure that it be correctly driven in relevant seat, i.e., perpendicular
with respect to its seat, as fitting is completed make sure, if required, that seal itself be in contact
with relevant shoulder;
¤ To prevent damage of seal lip when inserting shaft, duly protect component during assembly.
(3) O-RING SEALS
Lubricate O-RING seals at assembly to prevent twisting that would impair correct sealing.
Clean matching surface as follows prior, smearing compound:
¤ Remove old deposits using a metal brush;
¤Ł Degrease surfaces by one the following cleaners: trichloroethylene, kerosene or a warm water
and soda solution.
(4) BEARINGS
When assembling them it is advisable to proceed as follows:
¤ Heat them with 80 to 90¡£C before fitting on relevant shafts;
¤Ł Cool them before inserting in relevant external seats.
(5) SPRING PINS
When using split pins be sure that lengthwise cleft be positioned toward stress on pin.
Coil pins don’t require specific position.
3-140
2) REDUCTION ASSEMBLY
(1) DISASSEMBLY
¤ Turn the plug toward top position and
remove the plug for the air vent.
Assemble the plug temporarily.
AX001
¤Ł Drain oil from final drive unit.
AX002
¤Ø Loosen screws securing side gear carrier to

wheel hub.
AX003
¤Œ Pull out complete side gear carrier.
AX004
3-141
¤º Pull out wheel shaft with sun gear, discs
carrier hub and thrust plate.
AX005
¤ Remove brake disc pack.
AX006
¤ Remove lock ring nut locks.
AX007
¤ Remove locks.
AX008
3-142
¤ Install the proper tool on pressure plate and
apply the eye bolt(3EA) temporarily.
Tighten the eye bolt tool perfectly.
AX009
¤ Remove the adjusting nut by the use of the

special tool.
AX0010
¤æ Remove the pressure plate, return spring,

cover and compression tool.
AX0011
¤ Remove the ring gear assembly.

¡ Attention to the weight.
AX0012
3-143
¤ Pry off lock ring from ring gear by a screw
driver and remove ring gear support.
AX0013
¤ Remove piston, it’s easier by blowing

compressed air in brake oil delivery ducting.
AX0014
¤ı Remove wheel hub assembly.
AX0015
§ Pry off wheel hub seal and remove inner

race with roller cage of wheel inside bearing.
By using a punch remove from wheel hub
outer races of inner and outer bearings.
AX0016
3-144
AX0017
§æ Remove final drive cover.
AX0018
§ It is provided with three threaded holes

(M10¡¿1.5) to be used for puller screws.
AX0019
§ Remove the planetary pin(3EA) from hub

drum(Side gear carrier support) assembly.
AX0020
3-145
§ Remove the planetary gear and thrust
washer step by step.
AX0021
(2) ASSEMBLY
¤ Insert the inner bearing cone.
AX085
¤Ł Press fitting lip seal.

¡ Smear loctite 573 or equivalent sealant on
outer diameter surface.
AX086
¤Ø Support suitably wheel hub while assembling

parts to prevent damage of seal; then go on
by fitting wheel bearing on hub spindle.
AX087
3-146
¤Œ Replace O-ring seals on piston.
¡ Cover the oil on O-ring seal enough.
AX088
¤º Insert piston full travel down on hub spindle.
AX089
¤ Insert ring gear support in ring gear, then fit

spring ring retaining axle.
AX090
¤ Mount on hub spindle the complete ring gear

unit.
¡ Attention to the weight.
AX091
3-147
¤ Insert into relevant holes the six pins that, for
proper operation of whole system, have to
be of the same length and however in
accordance with relevant drawing.
AX092
¤ Position return spring, cover and spacer on

pressure plate, press compression tool.
(Front axle only)
¡ There is not spacer to the rear axle.
AX093
¤ Assemble support assembly with spring

compression tool on spindle and tighten
adjusting nut.
AX094
¤æ With proper wrench lock ring so to reach the

specified wheel bearing pre-load
corresponding to a rotation torque and a
rope pull strength on studs included into
15~18kg.
To prevent wrong torque recording, it is
advisable to set bearings, by various wheel
revolutions, prior performing the check.
AX095
3-148
¤ Remove spring compression tool.
AX096
¤ Fit plate and assemble retain ring.
AX097
¤ Insert wheel shaft on which sequentially

mount ; the thrust washer, discs carrier hub,
sun gear and lock ring ; then push all
components fully down against hub spindle.
AX098
AX099
3-149
¤ı Install brake measuring tool on wheel hub.
¡ Distance of brake measuring tool J
J
7607PT18
§ Measure K between end of measuring tool

and pressure plate.
7607PT19
§æ Install brake measuring tool on hub drum

and measure L.
L
7607PT20
3-150
§ To determine thickness of disc pack from
previsously computed value M. M
¡ Assembly procedure of brake disc pack :

To hub drum from pressure plate C, B, C,
B......C, B.(C=disc-count, B=disc-brake)
¡ Quantity of brake disc.
¡⁄Front axle : disc-count 5EA
disc-brake 5EA
¡⁄Rear axle : disc-count 4EA 7607PT21
disc-brake 4EA
§ Calculate stroke, and if it is not satisfied with

the specification, readjust stroke by means
of change the thickness of each disc.
Stroke : S=(K+L-2J)-M
¡⁄Stroke
Front axle : 3.5~4.0mm
Rear axle : 3.6~4.0mm
§ Assemble disc pack according to the

procedure.
AX104
§ı Arrange side gear carrier on blocks made of

wood and remove pins.
Save needle rollers of filling bearing casings.
It is important to keep needle rollers joined
with relevant pin for allowance question of
pins themselves.
AX105
3-151
§ Arrange all the three side gears into relevant
seats of side gear carrier, position inner
thrust washers and align holes.
AX106
§ Mount on pins the two needle roller casings.

Insert outer thrust washers, grease lower half
of pin(head side) and position the first needle
roller casing, insert spacer and position the
second casing.
¡ In case of needle roller replacement, use
needle roller of the same selection class for
the two casings of each side gear.
AX107
§ł Insert the complete pins, taking care to avoid

any bump, cause of needle rollers fall.
AX108
§ø Rotate pins so to align them and allow fitting

of cover that also prevent pin rotation.
AX109
3-152
§œ Fit O-ring seal on outer side.
Mount side cover on final drive.
¡⁄Tightening torque
Front and rear axle : 2.9~3.6kgf m
(21.0~26.0lbf ft)
AX110
§ß Assemble hub drum on wheel hub.
AX111
§ Tight the fixed bolt of hub drum and

assemble plug.
Front and rear axle : 6.3~6.9kgf m
(45.6~50.0lbf ft)
AX112
3) PARKING BRAKE(FRONT AXLE ONLY)

(1) DISASSEMBLY
¤ Insert through oil adding hole of gripper the
pressure of 100~120bar, in order to obtain
calipers release.
Remove the cover bolts of caliper.
¡⁄Brake port size : 7/16¡¨
-20UNF O-ring type
Front
AX022
3-153
¤Ł Release nut and screw.
Front
AX023
¤Ø Remove the split pin and nut of caliper

brake. Remove the bolts.
Front
AX024
¤Œ Remove the caliper brake.
Front
AX025
¤º Remove the disc.
Front
AX026
3-154
¤ Remove the fixed bolts of caliper bracket.
Front
AX027
(2) ASSEMBLY
¤ Install caliper bracket.
14.2~15.7kgf m(103~114lbf ft)
Front
AX113
¤Ł Fit disc on flange, and tighten bolts.

6~7kgf m(43.4~50.6lbf ft)
Front
AX114
¤Ø Remove cover and O-ring of caliper bracket,

and release nut and pin screw.
Front
AX115
3-155
¤Œ Release nuts on fixed bolts in order to obtain
the maximum opening of gripper.
Front
AX116
¤º Insert fixed bolts on caliper bracket.
Front
AX117
¤ Tighten nuts and split pins.

1~3kgf m(7.2~21.7lbf ft)
Front
AX118
¤ Assemble the bleeder on brake caliper.

¡⁄Bleeder tightening torque : 1.4~1.5Kgf m
(10.1~10.8lbf ft)
FRONT
7607PT22
3-156
¤ Press 110~120bar in brake port and close
adhesion pad on disc by means of tightening
screw pin.
Front
AX120
¤ Check the gap between discs after unscrew-

ing pin screw 1/8~1/4turn.
¡ Disc gap : Each 0.125~0.25mm
Front
AX121
¤ Tighten nut.
¡⁄Tightening torque : 14~16Kgf m
(101~116lbf ft)
Front
AX122
¤æ Tighten bolts after assembling O-ring on cover.

¡⁄Tightening torque : 1.3~1.5Kgf m
(9.4~10.8lbf ft)
Front
AX123
3-157
4) DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY
(1) REMOVAL
¤ Remove screws and take away air
recirculation duct from differential support
and axle case.(Front axle only)
Front
AX0228
¤Ł Loosen the screws retaining different-ial

group, then remove it from axle case.
AX029
AX030
(2) DISASSEMBLY
¤ Place differential unit upside down; mark
caps position.
AX031
3-158
¤Ł Unlock and remove caps fixing screws.
AX032
¤Ø Remove lock pin of ring nut, remove caps.
AX033
¤Œ Unlock nut and remove screw.

(Rear differential only)
7607AX130
¤º Remove fixing screws(4EA) of cross beam

assembly. (Rear differential only)
7607AX131
3-159
¤ Install the disassembling bolt on tap (M12¡¿
1.75, 2EA) of cross beram assembly.
7607AX132
¤ Lift up differential, cross beam assembly

(Rear differential only) from support, by a
lifting tool with proper capacity.
AX034
¤ Remove pin, washer from cross beam

assembly. (Rear differential only)
AX133
¤ Remove bearing from cross beam. (Rear

differential only)
AX134
3-160
¤ Place on proper support and lock the
differential. Straighten notches on pinion
nut, then position reaction tool on P.T.O.
flange and unlock nut; release pinion nut.
Remove drive flange from pinion shank.
AX035
AX036
¤æ Pry off seal from P.T.O. flange.
AX037
¤ Drive out bevel pinion from differential

support hammering by a proper remover on
shank, don’t damage thread.
AX038
3-161
¤ Remove the bearing cone.
AX039
¤ Remove pump and shim.

(Front differential only)
AX135
¤ı Remove the shim and spacer in removed

pinion. (Rear differential only)
AX041
§ Remove shim and bearing cup from

differential support, hammer pinion shank by
a proper tool, taking care not to damage
thread.
AX137
3-162
(3) ASSEMBLY
¤ Measure the dimensions for assembly
position of pinion bevel.
B
A
Decide the dimension X(shim thickness) by
the calculation.
X
AX043
¤Ł Both the bevel pinion and the bevel gear are

marked with a number. Confirmed the some
numbers both the pinion-bevel and gear-
bevel.
¡ Number location of bevel set
Bevel pinion : Head surface
Bevel ring : Outer cutting side
AX138
AX139
¤Ø Measure the carrier height A by the special

tool.
¡ Standard value of A
¡⁄Front axle : 263.0mm
¡⁄Rear axle : 222.0mm
AX140
3-163
AX141
¤Œ Decide a value B by the carved value of

bevel pinion head.
¡⁄Front axle : B = 208.0¡ carved value
¡⁄Rear axle : B = 184.0¡ carved value
¡ In case, the carved value is -10, B of
Front axle =208.0 - 0.1 = 207.9mm
AX142
AX143
¤º Measure the width of bearing C.

¡ Standard value of C
¡⁄Front axle : 54.0mm
¡⁄Rear axle : 37.0mm
AX047
3-164
¤ Determine shim X thickness for correct axial
position of pinion-bevel.
X = A - (B + C)
¡ Round up or down to the nearest tenth of
millimeter the computed thickness.
2.12 rounded down to = 2.1mm
2.18 rounded up to =2.2mm
AX144
¤ Insert adjustment shim for axial position of

pinion.
Its value was computed previously ; also, fit
outer races of pinion under head and shank
bearings.
AX145
AX146
¤ Fit in pinion shank inner race of under head

bearing, heat or press-in part by installer.
AX049
3-165
¤ Fit in inner race bearing by pressing.
AX147
¤ Fit in bearing by pressing.

Assemble the pin and washer.
AX148
¤æ Assemble the pump and shims(3EA).

Asemble the spacer and shims(2EA).
AX149
AX150
3-166
¤ Turn the carrier upside down and assemble
the bevel pinion assembly.
¡ In order to contact between the bearing cone
in pinion bevel and the cup bearing of carrier
perfectly, support the bevel pinion by
preferable tool.
AX052
¤ Fit in cone bearing by heating or pressing.
AX055
¤ Assemble flange and holder in bevel pinion,

and tighten pinion nut.
¡ Don’t assemble seal.
¡⁄Tightening torque : 64~70kgf¡⁄m
(463~506lbf¡⁄ft)
AX056
¤ı Measure prelood and confirm the follow

value.
¡ Bearing preload
¡⁄Front axle : 0.2~0.4kgf¡⁄m
¡⁄Rear axle : 0.2~0.4kgf¡⁄m
¡ Before measuring preload, rotate two or
three times. Disassemble and change
adjustment shims and spacer(Rear axle
only) to eliminate all end play up to reach a
AX057
pre-load.
3-167
§ As bearing pre-load has been determined,
remove drive flange and pinion nut holder.
AX058
§æ Assemble seal.
¡ Cover the seal with retaining compound.
Cover the seal lip and the flange with oil.
AX059
§ Assemble the flange and the holder on the

bevel pinion, and tighten the pinion nut and
the split pin.
¡⁄Tightening torque : 64~70kgf¡⁄m
(463~506lbf¡⁄ft)
AX060
§ Install cross beam assembly to the location

of bolts fixing bevel ring. And then assemble
the bearing inner race before mounting
differential to carrier.
AX151
3-168
§ Tighten the fixing bolt of cross beam
assembly.
¡⁄Tightening torque : 31.3~34.6kgf¡⁄m
(226~250lbf¡⁄ft)
AX152
§ı Fit in the differential assembly on the carrier,

and assemble adjusting nut temporarily.
Assemble adjusting nut temporary.
AX061
§ Install caps, care not to reverse position and

lock screws fixing to differential support with
belows.
¡ Cap tightening torque
¡⁄Front axle : 63~69kgf¡⁄m(456~499lbf¡⁄ft)
¡⁄Rear axle : 31.3~34.6kgf¡⁄m(226~250lbf¡⁄ft)
AX062
§ Position a dial gauge perpendicular than ring

gear tooth and check, with pinion steady,
backlash that has to be of 0.25~ 0.33mm
(front) and 0.20~0.28mm(rear).
Otherwise rotate both ring nuts by displacing
them of the same number of notches and
nearing ring gear to pinion if backlash is
excessive, by moving away on the contrary.
¡ Bevel set back lash
¡⁄Front axle : 0.25~0.33mm AX063
¡⁄Rear axle : 0.20~0.28mm
3-169
§ł Brush red lead on some ring tooth, rotate to
mesh pinion and ring gear repeatedly, so to
make evident tooth contact. Proper and
correct tooth contact marks are visible on a
new bevel gear set as a result of an optimum
contact approached on the tester,
consequently, a proper axial position of
pinion against ring gear will emphasise
remarking of previous tester contact
markings.
AX064
§ø Fit spring pins locking threaded rings of

differential unit.
AX065
§œ Apply flange sealant on the screw.

Tighten the screw until contacting the bevel
gear and then loosen about 60¡£before
tightening nut.
AX153
(4) HOUSING AND DIFFERENTIAL MOUNTING

¤ Perform two securing notches on pinion nut.
Clean with care contact surfaces, apply hard
locking compound and then install the
differential unit on axle case ; lock the
connecting screws with a torque of
18.0~20.0Kgf m(130~145lbf ft).
AX065
3-170
¤Ł Assemble O-ring on tube assembly port(3EA).
(Front axle only)
AX083
¤Ø Position the tube assembly, fit screws and lock

with a torque of 3.0~3.6Kgf m(21.7~26.0lbf ft).
(Front axle only)
AX084
5) SUPER MAX TRAC

(1) DISASSEMBLY
¤ Mark the two half cases(LH/RH).
AX154
¤Ł Loosen the bolts of the case(RH) and

remove the case(LH).
AX155
3-171
¤Ø Remove the side gear and the trust washer.
AX156
¤Œ Remove spider with the four side gears and

relevant bevel thrust washers.
AX157
¤º Remove the planetary gear with relevant

intermediate and shim discs and clutch
discs, in half case on bevel gear side.
AX158
¤ Loosen bevel gear fixing screws.
AX159
3-172
(2) ASSEMBLY
¤ Install gear-bevel on case(LH) by bolts.
¡ Tightening torque
¡⁄Front axle : 45.6~50.4kgf¡⁄m(330~365lbf¡⁄ft)
¡⁄Rear axle : 31.3~34.6kgf¡⁄m(226~250lbf¡⁄ft)
AX160
¤Ł Insert side gear assembly and thrust washer

in case(LH).
Assemble spider and side gear according to
procedure.
AX079
¤Ø Mount the cover, taking care to align the

reference marked done before
disassembling ; close the two half casings.
Screw in fixing screws and lock a torgue of ;
¡⁄Front and rear axle : 11.4~12.6kgf¡⁄m
(82.5~91.1lbf¡⁄ft)
AX162
3-173
6) TOOLS
¤ Spring compression tool.
AX124
¤Ł Nut adjusting tool of reduction assembly.
AX125
3-174

1. OUTLINE
※ The brakes are operated by a pressure compensated, closed center hydraulic system.
Flow is supplied by a fixed displacement, gear type brake pump.
BRAKE SYSTEM
The fixed displacement brake pump supplies flow to the cut-off valve for service brake circuit and
park brake circuits. It flows to three accumulator. The accumulator has a gas precharge and an
inlet check valve to maintain a pressurized volume of oil for reserve brake applications.
Oil through the accumulator flows to the brake valves. The brake valve is a closed center design,
dual circuit operated by a pedal.
The front and rear brakes will operate simultaneously with only one brake pedal depressed.
The differential contains annular brake piston and double sided disk.
Brake pump flow also goes to the parking brake solenoid valve in cut off valve.
The brake system contains the following components:
・Brake pump
・Parking brake solenoid valve in cut off valve.
・Cut-off valve
・Brake valve
・Accumulators
・Pressure switches
4-1
FULL POWER HYDRAULIC BRAKE
SYSTEM
ADVANTAGES - The full power hydraulic Response time
brake system has several advantages over Full power brake actuation VS
Air/Hydraulic brake actuation
traditional brake actuation systems. These
systems are capable of supplying fluid to a 1000
range of very small and large volume
service brakes with actuation that is faster 900
than air brake systems. Figure represents 800
a time comparison between a typical Brake pressure
700 (Full power)
air/hydraulic and full power hydraulic brake
Brake torque(lb・in)
actuation system. 600
Brake pressure
Full power systems can supply significantly 500 (Air/hydraulic)
higher brake pressures with relatively low Brake torque
400
reactive pedal forces. The reactive pedal (Air/hydraulic)
force felt by the operator will be proportional 300
Brake torque
to the brake line pressure being generated. 200 (Full power)
This is referred to as brake pressure
modulation. 100
Another key design feature of full power
0 1 2 3 4
systems is the ability to control maximum
brake line pressure. In addition, because Time(Seconds)
these systems operate with hydraulic oil,
filtration can be utilized to provide long
component life and low maintenance
operation.
Because these systems are closed center,
by using a properly sized accumulator,
emergency power-off braking that is
identical to power-on braking can be
achieved. These systems can be either
dedicated, where the brake system pump
supplies only the demands of the brake
system or non-dedicated, where the pump
supplies the demands of the brake system
as well as some secondary down stream
hydraulic devise.
Another important note is that all seals
within these system must be compatible
with the fluid medium being used.
4-2
2. HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
FRONT 39 REAR
Parking brake
18
21
BL1 BR1 BL2 BR2
9
T1 P1 T2 P2
16 16
8 B1 A1 B2 A2
17
A3
19 PS T1
PS1
20
P T
Parking brake Return line MCV
solenoid
22
Steering system RCV lever
Fan drive moter
2 1
25
Return line
26
27 28 Return line
24
7607BS01
2 Brake & fan pump 19 Pressure switch 25 Air breather

8 Cut off valve 20 Pressure switch 26 Hydraulic tank
9 Brake valve 21 Pressure switch 27 Return filter
16 Accumulator 22 Line filter 28 Bypass valve
17 Accumulator 24 Oil cooler 39 Axle
18 Pressure switch
4-3
1) SERVICE BRAKE RELEASED
FRONT
39 REAR
18
21
BL1 BR1 BL2 BR2
9
T1 P1 T2 P2
16 16
8 B1 A1 B2 A2
17
A3
19 PS T1
PS1
20
P T
Return line MCV
22
Fan drive moter
2 1
25
Return line
26
27 28 Return line
24
7607BS02
When the pedal of brake valve(9) is released, the operating force is eliminated by the force of the
spring, and the spool is returned.
When the spool removes up, the drain port is opened and the hydraulic oil in the piston of axles
return to the tank(26).
Therefore, the service brake is kept released.
4-4
2) SERVICE BRAKE OPERATED
FRONT 39 REAR
18
21
BL1 BR1 BL2 BR2
9
T1 P1 T2 P2
16 16
8 B1 A1 B2 A2
17
A3
19 PS T1
PS1
20
P T
Return line MCV
22
Fan drive moter
2 1
25
Return line
26
27 28 Return line
24
7607BS03
When the pedal of brake valve(9) is depressed, the operating force overcomes the force of the
spring, and is transmitted to the spool. When the spool moves down, the inlet port is opened, and
at the same time the hydraulic oil controlled the pressure level by the cut-off valve(8) enters the
piston in the front and rear axles. Therefore, the service brake is applied.
4-5
3) PARKING BRAKE RELEASED
FRONT 39 REAR
Parking brake
18
21
BL1 BR1 BL2 BR2
9
T1 P1 T2 P2
16 16 B
A
8 B1 A1 B2 A2
17
A3 Parking brake switch
19 PS T1
PS1
20
P T
solenoid
22
Fan drive moter
2 1
25
Return line
26
27 28 Return line
24
76076BS04
When the parking brake switch is pressed B position, the solenoid valve is energized and the
hydraulic oil controlled the pressure level by the cut-off valve enters the parking brake. It
overcomes the force of the spring and pushes the piston rod. This releases the brake.
Therefore, the hydraulic oil pressure is applied to the parking brake piston through the solenoid
valve and the parking brake is kept released.
4-6
4) PARKING BRAKE OPERATED
FRONT 39 REAR
Parking brake
18
21
BL1 BR1 BL2 BR2
9
T1 P1 T2 P2
16 16 B
A
8 B1 A1 B2 A2
17
A3 Parking brake switch
19 PS T1
PS1
20
P T
solenoid
22
Fan drive moter
2 1
25
Return line
26
27 28 Return line
24
7607BS05
When the parking brake switch is pressed A position, the solenoid valve is deenergized and the
valve open the drain port.
At the same time, the hydraulic oil in the parking brake return to the tank through the solenoid valve.
When the piston rod is returned by the force of the spring, the parking brake is applied.
4-7
3. BRAKE PUMP(+FAN PUMP)
1) STRUCTURE
17 Brake pump
16
2
3 11
13
14 15
23 18
22 19
21 18
7
18
1716 3 10
3
A 9 A
12
14
15 18
20
6
1 5
8
Fan pump 4
7707BS19
1 Body 9 Driven gear 17 Backing ring

2 Body 10 Driver gear 18 Body O-ring
3 Dowel pin 11 Driven gear 19 Intermediate plate
4 Front cover 12 Bushing 20 Coupling
5 Shaft seal 13 Bushing 21 Rear cover
6 Bushing 14 Bushing seal 22 Spring washer
7 Bushing 15 Backing ring 23 Screw
8 Driver gear 16 Bushing seal
This gear pump have a maximum delivery pressure of 150kgf/cm2.

The pressure loaded type gear pump is designed so that the clearance between the gear and the
bushing can be automatically adjusted according to the delivery pressure. Therefore, the oil leakage
from the bushing is less than that in the case of the fixed bushing type under a high discharge pressure.
Consequently, no significant reduction of the pump delivery occurs, even when the pump is operated
under pressure.
4-8
2) PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
(1) Mechanism for delivering oil
The drawing at right shows the
operational principle of an external gear
pump in which two gears are rotating in
mesh.
The oil entering through the suction port is Suction Discharge
trapped in the space between two gear
teeth, and is delivered to the discharge
port as the gear rotates.
Except for the oil at the bottom of the gear
teeth, the oil trapped between the gear
teeth, is prevented from returning to the
suction side with the gears in mesh.
Since the gears are constantly delivering
oil, the oil delivered to the discharge port
is forced out of the port.
The amount of discharge increases with
the speed of rotation of the gear.
If there is no resistance in the oil passage
into which the discharged oil flows, the oil
merely flows through the passage,
producing no increase in pressure.
If however, the oil passage is blocked with
something like a hydraulic cylinder, there
will be no other place for the oil to flow, so
the oil pressure will rise. But the pressure
which rises in this way will never go
higher, once the hydraulic cylinder piston
starts moving because of the oil pressure.
As described earlier, the pump produces
the oil flow, but not the oil pressure. We
can therefore conclude that pressure is a
consequence of load.
In other words, the pressure depends on
a counterpart.
(770-3ATM) 4-9
4-9
(2) Internal oil leakage
Oil leaks from a place under higher
pressure to a place under lower pressure,
provided that a gap or a clearance exists
in between.
In the gear pump, small clearances are
provided between the gear and the case
and between the gear and the side plate
to allow the oil to leak out and to serve as
a lubricant so that the pump will be
rge
protected from seizure and binding.
scha
Di
The drawing at right shows how the
leaked oil flows in the pump. As such,
there is always oil leakage in the pump
from the discharge side(under higher
pressure) to the suction side. The
n
delivery of the pump is reduced by an ctio
Su
amount equal to the pump discharge.
In addition, the delivery of the pump will
also decrease as the amount of oil
leakage increases because of expanded
radial clearance resulting from the wear of
pump parts, the lower oil viscosity
resulting from increases in the oil
temperature, and the initial use of low
(770-3ATM) 4-10
viscosity oil.
4-10
(3) Forces acting on the gear
The gear, whose outer surface is
subjected to oil pressure, receives forces
jointing towards its center.
Due to the action of the delivery pressure,
the oil pressure in higher on the delivery
side of the pump, and due to suction
pressure, is lower on the suction side. In
the intermediate section, the pressure will
gradually lower as the position moves
from the delivery side to the suction side. Drive gear
This phenomenon is shown in the
drawing at right.
In addition, the gears in mesh will receive
Suction Discharge
interacting forces. side side
These forces pushing the gears toward
the suction side are received by the
bearings. Since the gears are pressed
Driven gear
toward the suction side by these forces,
the radial clearance becomes smaller on
the suction side in the case. In some
pumps, the clearance may become zero,
thus allowing the gear teeth and the case Pressure distribution
to come into light contact.
For this reason, an excessive increase in
the delivery pressure must be avoided,
since it will produce a large force which
will act on the gears, placing an overload
on the bearings, and resulting in a
shortened service life of the bearing or
(770-3ATM) 4-11
interference of the gear with the case.
4-11
4. BRAKE VALVE
1) STRUCTURE
18
17-2 17-3,17-4
17-1
19
23 22
24
21
2
20 8,32,33
9
25
30
25
16 14
15 7
5 13
31
12 6
1,27,28,29 10
26
4
11
3
7707BS21
1 Lower body 13 Spring guide 22 Stop ring

2 Upper body 14 Stop ring 23 Hexagon bolt
3 Spool 15 Bushing 24 Hexagon nut
4 Plug 16 Pedal plate 25 Bolt
5 Holder 17-1 Pedal 26 Spring washer
6 Lower spring 17-2 Lock plate 27 Plastic plug
7 Upper spring 17-3 Hexagon bolt 28 Name plate
8 Main spring 1 17-4 Plain washer 29 Screw
9 Spring retainer 1 18 Rubber 30 Plain washer
10 O-ring 19 Cover 31 Stop ring
11 O-ring 20 Lock pin 1 32 Spring retainer 2
12 Oil seal 21 Torsion spring 1 33 Main spring 2
4-12
2) OPERATION
BL1 BR1 BL2 BR2
T1 P1 T2 P2
Hydraulic circuit
Porte Port name Port size
T1 P1, P2 Port PF3/8

BL1
T1, T2 Drain port PF3/8
P1
BR1, BR2 Brake cylinder port PF3/8
BR1
BL1 Pressure switch port PF1/4
T2 BL2 Pressure switch port M12×1.5
BL2
P2
BR2
7707BS22
4-13
(1) Purpose
The purpose of the brake valve is to sensitively increase and decrease the braking pressure when
the brake pedal is actuated.
(2) Ready position
When the braking system is ready for operation, its accumulator pressure acts directly on ports
(P1, P2) of the brake valve. A connection is established between ports(BR1, BR2) and ports(T1,
T2) so that the wheel brakes ports(BR1, BR2) are pressureless via the returns ports(T1, T2).
(3) Partial braking
When the brake valve is actuated, an amount of hydraulic pressure is output as a ratio of the foot
force applied.
The spring assembly(8) beneath base plate(16) is designed in such a way that the braking
pressure changes depending on the angle. In the lower braking pressure range, the machine
can be slowed sensitively.
When the braking process is commenced, the upper spool is mechanically actuated via spring
assembly(8), and the lower spool is actuated hydraulically by spool. As spools(3) move
downward, they will first close returns(T1, T2) via the control edges, thus establishing a
connection between accumulator ports(P1, P2) and ports(BR1, BA2) for the wheel brake
cylinders. The foot force applied now determines the output braking pressure. The control
spools(3) are held in the control position by the force applied(Spring assembly above the spools
and the hydraulic pressure below the spool(Balance of forces).
After output of the braking pressure, spools(3) are in a partial braking position, causing ports(P1,
P2) and ports(T1, T2) to close and holding the pressure in ports(BR1, BR2).
(4) Full braking position
When pedal is fully actuated, end position of the brakes is reached and a connection established
between accumulator ports(P1, P2) and brake cylinder ports(BR1, BR2). Returns(T1, T2) are
closed at this point.
When the braking process is ended, a connection is once again established between brake
cylinder ports(BR1, BR2) and return ports(T1, T2), closing accumulator ports(P1, P2).
The arrangement of spools in the valve ensures that even if one braking circuit fails the other
remains fully operational. This is achieved by means of the mechanical actuation of both spools
and requires slightly more pedal travel.
(5) Limiting the braking pressure
Pedal restriction bolt(23) on base plate below pedal is used to limit the braking pressure.
(6) Failure of a circuit
In the event of the lower circuit failing, the upper circuit will remain operational. Spring assembly
(8) will mechanically actuate spool(28). In the event of the upper circuit failing, the lower circuit
will remain operational since the lower spool(31) is mechanically actuated by spring assembly(21)
and spool(28).
(7) Installation requirements
Return lines(T1, T2) must be connected directly to the tank.
The connecting lines must be installed is such a way as to permit proper bleeding.
4-14
(8) Maintenance of the brake valve
No special maintenance beyond the legal requirements is necessary.
When using high-pressure cleaners on the machine, please make sure that the water jet is not
aimed directly at the brake valve(To prevent damaging the bellows).
For safety reasons the whole of the brake valve must be replaced if parts other than those
listed above are damaged.
(9) Repair work
When working on the braking system, always make sure that there is absolutely no
pressure in the system. Even when the engine is switched off there will be some residual
pressure in the system.
※ When doing repair work, make sure your environment is very clean.
Immediately close all open ports on the components and on pipes using plugs.
(10) Replacing the pedal cover
Pedal cover(18) is simply pulled of by hand. The new pedal cover is pushed over pedal(17) and
tightened manually. Fasten the bellows with the strap retainers.
(11) Replacing the complete actuating mechanism
Carefully clamp the unit vertically in a fixture. The actuating mechanism can be removed by
taking out the four bolts. Make sure that spring assembly(8) does not fall out. When installing the
new actuating mechanism, make sure that spring assembly(8) is fitted in the right order. Tighten
the four bolts(25).
(12) Replacing the bellows
To change bellows(19) it is advisable to remove pedal(17). For this purpose, loosen retaining ring
(22) and knock out pin(20) using a mandrill. When knocking out the bolt, make sure that the
mandrill is applied to the side of the bolt without a knurl. Remove pedal(17) and bellows(19).
Now fit the new bellows and proceed in reverse order as described above. The upper portion of
bellows is fastened to piston(5), its lower portion to base plate(1) secure the bellows using
clamps.
4-15
5. CUT-OFF VALVE
1) STRUCTURE
3 4
5 C B
D D
P PS1
A A
C B
SECTION A - A SECTION B - B
1 2
HYDRAULIC SYMBOL
B1 A1 A2 B2
A1 A2
A3
PS
PS T1 T1
B1 B2 B
PS1
A3
B
P T
SECTION C - C SECTION D - D
7707BS06
1 Cut-off valve 4 Coil

2 Relief valve 5 Solenoid valve
3 Check valve
2) OPERATION
When the pump works, the oil under the pressure flows into P port.
The oil in P port is stored in the accumulator on A3 port.
As the pressure on P line rises to 150bar, the cut off valve(1) starts cut-offing and the oil in the P
port is unloaded. The pressure on P line goes down 120bar by the minute leakage from valve and
other factors.
At this pressure, the cut-off valve starts cut-ining.
This process is repeated in the regular period of 30~40 seconds.
4-16
6. BRAKE ACCUMULATOR
1) STRUCTURE
81L1-0004 81L1-0003
Item
(Item16) (Item17)
Diameter 121mm 136mm
Mounting height 146mm 160mm
Norminal volume 0.75m 3
1.0m3
Priming pressure 50kgf/cm2 50kgf/cm2
Operating medium Oil Oil
B
Operating pressure Max 210kgf/cm 2
Max 200kgf/cm2
Thread M18×1.5 M18×1.5
A
C Priming gas Nitrogen Nitrogen
A Fluid portion C Diaphragm

D B Gas portion D Valve disk
(770-3ATM) 4-22
2) OPERATION
(1) Purpose
Fluids are practically incompressible and are thus incapable of accumulating pressure energy. In
hydropneumatic accumulators, the compressibility of a gas is utilized to accumulate fluid. The
compressible medium used in the accumulators is nitrogen.
In braking systems, the purpose of the accumulators is to store the energy supplied by the
hydraulic pump. They are also used as an energy reserve when the pump is not working, as a
compensator for any losses through leakage, and as oscillation dampers.
(2) Operation
The accumulator consists of a fluid portion (A) and a gas portion (B) with a diaphragm (C) as a
gas-tight dividing element. The fluid portion (A) is connected to the hydraulic circuit, causing the
diaphragm accumulator to be filled and the gas volume to be compressed as the pressure rises.
When the pressure falls, the compressed gas volume will expand, thus displacing the
accumulated pressure fluid into the circuit.
The diaphragm bottom contains a valve disk (D) which, if the diaphragm accumulator is
completely empty, closes the hydraulic outlet, thus preventing damage to the diaphragm.
The accumulators can be fitted in the hydraulic circuit, directly on a component or in blocks on
suitable consoles.
They should be fitted in as cool a location as possible.
Installation can be in any position.
4-17
(4) Maintenance of the accumulator
The accumulator should be checked annually. It should be replaced if the initial gas pressure has
fallen by more than 30%(Please refer to Performance testing and checking of the accumulator).
(5) Disposal of the accumulator
Before the accumulator is scrapped, its gas filling pressure must be reduced. For this purpose,
drill a hole through gas chamber(B) using a drill approx. 3mm in diameter. The gas chamber is
located on the side opposite the threaded port above the welding seam around the center of the
accumulator.
※ Wear safety goggles when doing this job.
(6) Performance testing and checking of the accumulator
The accumulator is gradually pressurized via the test pump; until the initial gas pressure is
reached, the hydraulic pressure in the accumulator will rise abruptly. This is apparent from gauge
M. If the initial gas pressure is more than 30% below the prescribed value, the accumulator
needs to be replaced. If the measuring process needs to be repeated, wait for intervals of 3
minutes between the individual tests. Any accumulator whose initial gas pressure is insufficient
must be scrapped following the instructions under Disposal of the accumulator.
The amount of initial gas pressure can also be checked from the vehicle. Start the vehicle's
engine. The pump will now supply oil to the accumulators. Until the initial gas pressure is
reached, the hydraulic pressure in the accumulator will rise abruptly. This is apparent from the
gauge in the cab. If the initial gas pressure is more than 30% below the prescribed value, that
initial pressure lies outside the permissible range for at least one of the accumulators fitted in the
vehicle. This accumulator can be traced only by using the method described above, i.e. all
accumulators have to be individually tested. The accumulator whose initial gas pressure is
insufficient must be replaced and scrapped following the instruction under Disposal of the
accumulator.
Accumulator M
Safety valve
A
(770-3ATM) 4-23
4-18
(7) Repair work
pressure in the system. Even when the engine in switched off there will be some residual
For safety reasons the accumulators need to be replaced as a whole if damaged.
4-19
7. PRESSURE SWITCHES
1) STRUCTURE
・Normally closed
H1
H2 ・Normally open
(770-3ATM) 4-25
・ Technical data
H1 H2 Adjusting range Adjusting pressure Voltage

Item Type Medium G
mm mm kgf/cm2 kgf/cm2 V
Parking NC Oil M12×1.5 55 9 20 ~ 50 21 ± 2 Max 42

Charging NC Oil M12×1.5 55 9 50 ~ 150 100 ± 10 Max 42
Brake stop NO Oil M12×1.5 55 9 1 ~ 10 5±1 Max 42
Clutch cut-off NO Oil PF 1/4" 55 9 20 ~ 50 24 ± 2 Max 42
NC : Normally closed NO : Normally open
4-20
2) OPERATION
(1) Purpose
The pressure switches are used to visually or audibly warn the driver of the pressure within the
system.
(2) Make contact / circuit closer
The pressure switch can be fitted in the braking system or directly on one of its components.
The system pressure acts on an absorption area within the switch, making an electrical contact as
the pressure on that area is increased. The resulting current is used to activate a warning facility,
for instance.
(3) Break contact / circuit breaker
The pressure switch can be fitted in the braking system or directly on one of its components.
The system pressure acts on a absorption area within the switch, breaking an electrical contact
as the pressure on that area is increased. The current is now broken, e.g. to deactivate a
warning facility.
No special measures need to be taken.
(5) Maintenance of the pressure switch
When using high-pressure cleaners on the vehicle, please make sure that the water jet is not
directed at the pressure switch(Corrosion of contacts).
(6) Repair work
pressure in the system. Even when the engine is switched off there will be some residual
※ For safety reasons the pressure switch needs to be replaced as a whole if damaged.
4-21
(7) Adjusting and testing pressure switch
The adjusting screw located between the two contact plugs can be set to the desired value within
a certain range. For adjusting range, please refer to the table Technical data on the previous
page.
After making the adjustment, the adjusting screw should be secured using wax or a similar
material.
(-)
(+) Screw
(770-3ATM) 4-25
4-22
8. PARKING BRAKE
25
24
1
22 6
21
7
23
2 9
29
28
26
12
1011 16
8 17
14
13
15
8
19
27
18
20
6
Flange
5
3 4
7706BS06
1 Caliper bracket 11 Magnet 21 Breather

2 Bolt 12 Piston 22 Cap
3 Disc 13 Ring 23 Bolt
4 Bolt 14 Plate ring 24 Nut
5 Spring washer 15 Lock plate 25 Split pin
6 Brake caliper 16 Pin 26 Ring
7 Body 17 Nut 27 Seal
8 Pad 18 Cover 28 Ring
9 Shuttle 19 O-ring 29 O-ring
10 Ring 20 Bolt
4-23
1. OPERATIONAL CHECKS
This procedure is designed so the mechanic can make a quick check of the system using a minimum
amount of diagnostic equipment. If you need additional information, read structure and function,
Group 1.
If verification is needed, you will be given next best source of information:
Chapter 2 : Troubleshooting
Group 3 : Tests and adjustments
4-24
※Hydraulic oil must be at operating temperature for these checks(Refer to page 6-50).
Parking brake capacity Start engine. OK

check 2 3 Check completed.
Fasten seat belt.
Seat belt must be worn 1 4
10 20
NOT OK
while doing this check to Release parking brake and put
0 0
mph
30
5 Inspect parking brake. Go
prevent possible injury Km/h
transmission in 2nd gear forward.
to group 3.
when machine stops
Drive machine at 8 km/hr and
suddenly.
switch parking brake ON.
LOOK/FEEL : Machine must
come to a stop within 2 meters(6
feet) when parking brake is
engaged at 8 km/hr.
Transmission must shift to neutral.
Parking brake Turn parking brake to ON. OK

transmission lockout Check completed.
Place transmission in 1st forward.
check
NOT OK
Engine running. Slowly increase engine speed to
Go to transmission control
high idle.
circuit in section 3.
LOOK : Machine must not move.
4-25
Service brake pump Stop engine. OK

flow check Check completed.
Operate brake pedal approximately 20
※ Hydraulic oil must be at NOT OK
times.
operating temperature Check for brake circuit
Start engine and run at low idle.
for the check. leakage.
Engine OFF. Record number of seconds
required for low brake pressure Go to next page.
indicator lamp to go out. IF OK
LOOK : Indicator lamp must go Install a cap on line
out in less than 4 seconds from connected to inlet of brake
time engine starts. valve and repeat pump
flow check.
NOTE : Indicator will not come on
approximately 1 second after If time does not decrease,
starting engine. check for worn brake
pump. Go to brake pump
flow test, in section 3.
Turn clutch cut-off switch OFF. OK

Service brake capacity Check completed.
Apply service brakes, release
check
park brake and put transmission NOT OK
Engine running. Check brake pressure in
in 2nd forward.
group 3.
Increase engine speed to high
idle. IF OK
Inspect brake disk, see
LOOK : Machine may not move group 3.
or move at a very slow speed.
Repeat check three times to
ensure accurate results.
4-26
Brake accumulator Start and run engine for 30 OK
precharge check seconds. Check completed.
※ The axles and
Stop engine and turn start switch NOT OK
hydraulic oil must be at
to ON and wait 5 seconds. Make sure brake pedal is
operating temperature
not binding and keeping
for this check. NOTE : Engine oil pressure lamp
brakes partially engaged.
will be on due to no engine oil
pressure. Bleed brakes in group 3.
Count the number of times the Check brake system
brake pedal can be fully depressed pressure in group 3.
before the low brake pressure
NOT OK
warning lamp comes ON.
If light comes on with
LOOK : Warning lamp must come engine running,
on in 1-5 applications. accumulator has lost it's
charge. Inspect and
Start engine and operate at low
recharge accumulator,
idle.
group 3.
Observe cluster while applying
brake pedal with maximum force.
LOOK/LISTEN : Brake pressure
indicator must not come ON.
Brake system leakage ON Start engine and wait 30 seconds. OK

Stop engine.
NOT OK
Wait 2 minutes.
If brake leakage is
Turn start switch to ON and wait 5 indicated with brakes
seconds. released, check leakage at
accumulator inlet check
LOOK : Brake oil pressure
valve and brake valve. If
warning lamp must not come on
brake leakage is indicated
within 2 minutes after stopping
with brakes applied, check
engine.
for leakage at brake valve
and brake pistons.
Check individual
component leakage.
4-27
Service brake pedal Slowly depress brake pedal. OK

Listen for a hissing noise that
indicates oil is flowing to brake NOT OK
pistons. Inspect for debris under
brake pedal. Inspect
LISTEN/FEEL : A hissing noise
clutch cut-off linkage.
must be heard when pedal is
depressed.
Service and parking Position machine on gradual OK

brake system drag slope. Check completed.
checks
Lower bucket approximately
Engine running NOT OK
50mm(2 in) from ground.
Adjust park brake, go to
Release parking and service group 3.
brakes.
NOT OK
LOOK : Machine must move or
Check floor mat
coast.
interference to pedal or
NOTE : If machine does not debris build-up.
move, check brake pedals to be
sure they fully release when feet IF OK
are removed from pedals. Check for brake pressure
when brake is released.
Drive machine at high speed for
about 5 minutes.
Go to brake pressure test
Brake drag is indicated if brake on group 3.
areas in differential case are hot.
NOTE : Observe parking brake.
If disk is hot, parking brake drag is
indicated.
Clutch cut-off check Place clutch cut-off switch in ON OK

position. Check completed.
Release parking brake. NOT OK
Adjust clutch cut-off switch,
Run engine at half speed in 1st
see group 3.
forward.
Firmly depress brake pedal.
FEEL : Transmission must
disengage when brake pedal is
depressed at 30% of pedal stroke.
NOTE : Clutch cut-off pressure
switch can be adjusted to operator
preference to match your loading
needs.
4-28
2. TROUBLESHOOTING
1) SERVICE BRAKE
Diagnose malfunction charts are arranged from most probable and simplest to verify, to least likely,
more difficult to verify. Remember the following steps when troubleshooting a problem :
Step 1. Operational check out procedure(See section 1)
Step 2. Operational checks(In this group)
Step 4. Tests and adjustments(See group 3)
Poor or no brakes Brake accumulator charge low Do brake accumulator check.

Brake pump standby pressure Do brake pump standby pressure test.
low
Brake pressure low Do brake valve pressure test.
Air in system Bleed brakes.
Worn brake surface material Inspect brake surface material.
Leakage in brake valve Do brake valve leakage test.
Leakage in brake piston seal Check for an over filled differential.
Apply brakes and check for leakage from check
plug.
※It is normal for the oil level to be slightly
above the check plug.
Aggressive brakes Internal restriction in circuit Remove lines and components.

Clutch cut-off switch out of Adjust switch.
adjustment
Brake valve malfunction Disassemble and inspect.
Low oil level Check oil level.
Brakes drag Brake pedal not returning Inspect floor mat and pedal.
properly
Debris holding valve partially Do brake valve pressure test.
open in brake valve
Warped brake disk Inspect brake disk.
Stuck brake piston Repair.
Brakes lock up Brake valve malfunction Clean or replace brake valve.
4-29
Brakes chatter Air in brake system Do brake bleed procedure.

Worn brake surface material Inspect brake surface material.
Wrong oil in differential Drain. Refill.
Hissing noise when Leakage in brake valve, or brake Do brake system leakage test.
brake pedal is held with piston
engine stopped
Brake pressure warning Malfunction in brake low Replace switch.

light will not go out or pressure warning switch
stays on excessively
Brake accumulator pressure too Recharge accumulator.
long after start-up
low
Low brake pump standby Do brake pump standby pressure test.
pressure setting.
Leakage in pressure reducing Do pressure reducing valve manifold leakage test.
manifold block
Do brake system components leakage tests.
Leakage in brake system
Do brake pump flow test.
Worn brake pump
Do parking brake pressure test.
Leakage in parking brake
solenoid
4-30
2) PARKING BRAKE MALFUNCTIONS
Brake will not hold Pads not adjusted correctly Adjust parking brake.
Malfunctioning parking brake Inspect and replace.
solenoid
Worn brake disk and / or brake Disassemble, inspect, repair.
pads
Brake piston hangs up in bore Remove and inspect. Repair.
Brake disk overheats Pads out of adjustment Adjust parking brake.

Brake not released Release parking brake.
Disassemble, inspect brake.
Repair if necessary.
Inspect for loosen or broken lines between brake
pressure switch and indicator on dash.
Parking brake indicator Faulty wiring or switch Inspect for loose or broken lines between brake
in monitor does not pressure switch and indicator on dash.
come on when brake Inspect for a faulty indicator on dash. Replace if
applied necessary.
Brake will not apply Pads out of adjustment Adjust parking brake.
Malfunctioning wiring, switch, or Check electric circuit.
solenoid
Restriction between brake valve Remove hose and inspect. Replace.
and brake
4-31
1. PARKING BRAKE PERFORMANCE

1) MEASUREMENT CONDITION
(1) Tire inflation pressure:Specified pressure
(2) Road surface : Flat, dry, paved surface
with 1/5(11°
20') gradient.
(3) Machine : In operating condition 20%

gradient 11 20'
Item Standard valve
Parking brake Keep machine on 20%
performance (11°
20') gradient 7707BS16
2) MEASURING PROCEDURE
(1) Start the engine and drive the machine
straight up a 1/5 gradient with the bucket
unloaded.
(2) Depress the service brake, place the gear
selector lever in neutral, then stop the
engine.
(3) Turn the parking brake switch ON, then
20%
slowly release the service brake pedal 11 20' gradient
and the machine must be kept stopped.
※ The measurement must be made with
the machine facing either up or down
the slope. 7707BS17
2. EXTERNAL BRAKE INSPECTION

Inspect for wear of brake pad.
Adjust the gap(each 0.125~0.25mm) by adjust
nut(1). 1
Brake disc
7707BS26
4-32
3. HYDRAULIC BRAKE BLEEDING PROCEDURE
Escaping fluid under pressure can
penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure
before disconnecting hydraulic or other
lines. Tighten all connections before
applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of
Breather vent B
cardboard. Protect hands and body from
high pressure fluids. Air breather
※ If an accident occurs, see a doctor Breather vent

immediately. Any fluid injected into the
skin must be surgically removed within a
few hours or gangrene may result.
Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury
should reference a knowledgeable A
medical source.
Two people are required to bleed brake
system oil, one to operate brake valve and
other to open and close bleed screws.
1) Install frame locking bar. Engage parking
brake.
2) Put a clear plastic tube on bleed screw(B)
to route low to hydraulic reservoir filler tube
or container(A).
3) Start engine and run at low idle.
4) Push and hold brake pedal down until
brake bleeding procedure is complete.
※ If bubbles continue for more than 2 Safety lock bar
minutes, stop bleeding procedure.
Check for and correct problem, then
continue.
5) Open on bleed screw on differential and
axle assembly until hydraulic oil starts to
flow. Close bleed screw when oil is free of
air. Release brake pedal.
6) Repeat steps 1-5 for each bleed screw.
7) Push either brake pedal and hold down.
8) Check hydraulic oil level. 7707BS18
4-33
1. BRAKE PUMP
1) STRUCTURE
17 Brake pump
16
2
3 11
13
14 15
23 18
22 19
21 18
7
18
1716 3 10
3
A 9 A
12
14
15 18
20
6
1 5
8
Fan pump 4
7707BS19
1 Body 9 Driven gear 17 Backing ring

2 Body 10 Driver gear 18 Body O-ring
3 Dowel pin 11 Driven gear 19 Intermediate plate
4 Front cover 12 Bushing 20 Coupling
5 Shaft seal 13 Bushing 21 Rear cover
6 Bushing 14 Bushing seal 22 Spring washer
7 Bushing 15 Backing ring 23 Screw
8 Driver gear 16 Bushing seal
4-34
2) DISASSEMBLY
17
16
2
3 11
13
14 15
23 18
22 19
21 18
7
18
1716 3 10
3
A 9 A
12
14
15 18
20
6
1 5
8
4
7707BS25
※ Before disassembling ensure that the unit itself, bench and tools are thoroughly clean.
(1) Lightly mark the rear cover(21), body(2) and plate(19) to ensure reassembly in the correct
position.
(2) Remove the bolts(23) and separate the brake pump unit from the fan pump using a soft faced
hammer.
(3) Remove splined coupling(20).
(4) Remove the plate(19) from the body(2), free from plate using a soft faced hammer.
(5) Remove the backing ring(15), the seal element(14) and the body O-ring(18).
(6) Remove the rear cover(21) from the body(2).
(7) Remove the backing ring(17), the seal element(16) and the body O-ring(18).
※ Before removing the internal components each bushing(7, 13) must be marked to denote its
location within the body. On the plain area of the bush away from the seal location, lightly mark.
(8) With the unit laying on its side grasp hold of the drive shaft(10) and pull it squarely out of the
body(2) bringing the bushing(13) with it.
(9) Remove the driven gear(11) and the remaining bushing(7).
4-35
3) INSPECTION AND REPAIR
(1) Assessment
Each components should be thoroughly cleaned, carefully examined and assessed for suitability
re-use. Below is a guide for inspecting the various components.
(2) Body
① Inspect the body bore cut-in where both gears wipe into the body.
② The body can only be re-used if the cut-in is bright and polished in appearance and the depth
does not exceed 0.15mm(0.006").
③ The body should be replaced if the surface is scored, has a matt appearance or shows signs that
the tip of the gears have dug in and torn away the surface material.
④ The body should be inspected to ensure that there is no superficial damage which may adversely
effect performance or sealing. Pay particular attention to the port threads and body O-ring seal
recesses.
(3) Plate and cover
① The inner surfaces should be inspected to ensure that there is no unusual wear or scoring in the
regions where the body O-rings and backing rings contact, which result in external leakage.
② Check the shaft seal recess for scoring or damage that could result in oil leakage around the
outer diameter of the shaft seal. Replacement shaft seals can be refitted with Loctite hydraulic
sealant to overcome slight damage in this area.
(4) Bushes
① The side faces which abut the gears should be perfectly flat showing no sign of scoring.
Characteristically there are bright polished areas on this surface caused by loading against the
gear side faces, which is often more pronounced on the low pressure side. The bush should be
replaced if there is any general scoring or fine scoring with a matt appearance or tearing of the
surface material. Often there is a witness where the tips of the opposing gears have wiped an
overlap reassembling a half moon shape. There must be no noticeable wear step as it is critical
that the bush side face is completely flat to the gear side face.
② The bearing liners are acceptable providing that they are not scored or show other damage. The
general outside area of the bush should not show any prominent signs of wear.
(5) Gears
① The gear side faces should be examined for bruising or scoring. Often operation on
contaminated fluid shows scoring between the root of the gear and the journal undercut, which
leaves a wear step. If a wear step can be felt, coincidental with the root diameter, by drawing a
sharp pointed tool across the surface from the undercut outwards towards the tip of the gear,
then the gear is unserviceable.
② The gear teeth should then be carefully examined to ensure that there are no signs of bruising or pitting.
③ The journal bearing surfaces should be completely free from scoring or bruising. The surface
should appear highly polished and smooth to touch.
④ Examine the area where the shaft seal lips run on the drive shaft, this shows up as a polished
ring or rings. If a noticeable groove can be felt or there is scoring the shaft should be replaced.
⑤ Provided the drive shaft is not damaged from the drive-coupling and the gears have not been
harmed as described above, then the gears can be re-used. If, however, the gears are
damaged they must be replaced as a matched pair.
⑥ As a matter of good practice, when pumps have been disassembled, all the seals should be
replaced. It is most important that only the genuine seals are used.
4-36
4) ASSEMBLY
17
16
2
3 11
13
14 15
23 18
22 19
21 18
7
18
1716 3 10
3
A 9 A
12
14
15 18
20
6
1 5
8
4
7707BS25
※ Ensure that all parts are perfectly clean and lightly lubricate the bushes and gears with hydraulic
oil(Ensure body O-ring recess and end faces remain free from oil). This will assist with their
assembly when they are later fitted into the body.
(1) Refit the bushing(7) into the undowelled end of the body(2) from where they were removed.
(2) Place the rear cover(21) against the body(2) and then stand the assembly on the cover so that
the hollow dowels are uppermost, i.e. the bushing should be at the bottom with the bushings
against the cover.
(3) Fit the drive shaft(10) and driven gear(11) back into their original positions in the body(2).
(4) Refit the plate bushing(13) into their original bores.
(5) Fit the new body O-ring(18).
(6) Fit the new seal element(14) and backing ring(15) to the bushing.
(7) Carefully refit the plate(19) to the body(2). If the plate(19) is not fitted squarely the backup
seal(14) may become misplaced and trapped, resulting in internal damage if the unit is run in this
condition.
4-37
ASSEMBLY
17
16
2
3 11
13
14 15
23 18
22 19
21 18
7
18
1716 3 10
3
A 9 A
12
14
15 18
20
6
1 5
8
4
7707BS25
(8) Fit coupling(20) to the plate(19).

(9) Holding the whole unit together carefully turn it over, making sure it is supported on the spacer
plate(19) not the shaft.
(10) Slide off the rear over and fit seals as in(5) and (6) above.
(11) Fit the rear cover(21), taking care not to dislodge the backup seal(16) and bolt(23) the unit
together.
・Tightening torque : 4.8kgf・m(35lbf・ft)
※ Pour a small amount of oil into a port and check that the shaft can be rotated without undue force
using a smooth jawed hand wrench hooked around the shaft or a suitable half coupling locked
against the key.
4-38
5) RUNNING-IN
Pressure gauge
Test unit Variable

Microbic restrictor
filter
Flow
meter
Relief valve
Strainer
Tank
(730TM-3C) 4-48
(1) A unit which has been re-assembled with either new gears, bushes or body, must be carefully
run-in before it is subjected to full working conditions.
(2) Ideally this should be done on a test rig(See figure) where pressure can be gradually applied and
any wipings from the body cut-in arrested by filters.
(3) It is recommended that the unit is run-in at 1500rpm, initially, at zero pressure for one minute then
in stages with the pressure increased by 500psi every minute, until maximum rated pressure has
been attained. Frequently check the system temperature, ensuring that it does not exceed the
maximum permissible figure of 80° C. If the temperature exceeds the system or unit specification
the test must be delayed and operated off-load until acceptable temperatures are obtained.
4-39

1. OUTLINE
The steering system of this machine consists of a fixed-displacement pump supplying a load sensing
steering system and an open center loader system.
The components of the steering system are :
・Steering pump
・Steering valve(EHPS)
・Steering unit
・Cushion valve
・Steering cylinders
The steering pump, the first pump of main pump, draws hydraulic oil from the hydraulic tank.
Outlet flow from the pump flows to the priority valve of steering valve. The of steering valve
preferentially supplies flow, on demand, to the steering unit. When the machine is steered, the
steering unit routes flow to the steering cylinders to articulate the machine.
When the machine is not being steered, or if pump flow is greater than steering flow, the priority valve
supplies flow to the loader system.
That is, output flow from the steering pump enters into the second pump of main pump for the
operation of the attachment.
5-1
10
LH RH 7
6 CL CR
Priority valve spool

Ps
21MPa
Ts
EF P LS T
5 L R
MCV
P T
RCV lever
Brake system Fan drive moter
2 1
Return line
25
Return line
26
27 28 Return line
24
7607SE01
1 Main pump(Steering) 24 Oil cooler

2 Brake & fan pump 25 Air breather
5 Steering unit 26 Hydraulic tank
6 Steering valve(EHPS) 27 Return filter
7 Cushion valve 28 Bypass valve
10 Steering cylinder
5-2
1) NEUTRAL
10
LH RH 7
6 CL CR
Ps
21MPa
D Ts
EF P LS T
5 L R
MCV
P T
RCV lever
2 1 A
Return line
25
Return line
26
27 28 Return line
24
7607SE02
・ The steering wheel is not being operated so control spool(G) does not move.
・ The oil from the steering pump(A) enters port P of the priority valve in steering valve(EHPS) and the
inlet pressure oil moves the spool(D) to the right.
・ Almost all of pump flow goes to the loader system(main control valve) through the EF port and partly
flows into the hydraulic tank(26) throught the spool(D).
5-3
2) LEFT TURN
10
LH RH 7
6 CL CR
CF Ps
21MPa
Ts
EF P LS T
5 L R
MCV
P T
RCV lever
2 1
Return line
25
Return line
26
27 28 Return line
24
7607SE03
・ When the steering wheel is turned to the left, the pressure oil from the steering unit fill on the left side
chamber of main steering spool(M), and main steering spool moves to the right in the direction.
・ At the same time of moving of main steering spool, LS signal will be blocked.
・ If LS signal of main steering spool is blocked, it cause to increase pressure of left chamber of priority
valve and then priority valve to be pushed to left side.
Consequently, oil will flow via CF of priority valve to main spool. That oil will push steering cylinder
rod out and it will cause wheel loader to be steered to left side.
・ The rate of movement of main steering spool is concluded as flow rate, which is kept in left chamber
from steering unit. Furthermore the rate controls speed of movement for cylinder.
5-4
3) RIGHT TURN
10
LH RH 7
6 CL CR
CF Ps
21MPa
Ts
EF P LS T
5 L R
MCV
P T
RCV lever
2 1
Return line
25
Return line
26
27 28 Return line
24
7607SE04
・ When the steering wheel is turned to the right, the pressure oil from the steering unit fill on the right
side chamber of main steering spool(M), and main steering spool moves to the left in the direction.
・ At the same time of moving of main steering spool, LS signal will be blocked.
・ If LS signal of main steering spool is blocked, it cause to increase pressure of left chamber of priority
valve and then priority valve to be pushed to left side. Consequently, oil will flow via CF of priority
valve to main spool. That oil will push steering cylinder rod out and it will cause wheel loader to be
steered to right side.
・ The rate of movement of main steering spool is concluded as flow rate, which is kept in right chamber
from steering unit. Furthermore the rate controls speed of movement for cylinder.
5-5
3. STEERING VALVE(EHPS)
1) STRUCTURE
1 6
L CL CR R
CL CR
T TS Steering
valve Shock valves
block
LS EF P PS Suction valves
L
Main spool
R
S3
KV2
KV1
7 2 8 3 9 4 10 11 5 12
EF 12bar
CF Ps
Pressure
30bar reducing
valve Ts
EF P LS T
Hydraulic circuit
13 14
15 17
18
16
7607SE11
1 To tank 7 From steering unit L port 13 Relief valve

2 To emergency system 8 Shock & suction valve(Left side) 14 Check valve
3 To main control valve 9 To steering cylinder(Left side) 15 Main steering spool
4 From main pump 10 To steering cylinder(Right side) 16 Pressure reducing valve
5 To steering unit P port 11 Shock & suction valve(Right side) 17 Metering spool
6 From steering unit T port 12 From steering unit R port 18 Priority spool
5-6
2) OPERATION
(1) Neutral
CL CR
Shock valves
Suction valves 15
KV1 S3 KV2 17
16
18A CF Ps
Pressure L R
reducing
valve
Ts P T
LS P EF T
18
7607SE12
・ In neutral position, the oil will pass from the pump across the integrated priority valve(18) in the
steering valve for discharge through the EF port. When the steering unit is in neutral, flow through it
is blocked and all flow through the priority valve(18) in steering valve is directed out the EF port and
passed to the main control valve.
・ When the engine is turned off, the priority valve spool(18) is pushed to the right by the spring. The
passage to the EF port is blocked while the passage to the CF port is open.
・ When the machine is started, EF port of the steering valve may be connected to the working
hydraulic. Maximum pressure on the EF port = 210bar.
・ The operating pressure in the loader system has not effected on the operation of the priority
valve(18) of steering valve. Independently of operation of the loader actuated in relief, the priority
valve(18) will not shift until the machine is steered.
・ A part of flow through the priority valve spool(18) will flow to P port of steering unit through pressure
reducing valve. Also flow as pilot signal of steering through the priority valve spool(18) passes from
the P port through the dynamic orifice and into the LS line. It flows to the tank through the LS orifice
in main spool.
・ In neutral position, the main spool will be in its center position. This means that knocks and impacts
from the cylinder are not transmitted to the steering unit. The steering valve is thus of the non-
reaction type.
5-7
(2) Turning left
CL CR
Shock valves
Suction valves 15
KV1 S3 KV2 17
16
18A CF Ps
Pressure L R
reducing
valve
P T
Ts
LS P EF T
18
7607SE13
・ When the steering wheel is turned to the left, the pressure oil from the steering unit fill on the left
side chamber of main steering spool(15), and main steering spool(15) moves to the right in the
direction.
・ At the same time of moving of main steering spool(15), LS signal will be blocked.
・ If LS signal of main steering spool(15) is blocked, it cause to increase pressure of left chamber of
priority valve(18A) and then priority valve(18) to be pushed to right side.
Consequently, oil will flow via CF of priority valve to main spool. That oil will push steering cylinder
rod out and it will cause wheel loader to be steered to left side.
・ The rate of movement of main steering spool(15) is concluded as flow rate, which is kept in left
chamber from steering unit. Furthermore the rate controls speed of movement for cylinder.
・ When the cylinder reaches to end position, pressure of oil flowing through main steering spool(15)
will get to be increased. If the oil pressure increase up to relief pressure to be set, relief valve will be
activated. It result in decreasing pressure of left chamber of priority valve(18A), and will push
priority valve(18) to right side. Then, oil flow to cylinder will be blocked.
5-8
(3) Turning right
CL CR
Shock valves
Suction valves 15
KV1 S3 KV2 17
16
18A CF Ps
Pressure L R
reducing
valve
P T
Ts
LS P EF T
18
7607SE14
・ When the steering wheel is turned to the right, the pressure oil from the steering unit fill on the right
side chamber of main steering spool(15), and main steering spool(15) moves to the left in the
direction.
・ At the same time of moving of main steering spool(15), LS signal will be blocked.
・ If LS signal of main steering spool(15) is blocked, it cause to increase pressure of left chamber of
priority valve(18A) and then priority valve(18) to be pushed to right side. Consequently, oil will flow
via CF of priority valve to main spool. that oil will push steering cylinder rod out and it will cause
wheel loader to be steered to right side.
・ The rate of movement of main steering spool(15) is concluded as flow rate, which is kept in right
chamber from steering unit. Furthermore the rate controls speed of movement for cylinder.
・ When the cylinder reaches to end position, pressure of oil flowing through main steering spool(15)
will get to be increased. If the oil pressure increase up to relief pressure to be set, relief valve will be
activated. It result in decreasing pressure of left chamber of priority valve(18A), and will push
priority valve(18) to right side. Then, oil flow to cylinder will be blocked.
5-9
(4) Pressure reducing valves
1 2 3
7607SE15
・ Pressure reducing valve is a valve, which is supplying pilot oil to steering unit.
That is one of advantage of steering system adopting steering valve.
・ Pressure reducing valves are pressure-limiting devices that limit pressure in one portion of a circuit
while leaving system pressure unaffected.
Pressure reducing valves allow flow to pass from(1) to (2) until the pressure at (1) reaches the
predetermined setting, at which point the spool shifts to restrict input flow from(1) (reducing mode)
or to open flow from (2) to (3) (relieving mode) as needed to maintain the regulated pressure at (2).
(5) Relief valve
1 2 3 4 5
7607SE16
1 Plastic plug 4 Thrust pad

2 Adjustment screw 5 Valve seat
3 Spring
FUNCTION
The main relief valve is inside the steering valve, and set the maximum circuit pressure of the
steering circuit.
When the steering valve is being actuated, if the steering circuit goes up above the set pressure of
this valve, oil will be relieved, the priority valve spool will be actuated, and the oil will be flow to EF
port.
5-10
4. STEERING UNIT
1) STRUCTURE
1 7
2 8
3 9
4 10
A A
5
11
6
12
SECTION A - A
7607SE17
1 Bearing 5 Gear wheel 9 Spool

2 Neutral position spring 6 Gear rim 10 Check valve
3 Cross pin 7 Sleeve 11 Distributor plate
4 Housing 8 Cardan shaft 12 End cover
2) OPERATION
The steering unit consists of a rotary valve and a rotary meter.
Via a steering column the steering unit is connected to the steering wheel of the machine.
When the steering wheel is turned, oil is directed from the steering system pump via the rotary
valve (spool and sleeve) and rotary meter(gear wheel set) to the cylinder ports L or R, depending
on the direction of turn. The rotary meter meters the oil flow to the steering cylinder in proportion to
the angular rotation of the steering wheel.
Spool(9) is connected directly to the drive shaft of steering wheel. It is connected to sleeve(7) by
cross pin(3) (not in contact with the spool when the steering wheel is at neutral) and neutral position
spring(2).
Cardan shaft(8) is meshed at the top with cross pin(3) and forms one unit with sleeve(7).
At the same time, it is meshed with gear rim(5) of the gerotor set by spline.
There are four ports in valve body. They are connected to the pump circuit, tank circuit, and the
head, and left and right steering cylinder. In addition, the pump port and tank port are connected
inside the body by the check valve. Therefore, if there is any failure in the pump of engine, oil can
be sucked in directly from the tank through the check valve.
5-11
5. CUSHION VALVE
1) STRUCTURE
B A
B A
13
16 15 5 14 8 1 2 3 6 7 5 4
17 13 12 11 10 9
SECTION B - B SECTION A - A
7607SE18
1 Housing 7 Back ring 13 Plug

2 Poppet 8 Orifice 14 Plug
3 Spring 9 Plug 15 Spring
4 Valve seat 10 O-ring 16 Poppet
5 O-ring 11 Spring 17 Plug
6 O-ring 12 Spool
5-12
2) OPERATION
B A L R
B A
16 8 2 3
Check valve Pilot valve

section section
Main valve
section
SECTION B - B SECTION A - A
12 11 9
7607SE19
The cushion valve is a valve that eliminates steering jerk motion. It makes a higher pressurized oil to
flow into another line in order to prevent the shock on steering system.
The pressure by rapid supplied pressurized oil from R port is higher than the spring(3) force, so it press
and open the poppet(2). Then the oil flows to the central groove of the spool(12), and flows to L port
through the poppet of the check valve(16) on L port side.
At this time, this pressurized oil flows to the pressure area of the plug(9) through the orifice(8), and this
force is higher than the spring(11) force plus the oil pressure on L port side, so the spool(12) is shifted to
the right. The flow of the supplied oil to L port side through the poppet(2) from R port side is trapped.
The flow of this instant oil makes the function of the cushion. After this operation, the normal steering
operation is not affected because this valve is not operated any longer.
Also, for the response of the pressure when the operation is slow as a cushion effect is not required, the
spool(12) is closed before the poppet(2) is opened, so this valve is not operated.
5-13
6. STEERING CYLINDER
1) STRUCTURE
9,8 3 12 6,5 7 10,11 4 2 1 13 14 15 16 18 17 19,20
7607SE05
1 Tube assembly 8 Dust wiper 15 Piston seal

2 Rod assembly 9 Snap ring 16 Wear ring
3 Gland 10 O-ring 17 Lock nut
4 Bushing 11 Back up ring 18 Set screw
5 Rod seal 12 O-ring 19 Spherical bearing
6 Back up ring 13 Piston 20 Retaining ring
7 Buffer ring 14 O-ring
2) OPERATION
This machine use to cross connected cylinder for steering operation.
The steering cylinder use a gland(3) to remove piston and sealed seals. Dust wiper(8) located on
the in side of the gland protects cylinder inner parts from dust. The piston(13) is fastened to the
rod(2) by a nut(17).
The piston uses a single wear ring(16) with a piston seal(15) to seal between the piston and tube.
The gland seals against the tube with two O-rings. The rod is sealed against the gland with a rod
seal(5).
5-14
This procedure is designed so the service man can make a quick check of the steering system using
a minimum amount of diagnostic equipment. If you need additional information, prefer to structure
and function in group 1.
Locate system check in the left column and read completely, following this sequence from left to right.
needed. If problem is indicated(NOT OK), you will be give repair required and group location. If
verification is needed, you will be give next best source of information :
・Chapter 2 : Troubleshooting
・Group 3 : Tests and adjustments
5-15
※Hydraulic oil must be at operating temperature for these checks(Refer to page 6-50).
Steering unit check Run engine at low idle. OK

Check completed.
A
Turn steering wheel until frames are
at maximum right(A) and then NOT OK
left(B) positions. Go to next check.
B
LOOK : Frames must move
smoothly in both directions.
When steering wheel is stopped,
frames must stop.
FEEL : Excessive effort must not
be required to turn steering wheel.
NOTE : It is normal for steering to
drift from stops when steering
wheel is released.
Steering system leakage Turn steering wheel rapidly until OK

check frames are against stop. Check completed.
Heat hydraulic oil to Left Right
Hold approximately 2kg on steering NOT OK
operating temperature.
wheel. Do steering system leakage
Run engine at high idle.
test in group 3 to isolate
Count steering wheel revolutions
the leakage.
for 1 minute.
Repeat test in opposite direction.
LOOK : Steering wheel should
rotate less than 7rpm.
NOTE : Use good judgment;
Excessive steering wheel rpm does
not mean steering will be affected.
Priority valve(In steering Park machine on a hard surface. OK

valve) low pressure check Check completed.
Hold brake pedal down.
NOT OK
Do priority valve pressure
Steer machine to the right and left test in group 3.
as far as possible.
LOOK : Machine must turn at least
half way to the right and left stops.
Priority valve(In steering Steer to steering stop and release OK

valve) high pressure steering wheel. Check completed.
check Roll bucket back and hold over NOT OK
relief and observe engine rpm. Priority pressure is set too
Run engine at high idle. high. Do priority valve
Turn steering wheel to steering stop
pressure test in group 3.
and hold, observe engine rpm.
LOOK : Steering stall engine rpm
must be higher than hydraulic stall
rpm.
5-16
2. TROUBLESHOOTING
※ Diagnose malfunction charts are arranged from most probable and simplest to verify, to least likely,
more difficult to verify. Remember the following steps when troubleshooting a problem :
Step 1. Operational check out procedure(See group 3 in section 1)
Step 2. Operational checks(In this group)
Step 4. Tests and adjustments(See group 3)
No steering Low oil level Add recommended oil.

Failed steering pump Remove and inspect return filter for metal
pump particles.
Failed main pump drive Do main pump flow test.
Stuck priority valve spool Remove and inspect priority valve spool.
Broken priority valve spring Remove and inspect spring.
Relief valve in steering valve stuck open. Do relief cartridge leakage test in group 3.
No hydraulic functions Faulty or misadjusted pilot supply unit Do pilot supply unit test in group 3.
steering normal valve
Stuck open system relief valve Replace relief valve.
Locked safety valve Unlock safety valve.
Plugged pilot line filter Inspect and replace.
Failed hydraulic pump Remove and inspect the pump.
Low secodary pressure of RCV Check the pressure and replace if
necessary.
5-17
Slow or hard steering Too much friction in the mechanical parts of Lubricate bearings and joints of steering
the machine column or repair if necessary.
Check steering column installation.
Cold oil Warm the hydraulic oil.
Low priority valve pressure setting Do priority valve pressure test in group 3.
Clean or replace cartridge in steering valve.
Worn hydraulic pump Do hydraulic pump performance check .
Sticking priority valve spool Remove and inspect.
Broken priority valve spring Remove and inspect.
Constant steering to Air in system Check for foamy oil.

maintain straight travel
Leakage in steering system Do steering system leakage check.
Worn steering unit Do steering system leakage check.
Do steering unit neutral leakage test in
group 3.
Leaf spring without spring force or broken Replace leaf springs.
Spring in double shock valve broken Replace shock valve.
Gear wheel set worn Replace gear wheel set.
Cylinder seized or piston seals worn Replace defects parts.
Slow steering wheel Leakage in steering unit gerotor Do steering system leakage check.
movement will not cause
Worn steering unit gerotor Do steering leakage check.
any frame movement
Steering wheel can be Leakage in steering system Do steering system leakage check.
turned with frames
against steering stop
Steering wheel turns with Broken steering column or splined coupling Remove and inspect.
no resistance and causes
Lack of oil in steering unit Start engine and check steering operation.
no frame movement
Leakage in steering system Do steering system leakage test in group 3.
5-18
Erratic steering Air in oil Check for foamy oil.

Low oil level Add recommended oil.
Sticking priority valve spool Remove and inspect spool.
Loose cylinder piston Remove rod to inspect piston.
Damaged steering unit Remove and inspect.
Spongy or soft steering Air in oil Check for foamy oil.

Low oil level Add recommended oil.
Free play at steering Loose steering wheel nut Tighten.

wheel
Worn or damaged splines on steering Inspect.
column or unit
Steering unit binding or Binding in steering column or misalignment Inspect.

steering wheel does not of column
immediately return to
High return pressure Check for a pinched or damaged return
neutral when released
line.
Contamination in steering unit Inspect hydraulic filter for contamination.
Repair cause of contamination. Flush
hydraulic system.
Large particles of contamination in steering Inspect hydraulic filter for contamination.
unit Repair cause of contamination. Flush
hydraulic system.
Steering unit locks up Worn or damaged steering unit Repair or replace steering unit.
Abrupt steering wheel Improperly timed gerotor gear in steering Time gerotor gear.
oscillation unit
Steering wheel turns by Lines connected to wrong port Reconnect lines.

itself
Vibration in steering High priority valve setting Do priority valve pressure test in group 3.
system or hoses jump
Neutral position of Steering column and steering unit out of Align the steering column with steering unit.
steering wheel cannot be line
obtained, i.e. there is a
Too little or no play between steering Adjust the play and, if necessary, shorten
tendency towards
column and steering unit input shaft the splines journal.
"motoring"
Pinching between inner and outer spools Contact the nearest service shop.
5-19
"Motoring" effect. Leaf springs are stuck or broken and have Replace leaf springs.
The steering wheel can therefore reduced spring force
turn on its own.
Inner and outer spools pinch, possibly due Clean steering unit or contact the nearest
to dirt service shop.
Return pressure in connection with the Reduce return pressure.
reaction between differential cylinder and
steering unit too high
Oil is needed in the tank Fill with clean oil and bleed the system.
Steering cylinder worn Replace or repair cylinder.
Gear wheel set worn Replace gear wheel set.
Spacer across cardan shaft forgotten Install spacer.
5-20
Backlash Cardan shaft fork worn or broken Replace cardan shaft.

Leaf springs without spring force or broken Replace leaf springs.
Worn splines on the steering column Replace steering column.
"Shimmy" effect. The Air in the steering cylinder Bleed cylinder.

steered wheels vibrate. Find and remove the reason for air
(Rough tread on tires collection.
gives vibrations)
Mechanical connections or wheel bearings Replace worn parts.
worn
High priority valve setting pressure Set pressure as regular value.
Steering wheel can be One or both shock valves are leaky or are Clean or replace defective of missing
turned slowly in one or missing in steering valve valves.
both directions without
the steered wheels
turning.
Steering is too slow and Insufficient oil supply to steering unit, pump Replace pump or increase number of
heavy when trying to turn defective or number of revolutions too low revolutions.
quickly.
Relief valve setting too low Adjust valve to correct setting.
Relief valve sticking owing to dirt Clean the valve.
Spool in priority valve sticking owing to dirt. Clean the valve, check that spool moves
easily without spring.
Too weak spring in priority valve Replace spring by a stronger.
"Kick back" in steering Fault in the system Contact authorized man or shop.
wheel from system. Kicks
from wheels.
5-21
Heavy kick-back in Wrong setting of cardan shaft and gear- Correct setting as shown in service manual.
steering wheel in both wheel set
directions.
Turning the steering wheel Hydraulic hoses for the steering cylinders Connect lines to correct ports.
activates the steered have been switched around
wheels opposite.
Hard point when starting Spring force in priority valve too weak Replace spring by a stronger.
to turn the steering wheel
Clogged orifices in LS side in priority valve Clean orifices in spool and in connecting
plugs for LS.
Oil is too thick(Cold) Let motor run until oil is warm.
Too little steering force Pump pressure too low Correct pump pressure.
(Possibly to one side
Too little steering cylinder Fit a larger cylinder.
only).
Piston rod area of the differential cylinder Fit cylinder with thinner piston rod or 2
too large compared with piston diameter differential cylinders.
Leakage at either input Shaft defective Replace shaft seal.

shaft, end cover, gear-
Screws loose Tighten screws.
wheel set, housing or top
part. Washers or O-rings defective Replace.
5-22
1. HYDRAULIC OIL CLEAN UP PROCEDURE USING PORTABLE FILTER CADDY

※ Service equipment and tool.
・Portable filter caddy
・Two 3658mm(12ft) × 1" I.D. 100R1
hoses with 3/4 M NPT ends
・Quick disconnect fittings
・Discharge wand
・Various size fittings and hoses
※ Brake system uses oil from hydraulic oil
tank. Flush all lines in the steering
system.
Disassemble and clean major components
for steering system.
Steering components may fail if steering
system is not cleaned after hydraulic oil
tank contamination.
1) If hydraulic system is contaminated due to a
major component failure, remove and
disassemble steering cylinders to clean
debris from cylinders.
2) Install a new return filter element. Clean
filter housing before installing new element.
※ For a failure that creates a lot of debris,
remove access cover from hydraulic oil
tank. Drain and clean hydraulic oil tank
of fill the specified oil to hydraulic oil
tank through upper cover.
3) To minimize oil loss, pull a vacuum in
hydraulic oil tank using a vacuum pump.
Connect filter caddy suction line to drain
port at bottom of hydraulic oil tank using
connector. Check to be sure debris has not
closed drain port.
4) Put filter caddy discharge line into hydraulic
oil tank filter hole so end is as far away from
drain port as possible to obtain a through
cleaning of oil.
5-23
5) Start the filter caddy. Check to be sure oil is
flowing through the filters.
Operate filter caddy approximately 10
minutes so oil in hydraulic oil tank is circulated
through filter a minimum of four times.
※ Hydraulic oil tank capacity 155ℓ ℓ
(30.4U.S. gal).
Leave filter caddy operating for the next
steps.
6) Start the engine and run it at high idle.
※ For the most effective results, cleaning
procedure must start with the smallest
capacity circuit then proceed to the next
largest capacity circuit.
7) Operate all functions, one at a time, through
a complete cycle in the following order:
clam, steering, bucket, and boom. Also
include all auxiliary hydraulic functions.
Repeat procedure until the total system
capacity has circulated through filter caddy
seven times, approximately 30 minutes.
Each function must go through a minimum
of three complete cycles for a through
cleaning for oil.
※ Filtering time for machines with auxiliary
hydraulic functions must be increased
because system capacity is larger.
8) Stop the engine. Remove the filter caddy.
9) Install a new return filter element.
10)Check oil level in hydraulic oil tank ; Add oil
if necessary.
5-24
2. TEST TOOLS
1) CLAMP-ON ELECTRONIC TACHOMETER
INSTALLATION
・ Service equipment and tools
Tachometer
A : Clamp on tachometer.
Remove paint using emery cloth and B
connect to a straight section of D
injection line within 100mm(4in) of C
pump. Finger tighten only-do not over
tighten.
B : Black clip(-). Connect to main frame. A
C : Red clip(+). Connect to transducer.
D : Tachometer readout. Install cable.
(770-3ATM) 5-30
2) DIGITAL THERMOMETER INSTALLATION

・ Service equipment and tools
Digital thermometer
A : Temperature probe.
Fasten to a bare metal line using a A
tie band. Wrap with shop towel. B
B : Cable. C
C : Digital thermometer.
(770-3ATM) 5-30
3) DISPLAY MONITOR TACHOMETER

The display monitor tachometer is accurate
enough for test work.
7707SE06
5-25
3. STEERING SYSTEM RESTRICTION TEST
・ SPECIFICATION
Oil temperature 45±5° C(113±9°F)
Engine speed High idle
Maximum pressure 2.1MPa(21bar,300psi)
at flow amplifier
・ GAUGE AND TOOL
Gauge 0~7MPa(0~70bar, 0~1000psi) 2EA Steering pump
・ This test will check for restrictions in the
steering system which can cause
overheating of hydraulic oil. Fitting
1) Install temperature reader.

(See temperature reader installation
procedure in this group).
P
2) Heat hydraulic oil to specifications.

(See hydraulic oil warm up procedure at
page 6-50).
3) Connect fitting and install gauge.
Do not operate steering or loader funct-
ions or test gauge may be damaged.
4) Run engine at specification and read
pressure gauges.
If pressure is more than specification at the
steering valve, inspect steering valve for a
priority valve spool. Make sure orifice plugs
installed in ends of priority valve spool.
Check for plugged orifice in steering valve 7607SE24
LS port.
5-26
4. STEERING UNIT LEAKAGE TEST
・ SPECIFICATION
Oil temperature 45±5° C(113±9°
F)
Maximum leakage 7.5ℓ/min(2gpm) Cap fitting
・ GAUGE AND TOOL
T
Temperature reader L
R
Measuring container(Approx. 20ℓ)
Stop watch
1) Install frame locking bar to prevent machine
from turning.
page 6-50).
4) Disconnect return hose from fitting.
Install cap fitting.
5) Run engine at specifications. Rotate
steering wheel against locking bar using
approximately 1.2kgf・m of force.
Measure oil flow from return hose for 1
minute.
6) Leakage is greater than specifications,
Safety lock bar
repair or replace steering unit.
7707SE08
5-27
5. STEERING VALVE(EHPS) PRESSURE TEST
・ SPECIFICATION
Relief valve
Oil pressure 20.1~21.1MPa
(205~215bar, 2900~3100psi)
CL
CR
・ GAUGE AND TOOL
Gauge 0~35MPa(0~350bar, 0~5000psi)
Temperature reader
1) Connect gauge to test port.
2) Install temperature reader(See installation
3) Install frame locking bar.
4) Heat hydraulic oil to specifications(See
Test port
hydraulic oil warm up procedure at page
6-50).
5) Run engine at specifications and turn
steering wheel rapidly hold approximately
22N(5lb force) pressure on wheel with
frames locked.
※ If steering wheel is turned slowly, it will
continue to with the frames locked.
This will give an incorrect pressure
reading.
If steering wheel continues to turn
rapidly with the frames locked, steering
system leakage is indicated.
6) Read pressure gauge. This is the steering Safety lock bar
valve relief pressure.
7) If pressure in not to specification, turn
adjusting screw in relief cartridge using a
hex head wrench to adjust pressure.
If pressure cannot be adjusted to
specification, disassemble and inspect 7607SE20
steering valve.
5-28
6. STEERING VALVE(EHPS) RELIEF
CARTRIDGE LEAKAGE TEST
・ SPECIFICATION Relief valve
Oil temperature 45±5° C(113±9° F) A
Maximum leakage 1mℓ/min(16 drops per min) T B
Ts
・ GAUGE AND TOOL
Temperature reader
Measuring container
Stop watch
page 6-50).
3) Install plug(A) in Ts port.
Disconnect line from T port on steering
valve. Install plug in line.
4) Connect line(B) to steering valve.
5) Start engine and run at specification.
6) Measure oil leakage from T port.
7) If leakage is more than specification, 7607SE21
disassemble and inspect relief cartridge for

damage or debris.
5-29
1. STEERING UNIT
1) STRUCTURE
3 8
11
4
9
2
13
14
12
15
13
17
18
21
20
7607SE10
1 Dust seal 8 Ring 15 Gearwheel set

2 Housing, spool, sleeve 9 Cross pin 17 End cover
3 Ball 11 Cardan shaft 18 Washer
4 Thread bushing 12 Set of springs 20 Screw with pin
5 O-ring 13 O-ring 21 Screw
7 Bearing assembly 14 Distributor plate
5 - 30
2) TOOLS
(1) Holding tool + Guide ring
7607SE08
(2) Assembly tool for O-ring and kin-ring.
7607SE09
(3) Assembly tool for lip seal.
(780-3A) 5-69(3)
(4) Assembly tool for cardan shaft.
(780-3A) 5-69(4)
5 - 31
(5) Assembly tool for dust seal.
(780-3A) 5-70(1)
(6) Torque wrench 0~7.1kgf・m

(0~54.4lbf・ft)
13mm socket spanner
6, 8mm and 12mm hexagon sockets
12mm screwdriver
2mm screwdriver
13mm ring spanner
6, 8 and 12mm hexagon socket spanners
Plastic hammer
(780-3A) 5-70(2)
Tweezers
5 - 32
3) TIGHTENING TORQUE AND HYDRAULIC CONNECTIONS
(1) Hydraulic connections
L: Left port
R: Right port
T: Tank
TLPR
P: Pump
(780-3A) 5-71
(2) Tightening torque

Max. tightening torque [ kgf・m(lbf・ft) ]
Screwed
connection With cutting With copper With aluminum
edge washer washer With O - ring
1/4 BSP.F 4.1(29.7) 2.0(14.5) 3.1(22.4) -

3/8 BSP.F 6.1(44.1) 2.0(14.5) 5.1(36.9) -
1/2 BSP.F 10.2(73.8) 3.1(22.4) 8.2(59.3) -
7/16-20 UNF - 2.0(14.5) - -
3/4-16 UNF - 6.1(44.1) - -
M 12×1.5 4.1(29.7) 2.0(14.5) 3.1(22.4) 2.0(14.5)
M 18×1.5 7.1(51.4) 2.0(14.5) 5.1(36.9) 5.1(36.9)
M 22×1.5 10.2(73.8) 3.1(22.4) 8.2(59.3) 7.1(51.4)
5 - 33
4) DISASSEMBLY
(1) Disassemble steering column from
steering unit and place the steering unit in
the holding tool.
Screw out the screws in the end cover(6-
off plus one special screw).
(780-3A) 5-72(1)
(2) Remove the end cover, sideways.
(780-3A) 5-72(2)
(3) Lift the gearwheel set (With spacer if

fitted) off the unit.
Take out the two O-rings.
(780-3A) 5-72(3)
(4) Remove cardan shaft.
(780-3A) 5-72(4)
5 - 34
(5) Remove distributor plate.
(780-3A) 5-73(1)
(6) Screw out the threaded bush over the

check valve.
(780-3A) 5-73(2)
(7) Remove O-ring.
(780-3A) 5-73(3)
(8) Take care to keep the cross pin in the

sleeve and spool horizontal. The pin can
be seen through the open end of the
spool. Press the spool inwards and the
sleeve, ring, bearing races and needle
bearing will be pushed out of the housing
together.
(780-3A) 5-73(4)
5 - 35
(9) Take ring, bearing races and needle
bearing from sleeve and spool. The outer
(Thin) bearing race can sometimes "stick"
in the housing, therefore check that it has
come out.
(780-3A) 5-74(1)
(10) Press out the cross pin. Use the special

screw from the end cover.
(780-3A) 5-74(2)
※ A small mark has been made with a

pumice stone on both spool and sleeve
close to one of the slots for the neutral
position springs (See drawing).
If the mark is not visible, remember to
leave a mark of your own on sleeve and
spool before the neutral position springs
are disassembled.
(780-3A) 5-74(3)
(11) Carefully press the spool out of the sleeve.
(780-3A) 5-74(4)
5 - 36
(12) Press the neutral position springs out of
their slots in the spool.
(780-3A) 5-75(1)
(13) Remove dust seal and O-ring.
(780-3A) 5-75(2)
(14) The steering unit is now completely

disassembled.
(780-3A) 5-75(3)
※ Cleaning
Clean all parts carefully in Shellsol K or
the like.
※ Inspection and replacement
Replace all seals and washers. Check all
parts carefully and make any
replacements necessary.
※ Lubrication
Before assembly, lubricate all parts with
hydraulic oil.
5 - 37
(1) Place the two flat neutral position springs
in the slot.
Place the curved springs between the flat
ones and press them into place.
7607SE06
(2) Line up the spring set.
(780-3A) 5-76(4)
(3) Assemble the spool/sleeve and make sure

the marks on spool and sleeve are opposite
each other(see drawing page 5-36).
(780-3A) 5-76(1)
(4) Press the springs together and push the

neutral position springs into place in the
sleeve.
(780-3A) 5-77(2)
5 - 38
(5) Line up the springs and center them.
(780-3A) 5-77(3)
(6) Guide the ring down over the sleeve.

※ The ring should be able to move-free of
the springs.
(780-3A) 5-77(4)
(7) Fit the cross pin into the spool / sleeve.
(780-3A) 5-78(1)
(8) Fit bearing races and needle bearing.

(See the next page)
(780-3A) 5-78(2)
5 - 39
※ Assembly pattern for standard bearings
1
1 Outer bearing race
2
2 Needle bearing 3
3 Inner bearing race
4 Spool
5 Sleeve * 4
* The inside chamfer on the inner

bearing race must face the inner spool. 5
7607SE07
Installation instruction for O-ring

(9) Turn the steering unit until the bore is
horizontal. Guide the outer part of the
assembly tool into the bore for the spool /
sleeve.
(780-3A) 5-78(4)
(10) Grease O-ring with hydraulic oil and place

them on the tool.
(780-3A) 5-79(1)
(780-3A) 5-79(2)
5 - 40
(11) Hold the outer part of the assembly tool in
the bottom of the steering unit housing
and guide the inner part of the tool right to
the bottom.
(780-3A) 5-79(3)
(12) Press and turn the O-ring into position in

the housing.
(780-3A) 5-79(4)
(13) Draw the inner and outer parts of the

assembly tool out of the steering unit bore,
leaving the guide from the inner part in the
bore.
(780-3A) 5-80(1)
Installation instructions for lip seal

(14) Lubricate the lip seal with hydraulic oil and
place it on the assembly tool.
(780-3A) 5-80(2)
5 - 41
(780-3A) 5-80(3)
(15) Guide the assembly tool right to the

bottom.
(780-3A) 5-80(4)
(16) Press and turn the lip seal into place in

the housing.
(780-3A) 5-81(1)
(17) With a light turning movement, guide the

spool and sleeve into the bore.
※ Fit the spool set holding the cross pin
horizontal.
(780-3A) 5-81(2)
5 - 42
(18) The spool set will push out the assembly
tool guide. The O-ring are now in position.
(780-3A) 5-81(3)
(19) Turn the steering unit until the bore is

vertical again. Put the check valve ball
into the hole indicated by the arrow.
(780-3A) 5-81(4)
(20) Screw the threaded bush lightly into the

check valve bore. The top of the bush
must lie just below the surface of the
housing.
(780-3A) 5-82(1)
(21) Grease the O-ring with mineral oil approx.

viscosity 500 cSt at 20°
C.
(780-3A) 5-82(2)
5 - 43
(22) Place the distributor plate so that the
channel holes match the holes in the
housing.
(780-3A) 5-82(3)
(23) Guide the cardan shaft down into the bore

so that the slot is parallel with the
connection flange.
(780-3A) 5-82(4)
(24) Place the cardan shaft as shown - so that

it is held in position by the mounting fork.
(780-3A) 5-83(1)
(25) Grease the two O-rings with mineral oil

approx. viscosity 500 cSt at 20° C and
place them in the two grooves in the gear
rim. Fit the gearwheel and rim on the
cardan shaft.
(780-3A) 5-83(2)
5 - 44
(26) Important
Fit the gearwheel (Rotor) and cardan shaft
so that a tooth base in the rotor is
positioned in relation to the shaft slot as
shown.
Turn the gear rim so that the seven
through holes match the holes in the
housing.
(780-3A) 5-83(3)
(27) Fit the spacer, if any.
(780-3A) 5-83(4)
(28) Place the end cover in position.
(780-3A) 5-84(1)
(29) Fit the special screw with washer and

place it in the hole shown.
(780-3A) 5-84(2)
5 - 45
(30) Fit the six screws with washers and insert
them. Cross-tighten all the screws and
the rolled pin.
・ Tightening torque : 3.1 ± 0.6kgf・m
(22.4 ± 4.3lbf・ft)
(780-3A) 5-84(3)
(31) Place the dust seal ring in the housing.
(780-3A) 5-84(4)
(32) Fit the dust seal ring in the housing using

special tool and a plastic hammer.
(780-3A) 5-85(1)
(33) Press the plastic plugs into the connection

ports.
※ Do not use a hammer!
(780-3A) 5-85(2)
5 - 46
2. STEERING CYLINDER
1) STRUCTURE
9,8 3 12 6,5 7 10,11 4 2 1 13 14 15 16 18 17 19,20
7607SE05
1 Tube assembly 8 Dust wiper 15 Piston seal

2 Rod assembly 9 Snap ring 16 Wear ring
3 Gland 10 O-ring 17 Piston nut
4 Bushing 11 Back up ring 18 Set serew
5 Rod seal 12 O-ring 19 Spherical bearing
6 Back up ring 13 Piston 20 Retaining ring
7 Buffer ring 14 O-ring
5-47
2) TOOLS AND TIGHTENING TORQUE
(1) Tools
Tool name B Remark

B
L-wrench 5
Spanner 36
Wrench For gland

(-) Driver Small and large sizes
Torque wrench Capable of tightening with the specified torques
(2) Tightening torque
Torque
Part name Item Size
kgf・m lbf・ft
Gland 3 M85×3 75±8 542±58
Piston 13 M36×3 50±5 362±36
Piston nut 17 M36×3 75±8 542±58
Set screw 18 M10×1.5 5.4±0.5 39±3.6
5-48
3) DISASSEMBLY
(1) Remove cylinder head and piston rod
① Hold the clevis section of the tube in a
vise.
※ Use mouth pieces so as not to damage
the machined surface of the cylinder
tube. Do not make use of the outside
piping as a locking means.
② Pull out piston rod(2) about 200mm

(7.8in). Because the piston rod is rather
heavy, finish extending it with air pressure 200mm
after the oil draining operation.
2
(770-3ATM) 5-88(1)
③ Loosen and remove the gland(3).

※ Cover the extracted piston rod(2) with rag
Wrench
to prevent it from being accidentally
damaged during operation.
3
2
(770-3ATM) 5-88(2)
④ Draw out gland(3) and piston rod (2)

assembly together from cylinder tube(1).
※ Since the piston rod assembly is heavy in Lift 1
this case, lift the tip of the piston rod(2)
with a crane or some means and draw it
out. However, when piston rod(2) has
3 2
been drawn out to approximately two
thirds of its length, lift it in its center to Pull straight Oil pan
draw it completely. sideways
(770-3ATM) 5-88(3)
5-49
※ Note that the plated surface of piston
rod(2) is to be lifted. For this reason, do
not use a wire sling and others that may
damage it, but use a strong cloth belt or
a rope.
⑤ Place the removed piston rod assembly

on a wooden V-block that is set level.
Piston rod assy
※ Cover a V-block with soft rag.
Wooden block
(770-3ATM) 5-89(1)
(2) Remove piston and gland assembly

① Remove the set screw(18). 14 13 18 17
② Remove the piston nut(17).
③ Remove piston assembly(13) and O-ring
(14).
7607SE22
③ Remove the gland(3) assembly from Lift with a crane

piston rod(2).
Plastic
※ If it is too heavy to move, move it by hammer 9,
8,98 6,
6,75 7
5 4
striking the flanged part of gland(3) with
a plastic hammer. Pull straight
※ Pull it straight with gland assembly lifted
with a crane.
Exercise care so as not to damage the
lip of rod bushing(4) and packing 3 2 (770-3ATM) 5-89(3)
(5,6,7,8,9) by the threads of piston
rod(2).
5-50
(3) Disassemble the piston assembly
① Remove wear ring(16). 15 16
Remove piston seal(15).
※ Exercise care in this operation not to
damage the grooves.
7607SE23
(4) Disassemble gland assembly

① Remove back up ring(11), and O-ring 9,8 12 6,5 7 11,10
(10).
4
② Remove O-ring (12).
③ Remove snap ring(9) and dust wiper(8).
④ Remove back up ring(6), rod seal(5) and
buffer ring(7).
※ Exercise care in this operation not to
damage the grooves.
7607SE27
※ Do not remove seal and ring, if does not
damaged.
5-51
4) ASSEMBLY
(1) Assemble gland assembly
※ Check for scratches or rough surfaces if
found smooth with an oil stone.
① Coat the inner face of gland(3) with
hydraulic oil.
3
(770-3ATM) 5-91(1)
② Coat dust wiper(8) with grease and fit Press here

(Straight down)
dust wiper(8) to the bottom of the hole of
Metal
dust wiper.
At this time, press a pad metal to the 8
metal ring of dust seal.
③ Fit snap ring(9) to the stop face.
(770-3ATM) 5-91(2)
④ Fit back up ring(6) and rod seal(5), and

buffer ring(7) to corresponding grooves,
in that order.
※ Coat each packing with hydraulic oil
Wrong Right
before fitting it.
※ Insert the backup ring until onside of it is
inserted into groove.
(770-3ATM) 5-91(3)
※ Rod seal(5) has its own fitting direction.

Therefore, confirm it before fitting them. Push bar
※ Fitting rod seal(5) up side down may
damage its lip. Therefore check the
correct direction that is shown in figure.
56
(770-3ATM) 5-91(4)
5-52
⑤ Fit back up ring(11) to gland (3).
※ Put the backup ring in the warm water of 4
30~50° C.
10
⑥ Fit O-ring(10) to gland(3).
11
3
12
(770-3ATM) 5-92(1)
(2) Assemble piston assembly

※ Check for scratches or rough surfaces.
① If found smooth with an oil stone.
13
Coat the outer face of piston(13) with
hydraulic oil.
(770-3ATM) 5-92(2)
② Fit piston seal(15) to piston.

※ Put the piston seal in the warm water of 16
15
60~100° C for more than 5 minutes.
※ After assembling the piston seal, press its
outer diameter to fit in.
(770-3ATM) 5-92(3)
③ Fit wear ring(16) to piston(13).

④ Fit O-ring(14) to piston(13). 14 16 13
7607SE25
5-53
(3) Install piston and gland assembly
① Fix the piston rod assembly to the work Gland assembly
bench. Piston rod
② Apply hydraulic oil to the outer surface of
piston rod(2), the inner surface of piston
and gland.
③ Insert gland assembly to piston rod(2).
(770-3ATM) 5-93(1)
④ Fit piston assembly to piston rod.

Piston assembly
Piston rod
(770-3ATM) 5-93(2)
⑤ Tighten piston nut(17) to piston rod(2).

・Tightening torque : 75±8kgf・m 2 18 17
(542±58lbf・ft)
Tighten set screw(18) to piston nut(17).
・Tightening torque : 5.4±0.5kgf・m
(39±3.6lbf・ft)
7607SE26
5-54
(4) Overall assemble
Fix with a bar
① Place a V-block on a rigid work bench.
Mount the cylinder tube assembly(1) on it
and fix the assembly by passing a bar Lift
through the clevis pin hole to lock the
assembly.
Straight
② Insert the piston rod assembly in to the
cylinder tube assembly, while lifting and
moving the piston rod assembly with a Apply liquid packing
(770-3ATM) 5-94(1)
crane.
※ Be careful not to damage piston seal by
thread of cylinder tube.
③ Match the bolts holes in the cylinder head
flange to the tapped holes in the cylinder Tube
tube assembly and tighten socket bolts to
a specified torque. Piston rod
※ Refer to the table of tightening torque.
Wrench
Gland
(770-3ATM) 5-94(2)
5-55
3. CENTER PIVOT PIN
1) CONSTRUCTION
Figure shows the construction of the center pivot pin assembly. This assembly serves to connect
the front frame with the rear frame; two sets of assemblies are provided, one each for the upper and
lower parts. The numbers in parentheses following the parts name denote the item numbers
shown in the figure in the disassembly and assembly procedures.
14,15 7 6 21
9
13 12
18
2
1
4,15 3,4 20
20
19
1
3,4
9 8
16,17
21 10 18 14,15
UPPER LOWER
7707SE13
1 Bearing 9 Plate 16 Shim(0.1T)

2 Cover 10 Pin 17 Shim(0.5T)
3 Shim(0.1T) 12 Seal 18 Bushing
4 Shim(0.5T) 13 Seal 19 Cover
6 Pin 14 Hexagon bolt 20 Front frame
7 Collar 15 Hardened washer 21 Rear frame
8 Collar
5-56
2) DISASSEMBLY
After supporting the front frame and the
rear frame as horizontally as possible using
wood blocks and jacks, disassemble as
follows: In order to facilitate the
disassembly/assembly of the center pivot
pins, remove the drive shaft, hydraulic line
and steering cylinder first.
(1) Maintain the horizontal level of front
frame(20) and rear frame(21), and then
14
remove hexagon bolt(14) and plate(9). 9
(2) Take out upper pin(10) to the downside

using a metal punch.
20
21
10
7707SE14
(3) Maintain the front frame horizontal level,

remove hexagon bolts(14) and then 21
6
remove the plate(9) and shims(16,17).
(4) Take out lower pin(6) to the upside using
a metal punch carefully.
20
(5) Jack up or lifting the front frame(20) 8
slightly, the collar(8) protrudes over the
rear frame. 9
Remove the collar(8). 16,17
14
(6) Lift the frame by passing the slinging wire 7707SE15
rope at four positions of front frame, in
order to separate it from the rear frame.
(7) Support the front frame safely.
5-57
(8) Remove bolt(14) and then take out
cover(2) and shims(3,4). 14 13 2
(9) Take out dust seal(13) from the cover(2). 3,4
(10) Remove the bearing(1), and dust

seal(13).
1
13
7707SE16
(11) Remove bolt(14) and then take out 12 7

cover(19) and shims(3,4).
1
(12) Take out the dust seal(12) from the
cover(19).
(13) Remove the bearing(1), collar(7) and dust
seal(12). 3,4
19 12 14
7707SE17
3) INSPECTION
(1) Check the bearing sliding surface for excessive wear, scorching or scratches; replace if
necessary.
(2) Replace all dust seals(12,13) with new ones.
(3) Grind any pins(6, 10) dented with an oilstone or replace any pins abrasive excessively.
(4) Check inside cover(2, 19) and collar(7, 8) for dents or scratches; if any damage is found, correct
with a grinder or replace.
(5) The serviceable limit of pins and bushings is shown in the table below.
Unit : mm
Std Serviceable limit

Item No. Name dimension Remedy
Outer dia Inner dia Clearance
6, 10 Pin 89.5 -
1 Tapered roller bearing 90 - 90.5 0.8 Replace
7, 8 Collar - 90.5
12, 13 Dust seal When removed Replace
5-58
4) ASSEMBLY
Assemble the center pivot group by reversing the order of disassembly while paying close attention
to the following.
(1) Put the dust seal(12,13) into cover(2, 19) and front frame(20).
※ Apply grease to the lip of the dust seal. Insert the dust seal so that the dust seal lip faces out and
punch four places on the outer circumference of the seal to lock it.
(2) Lower the temperature of the lower bearing cup to -75 5°C (-103 9°F ) and install it to front
frame until it contacts the bottom of the frame.
(3) Coat lightly with oil and install lower bearing in bore in front frame. Coat lightly with oil and install
upper bearing in bore in upper front frame.
(4) Position the upper cover(2) and hold in place with bolt(14). At this time, adjust shims(3,4) to press
the shoulder of bearing(1) against retainer.
Shim thickness : 0.1mm, 0.5mm
(5) Apply grease to lower collar(8) and insert it to the lower of roller bearing.
(6) After setting the bearing so that its upper surface is horizontal, tighten the bolt.
After tightening, confirm that tapered roller bearing moves lightly ; if does not move smoothly, add
shims(3,4).
Tightening Torque : 25.4~34.2kgf m(184~247lbf ft)
(7) Move the front frame and join it to the rear frame so that match the pin hole at the center.
(8) Apply grease to pin(10), bushing(18) and insert it into tapered roller bearing(1).
(9) Apply grease to lower collar(8) and insert it to the lower of roller bearing through rear frame(21).
(10) Apply grease to pin(6) and insert it into tapered roller bearing(1).
(11) Position the plate(9) and hold in place with bolt(14).
Tightening Torque : 25.4~34.2kgf m(184~247lbf ft)
Apply locktite #242.
(12) Before tightening bolt(14), adjust shims(16,17) in order to control the clearance between the
plate(9) and rear frame(21).
Shim thickness : 0.1mm, 0.5mm
Tightening Torque : 9.8~15.8kgf m(70.9~114lbf ft)
Apply Locktite #242.
5-59
5) TROUBLESHOOTING
Trouble Probable cause Remedy
Shock is felt when steering Capscrew for fixing steering valve is loose Retighten
Faulty center pivot pin mounting bolts Retighten
Center pivot pins have worn out Readjust or replace
Faulty hydraulic system See hydraulic system
Shock is felt when moving Fault fixing of connecting capscrews Retighten
backward or forward
Center pins have worn out Readjust or replace
Bearings of support unit have worn out Retighten
Drive shaft damaged See drive system
Faulty transmission See transmission system
5-60

1. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM OUTLINE

The loader hydraulic system is a pilot operated, open center system which is supplied with flow from
the fixed displacement main hydraulic pump.
The pilot control system is a low pressure, closed center hydraulic system which is supplied with flow
from the first(Steering) pump.
The loader system components are :
・Main pump
・Main control valve
・Bucket cylinder
・Boom cylinders
・Pilot supply unit
・Remote control valve(Pilot control valve)
・Safety valve
The pilot supply unit consists of the pressure reducing valve, relief valve and accumulator.
Flow from the main hydraulic pump not used by the steering system leaves the steering valve(EHPS)
EF port.
It flows to the inlet port plate of a mono block type main control valve.
The main control valve is a tandem version spool type, open center valve which routes flow to the
boom, bucket or auxiliary cylinders(Not shown) when the respective spools are shifted.
Flow from the steering pump is routed to the pilot supply unit where the steering pump outlet pressure
is reduced to pilot circuit pressure. The pilot supply unit flow to the remote control valve.
The remote control valve routed flow to either end of each spool valve section in the main control
valve to control spool stroke.
A accumulator mounted on pilot supply unit supplies a secondary pressure source to operated
remote control valve so the boom can be lowered if the engine is off.
The return circuit for the main hydraulic system have return filter inside the hydraulic tank. The return
filter uses a filter element and a bypass valve. The bypass valve is located in the upside of filter.
6-1
36 T G2 B1 35 B
11 12
10
LH RH P
LH RH
FRONT REAR 37
T
7 G1 A1 A
4 T P
18 B.D/F B.U IN OUT
21 6 CL CR
BL1 BR1 BL2 BR2
9
38 1 3 4 2 1.1 2.1
L
T1 P1 T2 P2
R 3 T
B3
A3 Boom up Boom down
b3
a3
16 16 Ps
21MPa
15 B
B2
Ts Roll back Dump
8 B1 A1 B2 A2
A2
b2
A
17 EF P LS T
a2
A3 5 L R
19 F2
PS T1 B1 14
A1 Aux
B b1
a1 F1
PS1
21MPa
20 13 U
P T
P
P T
22 T
32 34 P1
3MPa
P2
2 1
25
31
CF EF
30
LS
PP
26
T P
P 27 28
29 33 24 23
7607WE01
1 Main pump 14 Line filter 27 Return filter

2 Brake & fan pump 15 Safety valve 28 Bypass valve
3 Main control valve 16 Accumulator 29 Emergency pump kit(Option)
4 Remote control valve 17 Accumulator 30 Priority valve(Option)
5 Steering unit 18 Pressure switch 31 Check valve(Option)
6 Steering valve(EHPS) 19 Pressure switch 32 Check valve(Option)
7 Cushion valve 20 Pressure switch 33 Pressure switch(Option)
8 Cut off valve 21 Pressure switch 34 Pressure switch(Option)
9 Brake valve 22 Line filter 35 Ride control valve(Option)
10 Steering cylinder 23 Fan motor 36 Accumulator(Option)
11 Bucket cylinder 24 Oil cooler 37 Safety valve(Option)
12 Boom cylinder 25 Air breather 38 Pressure switch(Option)
13 Pilot supply unit 26 Hydraulic tank
6-2
3. WORK EQUIPMENT HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
11 12
4 T P
B.D/F B.U IN OUT

LH RH
1 3 4 2 1.1 2.1
3 T
B3
b3
a3
15 B
B2
A2 Roll back Dump
A
b2
a2
F2
B1 14
A1 Aux
b1
a1 F1
21MPa
13 U
T
Steering valve(EHPS) EF port
3MPa
P1
Steering system P2
Brake system
Return line
1
25
26 24
T P
27 28
7607WE02
1 Main pump 13 Pilot supply unit 25 Air breather

3 Main control valve 14 Line filter 26 Hydraulic tank
4 Remote control valve 15 Safety valve 27 Return filter
11 Bucket cylinder 24 Oil cooler 28 Bypass valve
12 Boom cylinder
6-3
1) WHEN THE RCV LEVER IS IN THE RAISE POSITION
11 12
4 T P
B.D/F B.U IN OUT
LH RH
1 3 4 2 1.1 2.1
3 T
B3
b3
a3
15 B
B2
A2 Roll back Dump
A
b2
a2
F2
B1 14
A1 Aux
b1
a1 F1
21MPa
13 U
T
3MPa
P1
Steering system P2
Brake system
Return line
1
25
26 24
T P
27 28
7607WE03
・ When the RCV lever(4) is pulled back, the boom spool on the second block is moved to raise
position by pilot oil pressure from port 3 of RCV.
・ The oil from main pump(1) flows into main control valve(3) and then goes to the large chamber of
boom cylinder (12) by pushing the load check valve of the boom spool through center bypass circuit
of the bucket spool.
・ The oil from the small chamber of boom cylinder(12) returns to hydraulic oil tank(26) through the
boom spool at the same time.
・ When this happens, the boom goes up.
6-4
2) WHEN THE RCV LEVER IS IN THE LOWER POSITION
11 12
4 T P
B.D/F B.U IN OUT

LH RH
1 3 4 2 1.1 2.1
Make up valve
3 T
B3
b3
a3
15 B
B2
A2 Roll back Dump
A
b2
a2
F2
B1 14
A1 Aux
b1
a1 F1
21MPa
13 U
T
3MPa
P1
Steering system P2
Brake system
Return line
1
25
26
T P
27 28
24
C
7607WE04
・ When the RCV lever(4) is pushed forward, the boom spool is moved to lower position by pilot
pressure.
・ The oil from main pump(1) flows into main control valve(3) and then goes to small chamber of
boom cylinder(12) by pushing the load check valve of the boom spool through center bypass circuit
of the bucket spool.
・ The oil returned from large chamber of boom cylinder(12) returns to hydraulic tank(26) through the
boom spool at the same time.
・ When the lowering speed of boom is faster, the return oil from the large chamber of boom cylinder
combines with the oil from the pump through the make up valve, and flows into the small chamber
of the cylinder.
This prevents cylinder cavitation by the negative pressure when the pump flow cannot match the
boom down speed.
6-5
3) WHEN THE RCV LEVER IS IN THE FLOAT POSITION
11 12
4 T P
B.D/F B.U IN OUT

LH RH
1 3 4 2 1.1 2.1
3 T
B3
A3 Boom up Floating
b3
a3 Boom
down
15 B
B2
A2 Roll back Dump
A
b2
a2
F2
B1 14
A1 Aux
b1
a1 F1
21MPa
13 U
T
3MPa
P1
Steering system P2
Brake system
Return line
1
25
26
T P
27 28
24
7607WE05
・ When the RCV lever(4) is pushed further forward from the lower position, the pitot pressure
reaches to 13~15bar, then the boom spool is moved to floating position.
・ The work ports(A3), (B3) and the small chamber and the large chamber are connected to the return
passage, so the boom will be lowered due to it's own weight.
・ In this condition, when the bucket is in contact with the ground, it can be move up and down in
accordance with the shape of the ground.
6-6
4) WHEN THE RCV LEVER IS IN THE DUMP POSITION
11 12
4 T P
B.D/F B.U IN OUT

LH RH
1 3 4 2 1.1 2.1
3 T
B3
b3
a3
15 B
B2
A2 Roll back Dump
A
b2
a2
F2
B1 14
A1 Aux
b1
a1 F1
21MPa
13 U
T
3MPa
P1
Steering system P2
Brake system
Return line
1
25
26 24
T P
27 28
C
7607WE06
・ If the RCV lever(4) is pushed right, the bucket spool on the first block is moved to dump position by
pilot oil pressure from port 2 of RCV.
・ The oil from main pump(1) flows into main control valve(3) and then goes to the small chamber of
bucket cylinder(11) by pushing the load check valve of the bucket spool.
・ The oil at the large chamber of bucket cylinder(11) returns to hydraulic tank(26) through the bucket
spool.
・ When this happens, the bucket is dumped.
・ When the dumping speed of bucket is faster, the oil returned from the large chamber of bucket
cylinder combines with the oil from the pump, and flows into the small chamber of the cylinder.
bucket dump speed.
6-7
5) WHEN THE RCV LEVER IS IN THE ROLL BACK(retract) POSITION
11 12
4 T P
B.D/F B.U IN OUT

LH RH
1 3 4 2 1.1 2.1
3 T
B3
b3
a3
15 B
B2
A2 Roll back Dump
A
b2
a2
F2
B1 14
A1 Aux
b1
a1 F1
21MPa
13 U
T
3MPa
P1
Steering system P2
Brake system
Return line
1
25
26 24
T P
27 28
7607WE07
・ If the RCV lever(4) is pulled left, the bucket spool on the first block is moved to roll back position by
pilot oil pressure from port 4 of RCV.
・ The oil from main pump(1) flows into main control valve(3) and then goes to the large chamber of
bucket cylinder by pushing the load check valve of the bucket spool.
・ The oil at the chamber of bucket cylinder(11) returns to hydraulic tank(26) through the bucket spool.
・ When this happens, the bucket roll back.
・ When the rolling speed of bucket is faster, the return oil from the small chamber of bucket cylinder
combines with the oil from the pump, and flows into the large chamber of the cylinder.
bucket rolling speed.
6-8
6) WHEN THE RCV LEVER IS IN THE HOLD POSITION
11 12
4 T P
B.D/F B.U IN OUT

LH RH
1 3 4 2 1.1 2.1
3 T
B3
b3
a3
15 B
B2
A2 Roll back Dump
A
b2
a2
F2
B1 14
A1 Aux
b1
a1 F1
21MPa
13 U
T
3MPa
P1
Steering system P2
Brake system
Return line
1
25
26 24
T P
27 28
7607WE08
・ The oil from main pump(1) flows into main control valve(3).
・ In this time, the bucket spool, the boom spool and the boom float spool are in neutral position, then
the oil supplied to main control valve(3) returns into hydraulic tank(26) through center bypass circuit
of each spool.
・ In this condition, each cylinder keeps the neutral position, so the boom and the bucket is holded.
6-9
4. MAIN PUMP
1) STRUCTURE
21
22
4
3 5
23
13
11 12
22
19
15
8
7 14
6
17
18
9
16
8 15
7 14
6 13
12
11
10
1
2
7607WE33
1 Shaft seal 9 Front drive gear 17 Spline coupling

2 Adapter 10 Front driven gear 18 Rear driven gear
3 Washer 11 Wearplate 19 Rear drive gear
4 Bolt 12 O-ring seal 20 Stud
5 Flange 13 Back up seal 21 Flanged nut
6 Back up seal 14 Interface seal 22 Rear body
7 O-ring seal 15 Dowel 23 O-ring
8 Wearplate 16 Front body
6-10
2) OPERATION
The main hydraulic pump is a fixed displacement gear type pump. The pump is drive at engine
speed by the transmission. The pump shafts are supported by shaft seal(1) adapter(2), front
body(16) and rear body(22). The wearplate(8, 11) are located between the gear surface and
adapter(1), rear body(22) and front body(16).
As the drive gear(9) and (19) turns the idler gears(10, 18), the gear teeth come out of mesh. Oil
flows from the hydraulic tank through the inlet into the cavity between the gear teeth. As the gears
continue to rotate, the oil becomes trapped between the gear teeth and front body(16).
The trapped oil is then carried to the pump outlet. Oil is forced out the outlet to supply the hydraulic
function. As the gears re-mesh, they form a seal to prevent oil from flowing between the gears and
back to the inlet.
The pump uses outlet pressure oil to load the wearplate(8, 11) against the gear faces. This
controls internal leakage to maintain pump displacement.
Outlet pressure fills the area bounded by the pressure balance moulded seals(6, 7) to force the
wearplate against the high pressure area or the gear faces.
6-11
5. REMOTE CONTROL VALVE
1) STRUCTURE
4,3,1
4 1
10 3 2 12
30
11
2
33 30
4,3,1 14 32
40
15
40
4 1 42
20 3 2
22
21
23 4 1
3 2
25
26
45
7707WE11
1 Handle 14 Shim set 26 Bushing kit

3 Lever kit 15 Joint 30 Plunger kit
4 Bellows 20 Flange 32 Regulating unit
5 Nut 21 Solenoid complete 33 Regulating unit
10 Bracket 22 Plunger kit 40 Spring set
11 Detent kit 23 Plunger guide 42 Prefeel point kit
12 Plunger kit 25 Electric bracket 45 Plug set
6-12
2) OPERATION
T P
B.D/F B.U IN OUT
1 34 2
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
(3 Electromagnetic locks)
Electromagnetic lock 9
10
11 5
4
12
(1) Hydraulic functional principle 3
Pilot devices with end position locks operate as 2
7
direct operated pressure reducing valves.
They basically comprise of control lever(1), four T 8
x
P
pressure reducing valves, housing(6) and locks.
Each pressure reducing valve comprises of a
6
control spool(2), a control spring(3), a return
spring(4) a plunger(5).
At rest, control lever(1) is held in its neutral position Port 4 Port 2
by return springs(4). Ports(1, 2, 3, 4) are connected 7707WE12
to tank port T via drilling(8).

When control lever(1) is deflected, plunger(5) is pressed against return spring(4) and control
spring(3).
Control spring(3) initially moves control spool(2) downwards and closes the connection between
the relevant port and tank port T. At the same time the relevant port is connected to port P via
drilling(8). The control phase starts as soon as control spool(2) finds its balance between the
force from control spring(3) and the force, which results from the hydraulic pressure in the relevant
port(ports 1, 2, 3 or 4).
Due to the interaction between control spool(2) and control spring(3) the pressure in the relevant
port is proportional to the stroke of plunger(5) and hence to the position of control lever(1).
This pressure control which is dependent on the position of the control lever and the
characteristics of the control spring permits the proportional hydraulic control of the main
directional valves and high response valves for hydraulic pumps.
A rubber bellows(9) protects the mechanical components in the housing from contamination.
6-13
(2) End position lock
Only those control ports, for which it is necessary to hold the control lever in a deflected position
are equipped with end position locks.
Electromagnetic lock
An additional spring(7), which is fitted below an additional plate(12) warns, by means of an
increased force, which is required for compressing this spring, that the plunger(5) and the control
lever(1) have almost reached their end position.
When this threshold is overcome, a ring(10) contacts the solenoid armature(11); if the solenoid is
energized, then control lever(1) is held in its end position by magnetic force.
This lock is released automatically when the solenoid is deenergized.
6-14
6. MAIN CONTROL VALVE
1) STRUCTURE
8
9
10
3
32
33
11 34 24 37
22 23
35 23 22
7 17 24
20 21
17 36
19
11 18 24
17 12 23
2 22
16
5
1
4
12
12
13
14
15
6 21
11 98
26 13
28
14
25 12 15
27 39
29 38
40 11
7607WE09
1 Housing assembly 14 Plug 27 O-ring

2 Plunger assembly 15 O-ring 28 Back up ring
3 Plunger assembly 16 Plunger 29 Cap
4 O-ring 17 Guide 32 Cap
5 O-ring 18 Spring 33 Guide
6 Main relief assembly 19 Spacer 34 Spacer
7 Cover 20 Nipple 35 Spring
8 Nipple 21 Port relief assembly 36 Plunger
9 O-ring 22 O-ring 37 Make up assembly
10 Cover 23 Back up ring 38 Cover
11 Socket bolt 24 O-ring 39 O-ring
12 O-ring 25 Check 40 Bolt
13 cover 26 Spring
6-15
STRUCTURE
a3 A3 B3 b3
a2 A2 B2 b2
a1 A1 B1 b1
B3
b3
a3
B2
A2 Roll back Dump
b2
a2
B1
A1 Aux
b1
a1
21MPa
P
Hydraulic circuit
7607WE10
Port Port name Port size
P From main pump 1″Split flange

T To hydraulic tank 1-1/4″Split flange
A2, B2 To bucket cylinder port 1″Split flange
A3, B3 To boom cylinder port 1″Split flange
a3, b3 Boom pilot port PF 3/8″Fitting
a2, b2 Bucket pilot port PF 3/8 O-ring boss
6-16
2) BOOM SECTION OPERATION
(1) Spool in neutral
T
LH RH
B3
b3
a3
B2
A2 Roll back Dump
b2
a2
T
Center bypass passage Tank passage
a3 Boom b3
Main relief valve
7607WE11
When the boom plunger is in neutral position, oil from the pump flows to the tank through the center
bypass line.
The cylinder port(A3, B3) are shut off from the high pressure feed passage and tank passage by
the boom plunger.
6-17
(2) Boom raise position
T
LH RH
B3
A3 Boom up
b3
a3 Load
check
valve
B2
A2 Roll back Dump
b2
a2
Load check valve High pressure feed passage

A3 B3
a3 b3

7607WE12
When the pilot pressure is led to the port(a3), the boom plunger is switched, and shut off center
bypass passage.
Oil from the pump flows to the cylinder port(A3) through the load check valve and oil from the
cylinder flows into the tank passage through the cylinder port(B3).
※ Load check valve
When the load pressure is higher than the pump pressure, the load check shuts off the passage
between the high pressure feed passage and the center bypass passage and prevents the reverse
flow from the cylinder.
6-18
(3) Boom lower position
T
LH RH
B3
A3 Boom down
b3
a3 Load
check
valve
B2
A2 Roll back Dump
b2
a2
High pressure feed passage Load check valve

A3 B3
a3 b3
Tank passage Center bypass passage
7607WE13
When the pilot pressure is led to the port(b3), the boom plunger is switched, and shut off center
bypass passage. Oil from the pump flows to the cylinder port(B3), through the load check valve
and oil from the cylinder flows into the tank passage through the cylinder port(A3).
6-19
(4) Boom float position
T
LH RH
B3
A3 Boom float
b3
a3
B2
A2 Roll back Dump
b2
a2
High pressure feed passage

(bridge line) A3 B3
Tank passage
Center bypass passage
7607WE14
When the boom plunger is located in float position, the oil from the pump flows to the tank through
the center bypass line.
The cylinder port(A3) is connected to the tank passage, and the cylinder port(B3) is connected to
the tank passage, and the cylinder port(B3) is connected to the tank passage through the bridge
line. And then the both cylinder port is in float condition.
6-20
3) BUCKET SECTION OPERATION
(1) Spool in neutral
B3
b3
a3
B2
A2 Roll back Dump
b2
a2
T
a2 Bucket b2
Main relief valve
7607WE15
When the bucket plunger is in neutral position, oil from the pump flows to the tank through the
center bypass line.
To cylinder port(A2, B2) are shut off from the high pressure feed passage and tank passage by the
bucket plunger.
6-21
(2) Bucket rollback position
B3
b3
a3
B2
A2 Roll back
b2
a2 Load
check
valve
Load check valve High pressure feed passage

A2 B2
a2 b2
7607WE16
When the pilot pressure is led to the port(a2), the bucket plunger is switched, and shut off center
bypass passage.
Oil from the pump flows to the cylinder port(A2) through the load check valve and oil from the
cylinder flows into the tank passage through the cylinder port(B2).
※ Load check valve
When the load pressure is higher than the pump pressure, the load check shuts off the passage
between the high pressure feed passage and the center bypass passage and prevents the reverse
flow from the cylinder.
6-22
(3) Bucket dump position
B3
b3
a3
B2
A2 Dump
b2
a2
High pressure feed passage Load check valve

A2 B2
a2 b2
Tank passage Center bypass passage
7607WE17
When the pilot pressure is led to the port(b2), the bucket plunger is switched, and shut off center
bypass passage.
Oil from the pump flows to the cylinder port(B2) through the load check valve and oil from the
cylinder flows into the tank passage through the cylinder port(A2).
6-23
4) MAIN RELIEF VALVE
Main poppet(A)
・ The relief valve is installed between pump
Pilot poppet(B) d1
circuit and tank circuit in the main control Spring(C) d2
valve housing and keeps system pressure
to setting pressure.
・ Oil from the pump port(P) enters into the P
chamber(3) through the orifice(2) of the

main poppet(A). T
As d2<d1, main poppet(A) is securely 4 3 2 1
seated.
・ When the pressure reaches the preset Pilot poppet(B) d1

Spring(C) d2
force of the spring(C), the pilot poppet(B)
opens. Oil flow around pilot poppet(B) and
flows into the tank passage(T) through the
side hole(4). P
T
4
・ As oil flows from the pump port(P) to the d1

Main poppet(A) d2
tank passage(T) through the orifice(2) of
the main poppet(A), the pressure of the
chamber(3) comes to lower than that of
P
the pump port.
Then the main poppet(A) is lifted and
pressured oil flows into the tank passage. T
3 2 1
7607WE18
6-24
5) PORT RELIEF VALVE
The port relief valve is installed between
cylinder port and tank passage.
Main poppet(B) Pilot poppet(D)
It protects the actuator from abnormal Piston(A) Spring(C)
d2 d1
pressure, due to outer force or sudden
block of cylinder pressure.
Cylinder
The port relief valve is the type of built-in port
make-up function.
1 2 T 3 Circular 4
passage
7607WE19
(1) Overload relief function

Pilot poppet(D)
① When the pressure reaches the preset
Spring(C)
force of the spring(C), the pilot poppet(D)
is lifted and pressured oil flows into the
tank passage. Cylinder
port
T Circular 4
passage
7607WE20
② As oil flows from the cylinder port to the

5
tank passage through the orifice(2) of the
piston(A), the pressure of the chamber(3)
comes to lower than that of the cylinder
Pilot poppet(D)
port. Then the piston(A) is lifted and Piston(A)
seated to the pilot poppet(D).
Oil from the cylinder port flows to the tank
passage through the orifice(5) of the pilot Cylinder
port
poppet(D), side hole(4) and the circular
passage.
T
1 2 3 Circular 4
passage 7607WE21
6-25
③ Oil from the cylinder port flows to the tank Main poppet(B) Pilot poppet(D)
passage. As the pressure of the d2 d1
chamber(3) comes to lower still more, the
main poppet(B) is lifted and pressured oil
Cylinder
flows into the tank possage. port
1 T 3
7607WE22
(2) Make-up function

As the cylinder port pressure is normally Main poppet(B)
higher than the tank passage pressure d2 d1
and d2<d1, the poppet(B) is securely

seated. When the cylinder port pressure Cylinder
port
comes to lower than the tank passage
pressure (closer to negative pressure),
the poppet(B) opens receiving the tank
passage pressure for the difference in T
7607WE23
area between d2 and d1 oil from the tank
passage flows to the cylinder port in order
to prevent cavitation.
6) MAKE UP VALVE
The make-up valve is installed between the
cylinder port and the tank passage. When
Main poppet(A)
the cylinder port pressure comes to lower d1
d2
than the tank passage pressure, then
make-up valve supplies the oil to the
Cylinder
cylinder port from the tank passage, and port
prevents cavitation.
(1) As the cylinder port pressure is normally
higher than the tank passage pressure T
and d2<d1, the poppet(A) is securely
seated. 7607WE24
6-26
(2) When the cylinder port pressure comes to
lower than the tank passage pressure Main poppet(A)
d1
(closer to negative pressure), the poppet d2
(A) opens receiving the tank passage
pressure for the difference in area Cylinder
port
between d2 and d1. Oil from the tank
passage flows to the cylinder port in order
to prevent cavitation.
T
7607WE25
6-27
7. PILOT OIL SUPPLY UNIT
1) STRUCTURE
5
1
P
2
U
T
6
P1 2
PILOT SUPPLY UNIT
3MPa Port Port name Port size

U
P2 From main pump 3/4-16UNF
P1 Pluging 3/4-16UNF
4.5MPa
U Supply to RCV lever 9/16-18UNF
P2 T T To hydraulic tank 9/16-18UNF

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT 7803AWE49
1 Manifold complete 4 Accumulator

2 Reducing valve 5 Gasket
3 Seal kit 6 Relief valve
(2) OPERATION
The pilot supply manifold reduces the pressure from the high pressure circuit to a low pressure
circuit in order to supply the remote control valve.
The accumulator satisfies short term peak power demands and is a source of emergency power
in case of main circuit pressure failures.
The unit consists of the housing, the accumulator(4), the relief valve(6), the check valve and the
reducing valve(2).
The flow path is from the high pressure circuit through port P2 to the pressure reducing valve(2).
The pressure is reduced in the reducing valve(2) and oil passes the check valve into the
accumulator(4) and to the port U, which is connected with the remote control valve.
The pressure relief valve(6) protects the pilot circuit in case of the reducing valve(2) failures or
external increase of pressure.
6-28
8. BOOM AND BUCKET CYLINDER
The boom cylinders are two unit and the bucket cylinder is one unit. They use a bolt on rod guide.
The piston(12) threads on to the rod(2) and is retained by a nut(16) and set screw(17).
The piston seals against the tube(1) with piston seal(14). Two wear rings(15) are located on each
side of the piston seal.
The gland(3, the rod guide) seals against the tube with an O-ring(10). The cylinder thread seals
against the rod with a lip type buffer ring(7) and a rod seal(5). A dust wiper(8) cleans the rod when it
is retracted.
1) BOOM CYLINDER
9,8 6,5 3 7 21 22 11,10 4 19 23,24,25 2 20 12 13 14 15 17 16
18 1 26,27
7607WE26
1 Tube assembly 11 Back up ring 20 Pipe assembly

2 Rod assembly 12 Piston 21 Bolt
3 Gland 13 O-ring 22 O-ring
4 Bushing 14 Piston seal 23 Spring washer
5 Rod seal 15 Wear ring 24 Bolt
6 Back up ring 16 Piston nut 25 Pipe clamp
7 Buffer ring 17 Set screw 26 Bushing
8 Dust wiper 18 Bolt 27 Dust seal
9 Snap ring 19 Pipe assembly
10 O-ring
6-29
2) BUCKET CYLINDER
9,8 3 6,5 7 11,10 4 2 19 12 13 14 15 17 16
24,25 18 20 1 21 22 23
7607WE27
1 Tube assembly 10 O-ring 18 Bolt

2 Rod assembly 11 Back up ring 19 Band assembly
3 Gland 12 Piston 20 Pipe assembly
4 Bushing 13 O-ring 21 Pipe assembly
5 Rod seal 14 Piston seal 22 Bolt
6 Back up ring 15 Wear ring 23 O-ring
7 Buffer ring 16 Piston nut 24 Bushing
8 Dust wiper 17 Set screw 25 Dust seal
9 Snap ring
6-30
9. HYDRAULIC OIL TANK
1) STRUCTURE
・ The oil from the hydraulic tank is sent from the pump through main control valve to the cylinders.
In the return circuit, the oil from various parts merges.
・ A part of oil is cooled in the oil cooler, passes through the hydraulic filter and returns to the
hydraulic tank(1).
・ If the hydraulic return oil filter becomes clogged, return filter bypass valve(6) acts to allow the oil to
return directly to the hydraulic tank(1). This prevents damage to the hydraulic filter(5). The
bypass valve(6) is also actuated when negative pressure is generated in the circuit.
15 11,13 4 9
7
3
A
6
5
SECTION A - A
2,8
12,14 15 10
7607WE28
1 Hydraulic tank wa 9 Socket bolt

2 Pipe wa 10 Bolt
3 Sight gauge 11 Cover
4 Air breather 12 Cover
5 Element assembly 13 O-ring
6 Bypass valve 14 O-ring
7 Spring 15 Bolt
8 O-ring
6-31
2) RETURN OIL FILTER BYPASS VALVE
(1) When the filter is clogged
Bypass valve(1) is opened and the oil
returns directly to the tank without passing 1
through the filter.
・Bypass valve set pressure : 1.36kg/cm2
(19.3psi)
From MCV
770-3ATM (6-33)
6-32
3) AIR BREATHER
The air breather is equipped with the
capacity to perform three functions
simultaneously-as an air filter, breathing
valve, and as a lubrication opening.
(1) Preventing negative pressure inside Element
Body
the tank Socket bolt
The tank is a pressurized sealed type, so
negative pressure is formed inside the
hydraulic tank when the oil level drops
during operations. When this happens,
the difference in pressure between the
tank and the outside atmospheric
pressure opens the poppet in the
breather, and air from the outside is let
into the tank or prevent negative pressure.
(2) Preventing excessive pressure inside
the tank
When the hydraulic cylinder is being used,
the oil level in the hydraulic system
increases and as temperature rises. If
the hydraulic pressure rises above the set
pressure, breather is actuated to release
the hydraulic pressure inside the tank. 7607WE59
6-33
9. ACCUMULATOR
The accumulator is installed at the pilot oil
supply unit. When the boom is left the raised
position, and the control levers are operated
with the engine stopped the pressure of the
compressed nitrogen gas inside the
accumulator sends pilot pressure to the
1
control valve to actuate it and allow the boom
2
and bucket to come down under their own
3
weight.
Type of gas Nitrogen gas(N2)
Volume of gas 0.75ℓ(0.2 U.S.gal)
Charging pressure of gas 16kg/cm2(228psi)
Max actuating pressure 128kg/cm2(1820psi)
1 Diaphragm
2 Closure button
3 Steel pressure vessel
7803AWE56
6-34
This procedure is designed so the mechanic can make a quick check of the system using a minimum
amount of diagnostic equipment. If you need additional information, read structure and function,
Group 1.
If verification is needed, you will be given next best source of information:
・Chapter 2 : Troubleshooting
・Group 3 : Tests and adjustments
6-35
※ Hydraulic oil must be at operating temperature for these checks(Refer to page 6-50).
Hydraulic system warm- Hold a hydraulic function over OK

up procedure relief to heat oil.(Don't keep relief Check completed.
condition over 5 seconds at a
time)
Refer to page 6-46.
Periodically cycle all hydraulic
functions to distribute warm oil.
Repeat procedure until oil is at
FEEL : Hydraulic reservoir must
be uncomfortable to hold your
hand against.
(approximately 45 ~55°C)
Hydraulic pump With bucket flat on ground, OK
performance check actuate boom raise. Time how Check completed.
Heat hydraulic oil to long it takes to raise boom to full
NOT OK
operating temperature. height.
Go to priority valve(in
LOOK : Boom must raise to full steering valve) high
height in less than 7 seconds. pressure check at page
5-28.
IF OK
Do steering system
leakage check at page
5-27.
IF OK
Do main hydraulic pump
flow test at page 6-51.
Control valve lift check With bucket partially dumped, OK
Run machine at low idle. lower boom to raise front of Check complete.
machine.
NOT OK
Slowly move boom control Repair lift checks in main
lever(RCV lever) to boom lower control valve.
position.
Slowly move bucket control lever
to bucket dump position.
LOOK : Boom must not raise
before moving down.
Bucket must not rollback before
6-36
Bucket rollback circuit Position bucket at a 45°angle OK

relief valve check against an immovable object. Check complete.
Engage transmission in 3rd speed NOT OK
forward. Replace rollback test
check valve.
LOOK : Bucket angle must not
change.
Bucket dump circuit Raise front of machine which OK
relief valve low pressure bucket at 45°angle. Go to next check.
check
Backdrag with bucket while NOT OK
observing bucket angle. Do loader system and
circuit relief valve test at
LOOK : Bucket must not rollback
page 6-52.
Pilot control valve float With the bucket partially dumped, OK
check lower boom to raise front of Check complete.
machine.
Run engine at low idle. NOT OK
Push control lever to the float
Do pilot control valve
detent position and release lever.
LOOK : Front of machine lower to
the ground and valve must remain
in float position when lever is
released.
Boom cylinder and Set the boom and bucket OK
bucket cylinder drift horizontal, then stop the engine. Check complete.
check
Stop the engine, wait for 5 NOT OK
Heat hydraulic oil to minutes, then start measuring. Go to next check.
B
Measure the amount the lift and
dump cylinder rods retract during
15 minutes.(Unloaded bucket)
A
A : Retraction of boom cylinder
rod
B : Retraction of bucket cylinder
rod
Boom cylinder must drift less than
40mm
Bucket cylinder must drift less
than 50mm
6-37
Boom cylinder leakage Dump bucket until teeth or cutting OK

check edge is perpendicular to the Drift is approximately the
ground. same between first and
Heat hydraulic oil to
operating temperature. Raise boom until cutting edge is second measurement.
about 1m(3ft) above ground. Repair loader control
Stop engine. Measure drift from valve or circuit relief valve.
tooth or cutting edge to ground for
NOT OK
1 minute.
If drift is considerably less
Wait 10 minutes. on second measurement,
Measure drift from tooth or cutting repair cylinder.
edge to ground for 1 minute.
LOOK : Compare the drift rate
between the first measurement
and the second measurement.
Bucket cylinder leakage Raise bucket about 1m(3ft) off OK
check ground with bucket level. Drift is approximately the
Heat hydraulic oil to Stop engine. Place a support same between first and
under boom. second measurement.
Measure drift from tooth or cutting Repair loader control
edge to ground for 1 minute. valve or circuit relief valve
Wait 10 minutes. at page 6-52.
Measure drift from tooth or cutting NOT OK
edge to ground for 1 minute. Drift is considerably less
on second measurement.
LOOK : Compare the drift rates
between the first measurement Repair cylinder.
and the second measurement.
Check valve of safety Put bucket level and position OK
valve leakage check about 1.2m(4ft) above ground. Check complete.
Heat hydraulic oil to Place a piece of tape on cylinder NOT OK
operating temperature. rod at least 51mm(2in) from rod Check or replace safety
guide. valve.
Run engine at low idle in safety-
release position.
LOOK : Bucket must not drift up.
Pilot control valve Stop engine. Turn key switch to OK
OFF position. Check completed.
(RCV lever) check
Move control lever to all positions
and then release. NOT OK
Repair pilot control valve.
LOOK : Lever must return to
neutral when released from all
positions.
6-38
Bucket leveler Position bucket fully dumped just OK

(Positioner) check above ground level. Check complete.
Run engine at low idle. Move control lever to bucket NOT OK
leveler detent position and Do bucket leveler checks
release. in group 3.
LOOK : Bucket must rollback to
the level position and control lever
must return to neutral.
If bucket is in a rolled back
position when key is turned ON,
control lever must be returned to
neutral manually if placed in the
bucket leveler detent position.
After bucket is dumped once,
bucket leveler will work normally.
Boom height kickout Position bucket flat on ground. OK
check Check complete.
Move control lever to boom raise
Run engine at low idle. detent position and release. NOT OK
Do boom height kickout
LOOK : Boom must raise to the
check in group 3.
set height and stop.
Control lever must return to
neutral.
Cycle time check Function Operating condition. Maximum cycle time
Heat hydraulic oil to Boom raise Bucket flat on ground to full height. 6.7sec
Boom lower(Float) Full height to level ground. 3.5sec
Bucket dump Boom at full height. 1.7sec
Bucket rollback Boom at full height. 2.4sec
Steering(No. of Frame stop to frame stop. 2.7sec(4 turns)
turns)
OK
Check complete.
NOT OK
Go to slow hydraulic
functions in group 3.
6-39
※ MEASURING BOOM AND BUCKET CYCLE TIME
1. MEASUREMENT CONDITION
・Coolant temperature : Inside operating range
・Steering position : Neutral
・Hydraulic temperature : 40~50°C
・Bucket : Unloaded
・Engine speed : High idling
2. MEASURING TOOL
・Stop watch(1EA)
3. MEASURING PROCEDURE
1) LIFTING TIME OF BOOM Lifting time of boom
Set the bucket near the maximum tilt back
position and at the lowest position on the
ground. Raise the bucket and measure
the time taken for bucket to reach the
maximum height of the boom.
7707WE16
2) LOWERING TIME OF BOOM

Set the bucket horizontal with the boom at Lowering time of boom
the maximum height, lower the bucket and
measure the taken for the bucket to reach
the lowest position on the ground.
7707WE17
3) DUMPING TIME OF BUCKET

Raise the boom to the maximum height and Dumping time of bucket
Rollback time of bucket
measure the time taken for the bucket to
move from the maximum tilt back position
to the maximum dump position
4) ROLL BACK TIME OF BUCKET
Raise the boom to the maximum height and
measure the time taken for the bucket to
reach the maximum tilt back position. 7707WE18
6-40
2. TROUBLESHOOTING
※ Diagnose malfunction charts are arranged from most probable and simplest to verify, to
least likely, more difficult to verify. Remember the following steps when troubleshooting a
problem :
Step 1. Operational check out procedure (see section 1)

Step 2. Operational checks (see group 2)
Step 4. Tests and adjustments (see group 3)
Noisy hydraulic pump Low oil supply or wrong viscosity Fill reservoir with recommended oil.
Plugged or pinched suction line Clean or replace line.
Air in oil Check for foamy oil. Tighten
connections.
Replace O-rings and or lines.
Plugged suction strainer Inspect and clean strainer in reservoir.
Loose or missing hydraulic line clamps Tighten or replace clamps.
Hydraulic lines in contract with frame Inspect and repair.
Worn or damaged pump Do hydraulic pump performance check
in group 2. Do hydraulic pump flow test
in group 3.
No or Slow hydraulic Failed or worn hydrualic pump Do performance check.

functions
Cold oil Warm oil up.
Slow engine speed Adjust engine speed control linkage.
Check high idle speed.
Suction line air leak Check for foamy oil.
Low oil supply Add recommended oil.
Wrong oil viscosity Use recommended oil.
Oil leaking past cylinders or control Check cylinder drift in group 2.
valve
Blocked or damaged line Inspect lines.
Faulty or misadjusted pilot oil supply Do pilot oil supply unit pressure test in
unit group 3.
Faulty pilot control valve(RCV) Do pilot control valve(RCV) pressure
test in group 3.
Binding loader control valve(MCV) Inspect valve.
spool
Faulty flow amplifier Check priority valve, orifice of flow
amplifier specification
6-41
No steering or hydraulic Low oil level Add recommended oil.
function
Failed hydraulic pump Remove and inspect return filter for
metal pump particles.
Failed main hydraulic pump drive Remove main hydraulic pump and
inspect drive gear.
No hydraulic functions Failed hydraulic pump Remove and inspect return filter for
steering normal metal pump particles, or replace the
pump.
Failed line filter Remove and inspect line filter for RCV.
Faulty safety valve Safety valve leakage test or ON, OFF
function test.
Stuck open port relief valve Replace relief valve.
Boom float function Low pilot control pressure Do pressure reducing valve pressure
does not work test in group 3.
Faulty pilot control valve(RCV) Replace relief valve.
Loader control valve(MCV) spool Do pressure reducing valve pressure
binding in bore test in group 3.
One hydraulic function Faulty pilot control valve(RCV) Do pilot control valve pressure test.
does not work.
Inspect and repair valve.
Stuck open port relief valve Replace relief valve.
Oil leaking past cylinder packings Do boom and bucket cylinder leakage
test in group 3.
Blockage in oil lines or valve Inspect lines for damage.
Disconnect and inspect lines for internal
blockage.
Loader control valve(MCV) spool stuck Inspect and repair valve.
in bore
Low hydraulic power Leakage within work circuit Do cylinder drift check in group 2.
Low system relief valve(main relief Do loader system and port relief valve
valve) setting pressure test in group 3.
Low port relief valve setting Do loader system and port relief valve
Faulty or misadjusted pilot oil supply Do pilot oil supply unit pressure test in
unit group 3.
Leaking system relief valve Remove and inspect valve.
Worn hydraulic pump Do hydraulic pump performance check
in group 2.
Faulty pilot control valve Do pilot control valve pressure test in
group 3.
6-42
Function drifts down Leaking cylinders Do cylinder leakage checks in group 2.

Leaking seals in circuit relief valve(port Inspect seals. Replace relief valve.
relief valve) or valve stuck open
Leaking loader control valve Repair or replace valve section.
Boom drifts up Leakage in boom down spool Remove and inspect boom down spool.
Boom down does not Safety valve not operated Operate valve.
work(Engine off)
Stuck pilot control valve Inspect.
Faulty line filter Remove and inspect filter.
Accumulation not operated. Inspect.
MCV spool stuck Inspect and repair valve.
Oil overheats Low oil viscosity in hot weather Use recommended oil.
Excessive load Reduce load.
Holding hydraulic system over relief Reduce load.
Leakage in work circuit Do boom and bucket cylinder leakage
test in group 3.
Plugged fins in oil cooler Inspect and clean oil cooler.
Internally plugged oil cooler Do hydraulic oil cooler restriction test in
group 3.
Incorrect system or circuit relief valve Do loader system and circuit relief valve
setting pressure test in group 3.
Restriction in oil lines or loader Inspect for dented or kinked lines.
valve(MCV)
Do hydraulic system restriction test in
group 3.
Pinched or restricted priority valve of Run engine at low idle. Steer machine
steering valve "LS" line back and forth. If engine load
decreases while steering, a restricted
"LS" line or priority valve of steering valve
malfunction is indicated.
Do priority valve of steering valve
"LS" port flow test in group 3.
Malfunctioning steering valve Do hydraulic system restriction test in
group 3.
Leaking system main relief valve Remove and inspect valve and seals.
Worn hydraulic pump(internal leakage) Do hydraulic pump performance check
in group 2.
Function drops before Stuck open load check valve Do control valve load check in group 2.
raising when valve is
activated
6-43
Hydraulic oil foams Low oil level Add recommended oil.

Wrong oil Change to recommended oil.
Water in oil Change oil.
Loose or faulty suction lines (air leak in Tighten or install new lines.
system)
Remote control valve Leaking plunger seals Remove, inspect and replace plunger
(RCV) leaking seals.
※ Followings are general precautions for the hydraulic system and equipment.
1) Every structure has its limit of strength and durability. The relief valve is installed to limit the
pressure on the hydraulic equipment and protect various parts of the wheel loader from possible
damage. Therefore, never change the preset pressure of the relief valve unless absolutely
necessary.
2) Since the hydraulic equipment is built with precision, the presence of only the slightest amount of
dust and / or other particles in the hydraulic circuit might cause wear and/or damage, resulting in
unstable functions and/or damage, resulting in unstable functions and/or unexpected accidents.
Therefore, always keep hydraulic oil clean. Periodically, check the filter in the return circuit and
replace the element as necessary.
3) Extract about 200cc of hydraulic oil from the tank as a sample every 6 months. If possible, have it
analyzed by a specialist to confirm that the oil can still be used. Never extract the oil for sampling
until the oil temperature has become the normal operating temperature. Since the replacement
period varies depending on operating conditions, refer to Operator's Manual and change oil.
4) Should the equipment get damaged due to the presence of metal particles and/or foreign matter in
the circuit drain out the hydraulic oil and carry out flushing. Also, replace the filter element and
clean the hydraulic tank. Change the hydraulic oil entirely.
5) When checking the filter, if found metal particles in the element, drain out the hydraulic oil entirely,
flush the whole circuit, and then fill with new oil. The presence of metal particles may indicate
internal damage to the equipment. In such a case, check carefully before flushing, and repair or
replace as required.
6) To add and/or change the hydraulic oil, always use recommended oil.(Refer to the list of
recommended oils and lubricants at page 1-21, Recommended lubricants.) Never mix oil of
different makes of kinds.
7) To change the hydraulic oil, use a clean vessel and funnel for pouring it into the tank. Never use
cloth because it might cause the presence of lint in the circuit.
8) When removing the hydraulic equipment, be sure to put plugs or caps on hoses, tube lines and
ports. Also, enter mating marks for later identification.
6-44
9) Disassemble and/or assemble the hydraulic equipment only in a clean place free of dust. When
disassembling, be careful about the interchangeability of parts, and clean the disassembled parts
with pure and clean mineral cleansing oil. Clean the internal passages as well. After the parts
have dried, wipe them off with a clean lint-free cloth.
10) When overhauling the hydraulic equipment replace all O-rings, backup rings, etc. with new ones.
Assemble O-rings with grease or vaseline applied.
11) After installing the equipment, add more hydraulic oil to make up for that lost during disassembly.
12) Tighten joints correctly. Loose joints will cause the hydraulic oil to leak. If the oil leaks, the tank oil
level drops and air gets sucked in, so the pump will break down. Also loose joints in suction lines
will take air in and might cause abnormal noise, malfunction or damage to pumps.
6-45
1. HYDRAULIC OIL CLEAN UP PROCEDURE USING PORTABLE FILTER CADDY

※ Service equipment and tool
・Portable filter caddy
・Two 4000mm × 1in 100R1 Hoses
・Quick disconnect fittings.
・Discharge wand
・Various size fittings.
※ Brake system uses oil from hydraulic oil
tank. Flush all lines in the brake, pilot,
steering system and cut off system.
Disassemble and clean major
components for brake and steering
system. Remove and clean pilot caps
from main control valve.
Brake and steering components may fail
if brake and steering system is not
cleaned after hydraulic oil tank
contamination.
1) If hydraulic system is contaminated due to a
major component failure, remove and
disassemble steering cylinders to clean
debris from cylinders.
2) Install a new return filter element. Inspect
filter housing before installing new element.
※ For a failure that creates a lot of debris,
remove access cover from hydraulic oil
tank. Drain and clean hydraulic oil tank
of fill the specified oil to hydraulic oil
tank through upper cover.
3) To minimize oil loss, pull a vacuum in
hydraulic oil tank using a vacuum pump.
Connect filter caddy suction line to drain
port at bottom of hydraulic oil tank using
connector. Check to be sure debris has not
closed drain port.
4) Put filter caddy discharge line into hydraulic
oil tank filler hole so end is as far away from
drain port as possible to obtain a thorough
cleaning of oil.
6 -46
5) Start the filter caddy. Check to be sure oil is
flowing through the filters.
Operate filter caddy approximately 10
minutes so oil in hydraulic oil tank is
circulated through filter a minimum of four
times.
※ Hydraulic oil tank capacity : 115ℓ(30.4U.S.
gal)
Leave filter caddy operation for the next
steps.
6) Start the engine and run it at high idle.
※ For the most effective results, cleaning
procedure must start with the smallest
capacity circuit then proceed to the next
largest capacity circuit.
7) Operate all functions, one at a time, through
a complete cycle in the following order:
Clam, steering, bucket, and boom. Also
include all auxiliary hydraulic functions.
Repeat procedure until the total system
capacity has circulated through filter caddy
seven times, approximately 30 minutes.
Each function must go through a minimum
of three complete cycles for a through
cleaning for oil.
※ Filtering time for machines with auxiliary
hydraulic functions must be increased
because system capacity is larger.
8) Stop the engine. Remove the filter caddy.
9) Install a new return filter element.
10) Check oil level in reservoir; Add oil if
necessary.
6 -47
2. BOOM HEIGHT KICKOUT ADJUSTMENT
1) Lift the boom up to a desired height, set the
boom control lever at hold, then stop the
engine.
Be careful lest work equipment fall
down. Boom
Put the hydraulic safety lock lever in the
LOCK position.
Proximate switch
7707WE20
2) Loosen nuts and bolts then tighten them

after adjusting the plate or proximate switch Bolt
so that it comes in contact with the center of Nut
the probe of the proximate switch.
Boom
Plate
7707WE21
3) Loosen the nuts so that a clearance

between the plate and the probe of the
proximate switch are maximum 6mm. Max 6mm
Boom
7707WE22
4) Start the engine. Position the bucket on

Neutral
the ground. Then lift the bucket to a
desired height by using the control lever
and release the hand. Detent position
Confirm the lever automatically returns to
the neutral position and the boom(the
bucket) stop at the adjusted position.
7707WE23
6 -48
3. TEST TOOLS
1) CLAMP-ON ELECTRONIC TACHOMETER
INSTALLATION
・Service equipment and tools
Tachometer
A : Clamp on tachometer.
Remove paint using emery cloth and B
connect to a straight section of injection D
line within 100mm(4in) of pump. Finger C
Tighten only-do not over tighten.
B : Black clip(-). Connect to main frame.
C : Red clip(+). Connect to transducer. A
D : Tachometer readout. Install cable.
(770-3ATM) 6-49
2) DIGITAL THERMOMETER INSTALLATION

・Service equipment and tools
Digital thermometer
A : Temperature probe.
A
Fasten to a bare metal line using a tie
band. Wrap with shop towel.
B : Cable. B C
C : Digital thermometer.
(770-3ATM) 6-49
3) DISPLAY MONITOR TACHOMETER

The display monitor tachometer is accurate
enough for test work.
7707SE06
6 -49
4. HYDRAULIC OIL WARM UP PROCEDURE
1) Install temperature reader(See temperature
reader installation procedure in this group).
2) Run engine at high idle.
3) Hold a hydraulic function over relief to heat
the oil.
4) Periodically cycle all hydraulic functions to
distribute warm oil.
5) Heat oil to test specification(Approx. 50°
C).
6 -50
5. MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP FLOW TEST
・ SPECIFICATION
Oil temperature 45±5°C(113±9° F)
Engine speed 2200±25rpm
Test pressure 210±5bar(2990psi)
Maximum pump flow 282ℓ/min(74.5gpm)
・ FLOW METER GAUGE AND TOOL Flow meter
Temperature reader
To MCV
1) Make test connections.
procedure in this group)
(See hydraulic oil warm up procedure in this
group)
Hyd tank
4) Run engine at test specifications.
5) Close flow meter loading valve to increase
pressure to test specifications.
6) Read flow meter.
7) If flow is below specifications, check suction
line and suction pressure for abnormality
before removing pump. 7607WE29
6 -51
6. LOADER SYSTEM AND PORT RELIEF
VALVE PRESSURE TEST
・ SPECIFICATION
Oil temperature (40~50°
C)
Relief valve Engine speed Relief pressure
210±5kg/cm2
System(M) High
(2987±70psi) U
Boom 240±5kg/cm2
Low
raise(U) (3414±70psi) Boom
Bucket 240±5kg/cm 2
Bucket
Low
rollback(R) (3414±70psi)
Bucket 240±5kg/cm2 R
Low
dump(D) (3414±70psi)
M D
・ Gauge and tool

M : System(Main) relief valve
R : Bucket rollback relief
D : Bucket dump relief
U : Boom raise relief
1) Install fitting and pressure gauge to test port
in pump delivery line.
2) Install temperature reader. P
T
group)
4) To check the system relief(M), run engine at
high idle. Lower boom to bottomed Main pump
position.
Slowly activate boom down function while
watching pressure gauge. If pressure is not
to specification, loosen lock nut on system
relief valve(M) and adjust to specification.
7607WE30
6 -52
※ Do not adjust the system relief valve
above 250kg/cm2 (3560psi). Damage to
the pump will result from excessive
pressure settings.
5) To check the bucket dump, bucket rollback,
and boom raise, adjust the system relief
valve to 250kg/cm2 (3560psi).
Run engine to maintain 800 ~ 850rpm when
hydraulic function is activated over relief.
Activate the function to be checked with the
cylinder bottomed. Read the pressure
gauge.
If pressure is not to specification cycle relief
valve over relief 10 times to flush.
Read pressure gauge again. Turn screw
to adjust valve to specification.
※ Do not work machine with system relief
adjusted above specification or
structural damage may occur.
6) Adjust system relief valve to specification.
6 -53
7. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM RESTRICTION TEST
・ SPECIFICATION
Maximum pressure 2MPa(20bar, 285psi) at
steering valve(EHPS).
Maximum pressure at main control valve
1MPa(10bar, 145psi)
・ GAUGE AND TOOL
Gauge 0~7MPa(0~70bar, 0~1000psi) 2EA
This test will check for restrictions in the
hydraulic system which can cause
overheating of hydraulic oil.
1) Install temperature reader. P
group)
3) Connect fitting and gauge to steering valve.
4) Connect fitting and gauge to main control
valve.
Do not operate steering or loader
functions or test gauge may be damaged.
5) Run engine at specification and read
pressure gauges.
loader control valve, check for a kinked, T
dented or obstructed hydraulic line. Check
loader control valve for a binding spool.
steering unit, inspect neutral condition of
the steering unit and steering valve for a
stuck spool. Make sure orifice plugs are
installed in ends of priority valve spool.
Check for plugged orifice in priority valve
"LS" port and dynamic signal orifice on
7607WE31
steering valve body.
6 -54
8. LOADER CYLINDER DRIFT TEST
・ SPECIFICATION A
Oil temperature 45±5°
C(113±9°
F)
Boom horizontal
Bucket horizontal
Bucket unloaded
Item Standard value B
Retraction of boom
40mm A : Retraction of bucket cylinder rod
cylinder rod
B : Retraction of boom cylinder rod
Retraction of bucket
50mm
cylinder rod
・ GAUGE AND TOOL

Stop watch
Temperature reader
Put the safety lock lever in the lock
position.
Do not go under the work equipment.
1) Set the boom and bucket horizontal, then
stop the engine.
2) Stop the engine, wait for 5 minutes, then
start measuring.
3) Measure the amount the boom and bucket
(770-3ATM) 6-55(1)
cylinder rods retract during 15 minutes.
6 -55
9. BOOM AND BUCKET CYLINDER LEAKAGE
TEST
・ SPECIFICATION
F)
Engine speed Low idle
Maximum leakage 15 mℓ/min(1/2 oz/min)
・ GAUGE AND TOOL
Temperature reader
Stop watch
Measuring container
1) Fasten temperature sensor to head end
port of cylinder to be tested. Cover sensor
with a shop towel.
2) Heat hydraulic oil to specifications(See
hydraulic oil warm up procedure in this
group).
Never work under raised equipment
unless it is supported with a hoist or
support stands.
3) Full extend the cylinder to be tested. If
testing the boom cylinders, restrain boom in
the fully raised position using a hoist or a
stand.
※ Check cylinders for leakage in the fully
extended position only. In the retracted
position contacts the end of the cylinder
and seals off piston seal leakage.
4) Remove and plug cylinder rod end hose or
line.
5) Run engine at slow idle. Activate control
lever to extend cylinder for 1 minute over
relief while measuring leakage for open
port.
If leakage is within specification, excessive
cylinder drift is caused by leakage in the
loader control valve or circuit relief valve. (770-3ATM) 6-56
6 -56
10. PILOT CONTROL VALVE PRESSURE TEST
・ SPECIFICATION
Oil temperature 45±5° C(113±9° F)
Engine speed Low idle
Begin metering 1/4" of lever travel
Pressure in detent :
Boom float detent 1.9MPa(19bar)
Pressure at feel position :
Boom power down 19~22bar
Boom raise 19~22bar
Bucket rollback 19~22bar
Bucket dump 19~22bar
・ GAUGE AND TOOL
As the control lever is moved from neutral,
the pilot pressure will suddenly jump up to
approximately 5.8bar at 1/4in. travel. The
pressure should then increase smoothly to
the specification at the FEEL position(Or
3/4 lever travel), and then jump up about
430psi as the lever is moved into detent.
This test will determine if adequate pilot
pressure is available to move the loader
control valve spools.
※ The FEEL position is when lever is
moved to feel the ramp of the detent
before lever passes into detent position.
1) Lower boom to ground.
2) Connect gauge to the pilot pressure port of
function to be checked.
4) Heat hydraulic oil to specification(See
group). 7707WE67
6 -57
5) Run engine at specification. Activate
function to be checked and record pressure
reading.
※ If boom raise or bucket rollback FEEL
positions are not operation due to boom
or bucket position, plug boom float
detent wires into bucket leveler solenoid
or boom height kickout solenoid. This
will provide a feel position on the control
lever.
6 -58
11. PILOT OIL SUPPLY UNIT PRESSURE TEST
・ SPECIFICATION
Oil temperature 45±5° C(113±9° F)
Engine speed Low idle and stop
Pilot pressure setting
30~35bar(430~500psi)
Relief valve setting pressure 45bar
・ Accumulator precharging pressure 16bar
GAUGE AND TOOL
The pilot supply unit consist of the pressure
reducing valve, the relief valve and an
accumulator. This regulates pressure to
the pilot control circuit.
U
1) Connect gauge to test port on the screw T P2
coupling.
3) Heat hydraulic oil to specification(See
group).
4) Run engine at low idle for 1 minute and
stop engine, wait for 5 minutes. Then start
measuring.
5) If pressure in not within specifications,
replace valve.
7707WE26
6 -59
12. CYCLE TIME TEST
・ SPECIFICATION
F)
Function Operating conditions Maximum cycle time(seconds)
Boom raise Bucket flat on ground to full height 6.7

Boom lower(float) Full height to ground level 3.5
Bucket dump Boom at full height 1.7
Bucket rollback Boom at full height 2.4
Steering(Number of turns) Frame stop to stop 2.7(4 turns)
Hydraulic pump performance cycle time.
Function Operating conditions Maximum cycle time(seconds)

Bucket flat on ground to full height
Boom raise 8.0
while holding steering over relief
6 -60
13. HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER INSPECTION
PROCEDURE
1) Lower the bucket to the ground, stop the
engine, move the control lever back and
forth several times, and clean all over the
upper surface of the hydraulic oil tank.
2) Remove the bolts(1) and take out the filter
1
case cover(2) and O-ring(3).
2
3) Remove the spring(4) and bypass valve(5).
3
4) Remove the filter element(6) from the tank.
4
5) Check the element and the filter case 5
bottom for debris. Excessive amounts of
brass and steel particles can indicate a 6
failed hydraulic pump or a pump failure in
process. A rubber type of material can
indicated cylinder packing or other packing
failure.
※ The hydraulic oil filter in the filter case of
the hydraulic oil tank should be
replaced every 250 operating hours or
more often. When the filter element is
replaced, please keep as follows.
(1) Clean the inside of the filter case.
(2) Place new element in the proper positions
inside the filter case.
(3) Install the bypass valve and spring.
Make sure the element stand upright, and
check for complete contact of the element
bottom with the filter case bottom.
(4) Install the O-ring and filter case covers.
Tighten them with bolt. Replace the O-
ring with new one if damaged.sa
7607WE32
6 -61
1. MAIN PUMP
1) STRUCTURE
21
22
4
3 5
23
13
11 12
22
19
15
8
7 14
6
17
18
9
16
8 15
7 14
6 13
12
11
10
1
2
7607WE33
1 Shaft seal 9 Front drive gear 17 Spline coupling

2 Adapter 10 Front driven gear 18 Rear driven gear
3 Washer 11 Wearplate 19 Rear drive gear
4 Bolt 12 O-ring seal 20 Stud
5 Flange 13 Back up seal 21 Flanged nut
6 Back up seal 14 Interface seal 22 Rear body
7 O-ring seal 15 Dowel 23 O-ring
8 Wearplate 16 Front body
6 -62
2) DISASSEMBLY
21
22
4
3 5
23
13
11 12
22
19
15
8
7 14
6
17
18
9
16
8 15
7 14
6 13
12
11
10
1
2
7607WE33
※ Plug all ports prior to cleaning and disassembling pump to prevent ingress of debris or
contamination.
※ Clean the pump thoroughly with a solvent, ensuring no loose debris or contamination remains on
the unit.
※ Mark each interface and then separate into individual pump sections.
(1) Securely clamp pump horizontally on one port face, ensuring that no damage is sustained to the
port face and remove the stud(20) and nut(21).
(2) Remove the front adaptor(2) from the body(16) using a pulling tool centred on the drive shaft(9).
※ Under NO circumstances attempt to prise or chisel cover from body as such action could damage
the machined sealing faces.
(3) Remove and discard the shaft seal(1) from adaptor making sure that no damage is sustained to
the surface of the seal bore.
(4) Unclamp pump and place it vertically with drive shaft up.
(5) Before removing wearplate from the body mark it using a soft pencil or a felt-tip pen to ensure
correct reassembly. Remove wearplate(8) complete with O-ring seal(7) and back up seal(6).
6 -63
DISASSEMBLY
21
22
4
3 5
23
13
11 12
22
19
15
8
7 14
6
17
18
9
16
8 15
7 14
6 13
12
11
10
1
2
7607WE33
(6) Mark the gears using a soft pencil or felt-

tip pen to ensure assembly in the same
relative position, see figure on the right,
then withdraw the drive shaft/gear(9) and
driven gear(10) separately to prevent
jamming.
(7) Again, to ensure correct assembly, mark
remaining wearplate(11) using a soft
pencil or a felt-tip pen. Remove wearplate
from body complete with O-ring seal(12) 7607WE34
and back up seal(13).

(8) Discard interface seal(14).
(9) Having separated into individual pumps,
proceed as per paragraph (1)~(7).
6 -64
3) MANDATORY REPLACEMENT PARTS
Discard all seals including interface seals, shaft seals, wear plate seals and back up seals. Fit new
seals on reassembly. Wearplates should also be replaced with new items from seal kit.
4) HANDLING/STORAGE
While disassembling pump, ensure no surfaces are scored or marked in any way. A rubber
surfaced table will be beneficial. All components must be placed in a clean, dry and safe area.
Leakage will be created by scratches on components. If parts are to be left for any period ensure
they are not exposed to dirt, dust and corrosion. Keep gears separate from each other in
protective boxes.
5) INSPECTION OF PARTS
Wash all parts in a solvent and dry.
(1) Adaptor housing and cover
The pump must be replaced if the damage listed is present.
Feature Damage
Corrosion, nicks or burrs(slight burrs can be removed
Surfaces
using and india stone)
Machined sealing lnterfaces Scores, cracks or corrosion
Bearing Loose
(2) Gears
Feature Damage
Surfaces using an lndia stone).
Wear due to seal(s)
Journals Pitting, wear, sufficient wear to change outside diameter
Tooth Cracks or heavy scoring or chipped
Splines/keyways Distortion of wear
End faces Wear, cracks
6 -65
(3) Floating wear plates
Feature Damage
Corrosion, nicks or burrs, amounts of scoring,erosion

Surfaces or any cracks, discoloration caused by overheating
Removing burrs or minor scoring from Scoring of wear plate.

end faces and teeth of the gears.
(4) Bolts/Studs
The pump should be replaced if the damage listed is present.
Feature Damage

Surfaces using an lndia stone), cracks or scoring,
distortion or damage to thread form
(5) Plain bearings

Feature Damage
Surfaces Cracks or socring

PTEF Coating Worn-bronze, sub-layer showing
Bearing Loose in housing/cover
(6) Coupling
This must be replaced if damage listed is present.
Feature Damage
Surfaces Corrosion, nicks or burrs, erosion, cracks or pitting

Splines Distorted or badly worn
6 -66
6) ASSEMBLY
21
22
4
3 5
23
13
11 12
22
19
15
8
7 14
6
17
18
9
16
8 15
7 14
6 13
12
11
10
1
2
7607WE33
※ It is critical that the wearplates are assembled into the pump with regard to the following:
-The seal side of the wearplate must be adjacent to the adaptor or body.
-The high pressure side of the wearplate must be adjacent to the outlet port.
※ This must take place in a clean dry area, ensuring that all parts are clean and free from
contamination or loose particles. Lightly oil all surfaces.
(1) Place body vertically with gear pockets upper most.
(2) Slide wearplate(11) complete with O-ring seal(12) and back up seal(13) down through the housing
to the bottom of the gear pockets.
※ Be sure to refit the wearplate the same as that marked from this position during disassembly.
(3) Fit the gears(18,19) within the housing taking care to replace as marked, with the teeth
reassembled to their original related position.
(4) Fit the wearplate(8) complete with O-ring seal(7) and back up seal(6).
※ Be sure to refit the wearplate the same as that marked from this position during disassembly.
6 -67
ASSEMBLY
21
22
4
3 5
23
13
11 12
22
19
15
8
7 14
6
17
18
9
16
8 15
7 14
6 13
12
11
10
1
2
7607WE33
(5) Fit new interface seal(14) into groove in body.

(6) Proceed as per paragraph(1)~(5).
(7) Fit adaptor(2) over the drive gear(9) and fit stud(22).
(8) Securely clamp unit and tighten nut(21) to half torque and then full torque.
・Tightening torque : 23.2kgf・m(168lbf・ft)
(9) Fit shaft seal(1) using appropriate tooling, in correct position and orientation.
(10) Pour a little clean hydraulic oil into the ports.
6 -68
2. MAIN CONTROL VALVE
1) STRUCTURE
89
11
37
32
33
34 24
23 22
7 35 22
17 23
24
36 21
20 17
19
18 3 24
11 17 23
22
2 12
16
5 1
4 12
12
13
6 1514
21
11 9
8
31 13
25 1514
26 12
27 25
26 11
28 27 39
30 28 38
29 40
7607WE35
1 Housing assembly 15 O-ring 28 Back up ring

2 Plunger assembly 16 Plunger 29 Cap
3 Plunger assembly 17 Guide 30 Cap
4 O-ring 18 Spring 31 Check
5 O-ring 19 Spacer 32 Cap
6 Main relief assembly 20 Nipple 33 Guide
7 Cover 21 Port relief assembly 34 Spacer
8 Nipple 22 O-ring 35 Spring
9 O-ring 23 Back up ring 36 Plunger
10 Cover 24 O-ring 37 Make up assembly
11 Socket bolt 25 Check 38 Cover
12 O-ring 26 Spring 39 O-ring
13 Cover 27 O-ring 40 Bolt
14 Plug
6 -69
2) GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
(1) Clean room with no dust is recommended for maintenance. Because hydraulic components are
precision, and have minute clearance. Tool and wash-oil must be clean, too. Handle them
carefully.
(2) At removing control valve from the machine, wash around the piping port, and neither dust nor
water should go into inside with plugging. It is same at attaching the machine.
(3) Prepare the required parts by checking structure figure before assembly. There are parts which
are supplied with only sub-assembly part, so check the parts list before assembly.
3) PRECAUTIONS FOR DISASSEMBLY
(1) Handle the components carefully not to drop them or bump them with each other as they are
made with precision.
(2) Do not force the work by hitting or twisting as burred or damaged component may not be
assembled or result in oil leakage or low performance.
(3) When disassembled, tag the components for identification so that they can be reassembled
correctly.
(4) Once disassembled, O-ring and back-up rings are usually not to be used again.(Remove them
using a wire with its end made like a shoe-horn. Be careful not to damage the slot)
(5) If the components are left disassembled or half-disassembled, they may get rust from moisture or
dust. If the work has to be interrupted, take care to prevent rust and dust.
4) PRECAUTIONS FOR REASSEMBLY
(1) Take the same precautions as for disassembly.
(2) When assembling the components, remove any metal chips or foreign objects and check them for
any burrs or dents. Remove burrs and dents with oil-stone, if any.
(3) O-rings and back-up rings are to be replaced with new ones, as a rule.
(4) When installing O-rings and back-up rings, be careful not to damage them. (Apply a little amount
of grease for smoothness)
(5) Tighten the bolts and caps with specified torque.
5) SPECIAL TOOL
・ HOLDER
Material : copper
41 Hex : Division
100
28.2
7607WE36
6 -70
※ Regarding to change the main plunger
We can not supply the main plunger,
because the plunger is fit for valve
housing.
So, do not change the plunger at the field.
If changing plunger must be needed, then
tell us model name of control valve and Name plate
serial number written at its nameplate.
7607WE37
6) BUCKET PLUNGER AND ACCESSORY PLUNGER

※ Reassemble in the opposite order to disassemble.
※ To reassemble correctly, attach an identification tag immediately after parts are removed.
(1) Remove hexagon socket bolts(1) then

remove cover(2).
・Hexagon socket bolt
Width across flat : 8mm
Tightening torque : 5.1kgf・m(36.8lbf・ft)
※ Reassembly
Install cover(2), after making sure that O-ring Stopper plug
is placed on the edge of the housing hole. 2 1 Cover
7607WE38
(2) Pull out spool assembly from housing.

※ Do not pull out the spool all at once.
Pull slowly while fitting in the housing hole.
※ Reassembly
Set the key groove of the plunger with the
stopper plug of the cover.
7607WE39
(3) Set the spool between holders and loosen

plunger cap(3) by using vise. Holder
・Plunger cap
※ Set the spool between holders and clamp 3
them by a vise after degreasing the spool
and holders as a special tool.
7607WE40
6 -71
(4) Remove the plunger cap(3), spring guide
(4), spring(5) and sleeve(6).
※ Spring is different from boom section
spring. 3
4
5
6
4
7607WE41

remove cover(9) after remove plug(7).
・Plug(7)
Width across flat : 19mm 7
Tightening torque : 8.2kgf・m(59.0lbf・ft) O-ring
・Hexagon socket bolt(8)
Tightening torque : 5.1kgf・m(36.8lbf・ft) 8
※ Make sure that O-ring is on the face of 7607WE42
housing.
7) BOOM PLUNGER
remove cover(2).
・Hexagon socket bolt
※ Reassembly
Install cover(2), after making sure that 2 1
O-ring is placed on the edge of the housing 7607WE43
hole.
(2) Pull out spool assembly from housing.

※ Do not pull out the spool all at once.
Pull slowly while fitting in the housing hole.
※ Reassembly
Set the key way of the plunger to the
stopper plug of the cover.
7607WE44
6 -72
(3) Set the spool between holders and loosen
Holder
plunger cap(3) by using vise.
・Plunger cap
※ Set the spool between holders and clamp 3
them by a vise after degreasing the spool
and holders as a special tool.
7607WE45
(4) Remove the plunger cap(3), spring guide

(4), spring(5), sleeve(6) and spring guide
(7).
※ Spring is different from the other section 3
spring. 4
5
6
7 7607WE46

remove cover(9) after remove plug(7).
・Plug(7)
Tightening torque : 8.2kgf・m(59.0lbf・ft) O-ring
・Hexagon socket bolt(8)
10
※ Confirm that O-ring is put to end face of 7607WE47
housing.
8) MAIN RELIEF VALVE

(1) Loosen cap(1) and remove the main relief 2 1
cartridge from the body.
・Cap(1)
3 4 5
7607WE48
6 -73
(2) Loosen hex nut(2), and remove adjust
screw(3), spring(4) and pilot poppet(5).
・Hex nut(2)
2 5
・Adjust screw(3) 4
3
7607WE49
(3) Pull out sleeve(9), and remove orifice(6),

spring(7) and main poppet(8).
7
6
9
8
7607WE50
※ Do not disassemble pilot seat, because

the pilot seat is assembled with pressure.
6 7 8 9
Pilot seat
7607WE51
6 -74
(5) RESETTING THE RELIEF PRESSURE
Cap Adjust spring(C)
Adjust screw(A) Pilot poppet(B)
7607WE52
※ If setting pressure is mistaken, hydraulic unit may be destroyed and danger may be caused.
Do not raise by any means more than the pressure decided for every model.
Tempolary assembly and setting
① Check the position of setting pressure 0 MPa.
Set adjusting screw(A) temporarily in the position that pilot poppet(B) contacts to pilot seat.
Then pressure adjusting spring(C) begins to be effective.
② Install the main relief valve which is set temporarily to main body.
Tighten cap with torque wrench.
・Tightning torque : 10.2kgf・m(73.8lbf・ft)
To set pressure
① Attach exact pressure gauge at exit of pump or gauge port of control valve.
② Operate the pump with rated speed.
③ Operate plunger either boom or bucket at full stroke and check the pressure.
④ Turn adjusting screw(A) (right turn) and set pressure with checking pressure gauge.
・One quarter turn of adjusting screw(A) equals about 4 MPa.
・Setting pressure 20.6MPa(210kgf/cm2) at 220ℓ/min.
・Relief is very sensitivity. So, do not turn adjusting screw(A) suddenly.
⑤ Tighten lock nut with torque wrench holding adjusting screw.
・Tightning torque : 3.3kgf・m(23.6lbf・ft)
※ Operate plunger and check the setting pressure, again.
6 -75
9) PORT RELIEF VALVE
Adjusting screw
※ Do not disassemble adjusting screw.
It’s impossible to readjust setting pressure
exactly on the machine.
(1) Loosen sleeve(1) and remove relief valve.
・Sleeve(1)
6 5 4 3 1 2
※ Install to original position. 7607WE53
(2) Loosen and remove relief seat sub-

assembly(2). And remove spring(3),(4)
piston(5), and main poppet(6).
・Relief seat(2)
Width across flat : 36mm 4 2
3
6
7607WE54
10) MAKE UP VALVE

(1) Loosen sleeve(1) and remove relief valve.
・Sleeve(1)
4 3 1 2
7607WE55
(2) Remove cap(2) and pull out spring(3),

poppet(4).
・Cap(2)
2
3
4
7607WE56
6 -76
11) LOAD CHECK VALVE
2
1 1
2
3 4 3
- Bucket for 2-spools valve - Bucket for 3-spools valve

- Aux for 3-spools valve
- Boom for 2 & 3-spools valve
7607WE57
Example for explanation : Bucket section of 3-spools valve(double check)
(1) Remove cap(1) pull out spring(2), check

(3) and (4)
・Cap(2)
Tightening torque : 25.5kgf・m(184lbf・ft) 4
※ When reassembly ;
2
Be careful for the back-up ring not to
protrude. 3
※ Only Bucket section has double check. 7607WE58
6 -77
3. REMOTE CONTROL VALVE
1) STRUCTURE
2
1
3-1
3-2
Locite 262
3-3
5
11-1
11-2 12-1
4,3,1 12-2
4 1
10 3 2
30
11-3 12-3
11-4 12-4
2
33 30
11-5
11-6
4,3,1 14 32
40
15
40
4 1
20-1 42
20 3 2
22
21
23 4 1
3 2
25
26
7707WE64
1 Handle 11-4 Cardan 21 Solenoid

2 Push button 11-5 Armature 22 Intermediary plunger kit
3-1 Locking pin 11-6 Spring ring 23 Intermediary plunger guide
3-2 Bent lever 12-1 Counter nut 25 Electric bracket
3-3 Nut 12-2 Spring ring 26 Bushing
4 Rubber boot 12-3 Switch plate screw 30 Plunger kit
5 Locking nut 12-4 Press screw 32 Regulation unit
10 Cardan bracket 14 Shims(0.1, 0.2, 0.5mm) 33 Regulation unit
11-1 Self-locking nut 15 Cardan 40 Return spring
11-2 Washer 20 Flange 42 Prefeeling point kit
11-3 Washer
6 -78
2) DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
(1) PUSH BUTTEN
The remote control valve does not need to be removed from the machine to perfom this operation.
Remove worn pushbutton using a small screwdriver.
The installation of new elements is performed without any special tools; the parts are simply
pressed into place.
(2) RUBBER BOOT
① Remove the remote control valve from the machine or free the valve by unscrewing the 4 screws
fixing the plate in order to release the electrical cable.
・Assembly
Torque : 1.02kgf・m(7.4lbf・ft)
Hold the remote control valve using a vice or a vice-grip wrench(clamp onto the body).
※ The pilot unit does not need to be removed from the machine to release the cable. However, it is
recommended to lift the control unit by undoing the 4 fixing screws on the arm rest.
※ It is unnecessary to remove the units with no electrical functions.
② Lift and turn the boot inside out.
③ Remove the grommet(7) from its emplacement to free the cable.
④ Loosen the handle mounting nut(3-3) using a 19mm open-end wrench.
・Assembly : torque 4.08kgf・m(29.5lbf・ft)
⑤ Unscrew and remove the handle(1).
・Assembly
- Add loctite 262 onto the lever thread
- Torque : 4.08kgf・m(29.5lbf・ft)
⑥ Replace the faulty rubber boot(4) with a new one.
⑦ Replace the handle(1) following the disassembly instructions in reverse order.
(3) HANDLE
① Clamp the threaded section of the lever(3-2) in a vice fitted with V-shaped vice clamp.
② Remove the pin(3-1) using a 5mm pin driver.
③ Replace the lever(3-2) onto the new handle(1) and secure it with the pin(3-1) using a 5mm pin
driver.
※ Respect the position of the curved lever to ensure that the handle is correctly oriented as
indicated by the machine’s technical specifications.
④ Replace the nut(3-3) on the threaded section and replace the boot(4).
6 -79
(4) DETENT CARDAN BRACKET KIT
※ Remove the 2 grommets(20-1) from the W
flange (20).
V
※ Place centering sleeves V & W to avoid
damaging the cardan knuckles while
loosening the nuts.
※ Unscrew the locking nut(5) using a
23mm open-end wrench.
・Assembly : Torque 4.08±0.4kgf・m
(29.5±2.9lbf・ft)
① Unscrew the self-locking nut(11-1) using Before loosening the nuts
a 13mm open-end wrench.

・Assembly W
- Torque 1.02kgf・m(7.4lbf・ft)
- Place centering sleeves(V-W) to avoid
damaging the cardan knuckles while
screwing the nuts.
② Remove : - Friction washer(11-2) V
- Friction washer(11-3)
- Cardan/armature assembly
7707WE65
(11-4 ~ 11-6)
(5) NON-DETENT PLUNGER KIT

① Unscrew the self-locking nut(12-1) using a 13mm open-end wrench.
・Reassembly : - Torque 1.02kgf・m(7.4lbf・ft)
- Place centering sleeves(V-W) to avoid damaging the cardan knuckles while
screwing the nuts.
② Undo the snap ring(12-2) using a flat-end screwdriver.
③ Remove the screw assembly(12-3, 12-4)
(6) CARDAN
① Remove the centering sleeves V & W.
② Remove the cardan bracket(10) and the shims(14).
③ Unscrew the cardan(15) using a 17mm open-end wrench.
・Reassembly : - Ungrease the cardan threads
- Add loctite 262 onto the cardan threads(both end)
- Torque 4.08kgf・m(29.5lbf・ft)
(7) SOLENOID AND CONNECTOR
※ It is advised to mount the connector onto the solenoid cable once the remote control valve is
assembled.
① Remove the flange(20) and the electrical bracket(25),
② Remove the protecting bushes(26) from the electrical bracket(25).
③ Undo the solenoid(21) from the electric bracket(25).
④ Replace the solenoid.
※ Clean the polar face using a piece of cloth and pay attention not to hit them.
⑤ Assembly : Place the solenoid cable in its emplacement on the electric bracket before fitting the
protection bushes.
6 -80
(8) INTERMEDIARY PLUNGER KIT
① Undo the intermediary plunger guide(23).
② Remove and replace the intermediary plunger kit assembly(22).
(9) GUIDE / PLUNGER AND REGULATION UNIT
※ Beware of the plungers that might jump out due to the spring return.
① Remove : - Guide/plunger assembly(30).
- Regulation unit(32/33).
- Return spring(40).
- Pre-feeling point kit(42).
② The remote control valve is now totally disassembled.
Assemble in reverse order following the torque specification.
6 -81
Group 1 Component Location 7-1

Group 2 Electrical Circuit 7-3
Group 3 Monitoring System 7-22
Group 4 Electrical Component Specification 7-38
Group 5 Connectors 7-45
Group 6 Troubleshooting 7-59
GROUP 1 COMPONENT LOCATION
1. LOCATION 1
1
2
8
9 Cab roof
LH SIDE 10 14
11 15
3 12 16
4 13 17
5 18
6
7
A
19
20
7707EL02
1 Buzzer stop switch 8 Radio & cassette 15 Main light switch

2 Beacon switch(option) 9 Aircon & heater switch 16 Work lamp switch
3 Horn button 10 Starting switch 17 Auto select switch
4 Multi function switch 11 Rear wiper/washer switch 18 Clutch cut off switch
5 Cluster 12 Ride control switch(option) 19 Cigar lighter
6 Gear selector lever 13 Pump motor switch(option) 20 12V socket
7 Kick down switch 14 Parking brake switch
7-1
2. LOCATION 2
1 2 3 4 5
6
7
16
15
8 14
13
9 10 11 12
7707EL02-1
1 Proximity switch 7 Front turn lamp 12 Back up buzzer

2 Proximity switch 8 Start relay 13 Number plate lamp
3 Horn 9 Fuel sender 14 Master switch
4 Work lamp 10 Battery 15 Rear combi lamp
5 Switch panel 11 Rear combi lamp 16 Work lamp
6 Head lamp
7-2
GROUP 2 ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
M01 1.25 WOr

CONTROLLER CN-58 CN-59
SPEEDMETER SIG.
TACHO SENSOR+
CLUTCH CUT-OFF SW
GND(MECHANICAL)
BUZZER STOP
CLUTCH CUT-OFF PS
RIDE CONT. ON
STOP LAMP P/S

HOURMETER
FUEL SENSOR
PREHEATER
STEERING RY
WASH SIG
RS-RX
PARKING SIG
SAFETY RY
FAN CLUTCH+
AIR FILTER
HYD TEMP SENDER
COOLANT SIG
WIPER INT SIG
RIDE CONT. AUTO
STEERING P/P PS
WIPER RY
GND
CAN-H
SERIAL-L
BUZZER
GND
MODE
NEUTRAL SIG
AUTO SEL.TCU
RS-TX
SERIAL-H
ENG OIL PS
BRAKE PS
TACHO SENSOR-
FAN CLUTCH-
STEERING PS
AUTO SEL.SW
ALT LEVEL
CAN-L
IG 24V
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
20A
10A
20A
10A
30A
20A
20A
10A
20A
30A
10A
30A
20A
30A
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
5A
5A
5A
5A
5A
EARTH1
RADIO/ROOM LAMP
HORN/CONVERTER
CASSETTE/BUZZER
BACK/STOP LAMP
AIR-CON/HEATER
BEACON LAMP
CONTROLLER
AC &HEATER
WORK LAMP
PREHEATER
HEAD LAMP
TURN LAMP
TO CABIN
START KEY
CN-5
F/R WIPER
ILL,F/L,R/R
ILL.F/R,R/L
CLUSTER
CLUSTER
1 CASSETTE ACC
ILL.LAMP
C01 0.85 G 1
SWITCH
OPTION
H BRACC STC
6 CS-2
SPARE
2
CIGAR
36353433 32 31 3029 28 2726 25 2423 22 212019 18 171615 14 13 1211 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 2319 15 8 7 6 5 2
CN-36
5
START SWITCH
ECM
ECM
3 RADIO B+/ROOM LAMP
RCV
TCU
TCU
6 C02 0.85 Y 3
3 5 M43 1.25 R RESISTER C03 1.25 Or 4 4 WORK LAMP F
2 5
B
1 4 5
G(sh)
V(sh)
W(tw)
W(tw)
G(sh)
A
B
6 GND
V(sh)
B(tw)
RW
3 M01 1.25 WOr G82 0.85 B 6
OrW
WOr
F07 0.85 GrW
M31 0.85 GrW
WOr
M17 1.25 OrW
R03 0.85 GrW
M02 1.25 BrW

4
ROr
M12 0.85 ROr
VOr
M40 0.85 BW
M13 1.25 LOr
M15 1.25 YW
BW
M16A 1.25 Br
F13B 0.85 Br
W
W
T37B 0.85 W
E16A 0.85 W
LW
0, I
C01B 0.85 G
G
R
B
7 ILLUMINATION
L
Br
L
M18 0.85 Or
M10 1.25 Gr
M04 1.25 Or
M22 0.85 Gr
F26 0.85 Gr
Gr
Gr
M09 0.85 W
2 F12 0.85 V C05 0.85 R 7
M08 1.25 W
W
C07 1.25 G
H 0 I II
M11 1.25 R
T28 0.85 R
R
M07 1.25 V
C02 0.85 Y
M32 0.85 Y
Y
M14 1.25 L
M21 0.85 L
L
F21 3.0 W
F22 5.0 R
CN-98
M03 2.0 R
1 8 GND
M05 2.0 L
M04B 1.25 Or G81 0.85 B 8
T18D 0.85
RF51 1.25
RF53 1.25
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
ET01 0.85
EF20 0.85
R10A 0.85
ET02 0.85
M16 1.25
E18 0.85
0.85
0.85
F10 0.85
F09 0.85
T30 0.85
M33 0.85
0.85
0.85
M06 0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
G42 1.25
T29 0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
9 BUZZER STOP
A
C06 0.85 L 9
B
C
G83 0.85 B 10 10 GND
M64
M63
M62
M61
M24
M35
M29
M26
M34
M25
M30
M28
M27
11 BEACON LAMP
C06
F04
F08
F25
C07 1.25 G 11
CD-3 CF14B 1.25 Br 12 12 WORK LAMP R
Pa 2 G18 0.85 B 13 13
1 M25 0.85 VOr 14 14
15 15
BRAKE PS
ET02B 0.85 G
ET01B 0.85 V
ET02 0.85 G(sh)

ET01 0.85 V(sh)
T30 0.85 W(tw)
W(tw)
F09 0.85 G(sh)
F10 0.85 V(sh)
T39 0.85 B(tw)

B(tw)
CD-26
RW
GrW
OrW
GrW
GrW
M17 1.25 OrW
WOr
F25 0.85 WOr
M34 0.85 ROr
ROr
VOr
LOr
T37B 0.85 W
YW
BW
Br
M33 0.85 BW
Br
RF53 1.25 W
W
LW
C01B 0.85 G
R
CN-10 TO FRONT
M04 1.25 Or
M10 1.25 Gr
M29 0.85 Gr
M18 0.85 Or
Gr
Gr
Gr
Pa 2
M08 1.25 W
M06 0.85 W
M09 0.85 W
G27 0.85 B
M16 1.25 Br
T18D 0.85 L
ET03B shield
M11 1.25 R
C07 1.25 G
T28 0.85 R
M27 0.85 R
Y
M07 1.25 V
C02 0.85 Y
Y
M32 0.85 Y
Y
L
C06 0.85 L
CN-97
M03 2.0 R
1 PROXIMITY SW
M05 2.0 L
1
4
3
1
1
2
M26 0.85 Gr R10 0.85 R
F11 shield
EF20 0.85
E16A 0.85
M16A 1.25
F13B 0.85
RF51 1.25
R10A 0.85
T29 0.85
F07 0.85
F04 0.85
M31 0.85
E18 0.85
M30 0.85
M13 1.25
R03 0.85
M25 0.85
M14 1.25
M21 0.85
M28 0.85
M24 0.85
M35 0.85
M12 0.85
M15 1.25
M26 0.85
M22 0.85
M40 0.85
F08 0.85
F26 0.85
2 2
PARKING PS 3 GND
G63 0.85 B 3
G64 0.85 B 4 4 GND
G65 0.85 B 5 5 GND
1 G28 0.85 B 6 6
2 M44 0.85 L RF51D 1.25 G 7 7 ILL. L.H
CN-71 RF53D 1.25 W 8 8 ILL. R.H
PARKING SOL. R13 1.25 V 9 9 HIGH BEAM
R14 0.85 RW 10 10 HEAD LAMP
11 L.H TURN LAMP
CN-12
RF52D 0.85 L 11
CN-13
CN-7
13
14
10
12
12
11
10
11
10
14
12
11
13
CN-11 RF50 0.85 Or 12 12 R.H TURN LAMP
4
9
9
6
7
7
8
3
8
3
6
2
1
2
1
9
2
5
5
1
1 AC CONTROLLER GND 1 G15 2.0 B
2 BLOWER MOTOR GND 2 G02 1.25 B
3 AC 24V 3 M05A 2.0 L CN-8
M24 0.85 W(tw)
GrW
M35 0.85 B(tw)
VOr
4
RF50B 0.85 Or
AC CONTROLLER B+ 1 1
M15A 1.25 YW
M03 2.0 R
RF51A 0.85 G
4
M12 0.85 ROr
M42 1.25 BrW

T40 0.85 RW
RF52B 0.85 L
R14 0.85 RW
RW
W
GY
LW
R13B 0.85 V
R13A 1.25 V
5
M14D 1.25 L
L
M06 0.85 W
5 M04A 1.25 Or 2 2
Br
Br
AC CONTROLLER B+
M41 1.25 W
G41 0.85 B
M59 0.85 Y
M49 0.85 G
M46 0.85 R
Y
G51 1.25 B
L
6 AC COMP 6 F06 1.25 Y 3 3
T27C 0.85
T34A 0.85
M27A 0.85
T37A 0.85
T18C 0.85
M45C 0.85
M37 1.25
M30 0.85
M39 0.85
T35 0.85
M38 0.85
T33 0.85
T25 0.85
T31 0.85
7 AC CONDENSOR FAN 7 4 4
8 ILLUMINATION 8 RF53A 1.25 W R05 0.85 V 5 5 HORN
R06 0.85 LW 6 6 BOOM DOWN PS
R07 0.85 G 7 7 BUCKET LEVELER
EARTH4 R08 0.85 Br 8 8 BOOM KICK OUT
EARTH6 EARTH8 R09 0.85 Or 9 9 BOOM DOWN PS
10 10
G66 0.85 B 11 11 GND(SOL.)
CR-41 12 12
86 30 87a G34 1.25 B
85 R08 0.85 Br
87
R10B 0.85 R
858787a 86
30 M48 0.85 L
BOOM UP
CN-53
CR-40 EARTH7 6
86 30 87a 5
85 R07 0.85 G T24 0.85 BW 4
87 G33 1.25 B G73 0.85 B 3
R10C 0.85 R T23 0.85 Gr 2
85 8787a 86
30 M47 0.85 W T18B 0.85 L 1
BUCKET CN-52
G71 0.85 B 1 VM1
CR-7 G72 0.85 B 2 VM2
4 4 3 EF08 0.85 W T13 0.85 B 3 VMG1
3 M05B 1.25 L T16 0.85 R 4 VMG2
2 M05C 1.25 L T22 0.85 ROr 8 VPS2
1 2 1 F05 0.85 LW T05 0.85 LW 9 AIP5
AIR-CON RY T20 0.85 YW 10 AIP2
T40 0.85 RW 52 ADM1
CR-26 T07A 0.85 W 12 VPS1
86 30 87a M39 0.85 G T07B 0.85 W 13 VPS1
85 M22 0.85 Gr T23 0.85 Gr 15 SDDK
87 M45 0.85 W T38 0.85 WOr 17 ER3
M45A 0.85 W T45 0.85 BOr 49 ER2
858787a 86
30 M46 0.85 R T24 0.85 BW 18 EUPR
WIPER RY LO T12 0.85 W(tw) 19 EF1
T25 0.85 RW 20 ED3
CR-4 T26 0.85 YW 21 ED10
86 30 87a M45B 0.85 W T27 0.85 VOr 22 ED7
85 G25 1.25 B T28A 0.85 R 23 VPE1
87 M49 0.85 G ET01A 0.85 V(sh) 25 CANF_H
86 M38 0.85 Br ET02A 0.85 G(sh) 26 CANF_L
858787a
30 M14A 1.25 L ET02C 0.85 G 27 CANF_T
WIPER RY HI ET03A shield 28 VGS
T29 0.85 Y 29 ED11
T21 0.85 Or 32 AIP3
CR-2 T30 0.85 W(tw) 36 SD4
3 4 4 M07A 1.25 V T08 0.85 WOr 39 ER1
3 M37 1.25 GY T10 0.85 W(tw) 41 EF2
2 R05 0.85 V T11 0.85 W(tw) 42 EF3
1 2 1 G26 1.25 B T31 0.85 Br 43 ED4
HORN RY T18A 0.85 L 45 VPI
T09 0.85 BOr 46 VMGA2
T06 0.85 G 51 AIP6
CN-138 EARTH2 T04 0.85 V 55 AIP4
24V 24V A M07B 1.25 V T19 0.85 Gr 56 AIP1
GND B G31 1.25 B T32 0.85 Gr 57 ADM5
12V 12V C M50 1.25 Or T17 0.85 Br 62 EF4
DC/DC CONVERTER T33 0.85 LW 63 ED1
T34 0.85 GrW 64 ED5
T35 0.85 L 65 ED2
CR-5 T36 0.85 WOr 66 ED9
86 30 87a T37 0.85 W 67 ED6
85 M21 0.85 L T28B 0.85 R 68 VPE2
87 E05 0.85 R
CONTROL UNIT
858787a 86 T37C 0.85 W
30 M43 1.25 R T39 0.85 B(tw) TWIST
SAFETY RY
CN-1
CR-30 F21 3.0 W 1 1 FUSIBLE LINK
3 4 4 F03 0.85 Y F22 5.0 R 2 2 FUSIBLE LINK
3 T34B 0.85 GrW
2 M08A 1.25 W CN-6
1 2 1 G29 1.25 B T16 0.85 R 1 1 SPEED SENSOR
BACK-UP RY T17 0.85 Br 2 2 SPEED SENSOR
T18 0.85 L 3 3 SPEED SENSOR
4 4
CR-3 T05 0.85 LW 5 5 GEAR BOX Y5
4 3 4 C03 1.25 Or T19 0.85 Gr 6 6 GEAR BOX Y1
3 M51 0.85 W T07 0.85 W 7 7 GEAR BOX VPSI
2 M10A 1.25 Gr T21 0.85 Or 8 8 GEAR BOX Y3
1 2 1 G21 1.25 B T08 0.85 WOr 9 9 GEAR BOX TEMP
WORK LAMP FRONT T09 0.85 BOr 10 10 GEAR BOX GND
T06 0.85 G 11 11 GEAR BOX Y6
CR-6 T04 0.85 V 12 12 GEAR BOX Y4
4 4 3 CF14A 1.25 Br T20 0.85 YW 13 13 GEAR BOX Y2
3 M52 0.85 L T38 0.85 WOr 14 14 T/M FILTER
2 M10B 1.25 Gr T45 0.85 BOr 15 15 SENSOR CONVERTER
1 2 1 G22 1.25 B
WORK LAMP REAR CN-3
RF53C 1.25 W 1 1 ILL. LH
CR-35 RF52C 0.85 L 2 2 TURN LAMP LH
3 4 4 R09 0.85 Or E06 0.85 G 3 3 PREHEATER RY
3 T22 0.85 ROr EF20 0.85 RW 4 4 ALTERNATOR I
2 M53 0.85 Br F13 0.85 Br 5 5 STOP LAMP
1 2 1 T32 0.85 Gr F12 0.85 V 6 6 BATT.RELAY
RIDE F03 0.85 Y 7 7 BACK UP BUZZER
CONTROL RY F04 0.85 OrW 8 8 FUEL SENDER
E18 0.85 LW 9 9 ECM
CF141.25 Br 10 10 WORK LAMP
CN-139 RF50C 0.85 Or 11 11 TURN LAMP RH
1 G32 1.25 B RF51C 1.25 G 12 12 ILL.RH
2 M50 1.25 Or E17 0.85 W 13 13 ECM
E16 0.85 W 14 14 ECM
12V SOCKET E19 0.85 V 15 15 ECM
DO-3 CN-2
1 G58 0.85 B ET01C 0.85 V(sh) 1 1 CAN H
2 M56B 0.85 L ET02D 0.85 G(sh) 2 2 CAN L
ET03 shield 3 3 CAN T
DO-4 EARTH5 4 4
1 G59 0.85 B F10 0.85 V(sh) 5 5 FAN CLUTCH
2 M27C 0.85 R F09 0.85 G(sh) 6 6 FAN CLUTCH
F11 shield 7 7 FAN CLUTCH
8 8
E09 0.85 L 9 9 ECM PREHEATER
EF08 0.85 W 10 10 AC COMP
E05 0.85 R 11 11 START RELAY
F08 0.85 WOr 12 12 HYD TEMP SENSOR
F07 0.85 GrW 13 13 AIR FILTER
E07 0.85 VOr 14 14 FUEL WARMER
F06 1.25 Y 15 15 R/DRY
CN-14
E13 0.85 G 1 1 OFF IDLE SW
E12 0.85 L 2 2 ON IDLE SW
E11 0.85 Or 3 3 THROTTLE 5V
GrW
GrW
T27A 0.85 VOr
RF53B 1.25 W
VOr
LOr
M15B 1.25 YW
LOr
E10 0.85 W(tw) 4 4
T36 0.85 WOr

THROTTLE SIG.
M31 0.85 GrW
M17 1.25 OrW

M33 0.85 BW
M02 1.25 BrW

M42 1.25 BrW
M34 0.85 ROr

C01A 0.85 G
VOr
M09E 0.85 W
R
R
R
R10D 0.85 R
T26 0.85 YW
0.85 BW
F13A 0.85 Br
M47C 0.85 W
W
M09A 0.85 W
M09C 0.85 W
M09F 1.25 W
M08B 1.25 W
L
LW
M18 0.85 Or
R
R
M27B 0.85 R
C05A 0.85 R
C05J 0.85 R
C05B 0.85 R
C05C 0.85 R
C05L 0.85 R
C05F 0.85 R
C05G 0.85 R
C05H 0.85 R
C05K 0.85 R
R10M 0.85 R
R10N 0.85 R
R
M11 1.25 R
M48C 0.85 L
L
M56A 0.85 L
M14C 1.25 L
M14B 1.25 L
M55 0.85 Or
Gr
M55 0.85 Or
0.85 Or
G62 1.25 B
E14 0.85 B(tw) 5 5

M41 1.25 W
M54 0.85 W
Br
M51 0.85 W
M54 0.85 W
G52 1.25 B
B
G POS. RETURN
0.85 G
M59 0.85 Y
G55 1.25 B
M40 0.85 BW
G07 0.85 B
M32 0.85 Y
G09 0.85 B
G19 0.85 B
G11 0.85 B
G13 0.85 B
G17 0.85 B
B
G54 1.25 B
M16B 1.25 Br
M52 0.85 L
G53 1.25 B
M56 0.85 L
M44 0.85 L
0.85 L
W(tw)
B(tw)
R10G 0.85
R10F 0.85
R10E 0.85
M48A 0.85
M47A 0.85
F25 0.85 WOr 6 6 STEER.PUMP PS

T27B 0.85
R10L 0.85
R10J 0.85
M47B 0.85
M48B 0.85
C05E 0.85
R03D 0.85
R03C 0.85
M13B 1.25
R10K 0.85
R10H 0.85
M13A 1.25
G68 0.85
G61 1.25
G12 0.85
M28 0.85
G67 0.85
E19 0.85
G56 1.25
E06 0.85
E07 0.85
M53 0.85
M29 0.85
E09 0.85
R06 0.85
E15 0.85 BW 7 7 THROTTLE RETURN

T13C 0.85 B(tw) 8 8 SENSOR TURBIN-T
E14
E15
E11
E10
E13
E12
T13B 0.85 B(tw) 9 9 SENSOR GEAR-T
F05 0.85 LW 10 10 R/DRY
EARTH3 T13A 0.85 B(tw) 11 11 SENSOR ENGINE-T
CN-102
T10 0.85 W(tw) 12 12 SENSOR TURBIN
CR-46
CN-144
CR-42
3
2
1
3
2
1
4
1 2 3 4 5 6 T11 0.85 W(tw) 13 13
5
4
2
6
SENSOR GEAR
1
CN-114
CD-5
DO-1
CN-111
CN-48
CS-51
CN-103
CR-11
CN-22
CS-50
CS-3
DO-2
CN-26
CS-39
CS-42
CL-2
CD-4
CS-20
CN-110
CS-17
1
B
A
1
1
10 10
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
4
B E
10 10
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1
10 10
14
2
3
1 2 2 1
2
M 2
8
6
7
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 14
1
T12 0.85 W(tw)

4
3
10 10
6
3 5
6 7
1
2
8
6
5 5
4 7
3
2
2
6 7
SENSOR ENGINE
9
6 7
6
5 5
3
8
6
5 5
5
8
1
1
2
1
3
4
4
9
9
9
3
1
1
4
4
3
5
4
Lo 5
B 1
15
E 3
Pf 2 F26 0.85 Gr 15
Hi 4
MAIN PUMP PS
L
10
E
B
10
10
4
1
M
6
3
FL+ 1
BK+2
BL+3
h
Pa
Pa
I0,
7
3
3
1
1
ON IDLE
OFF IDLE
G
F/WASHER R/WASHER HOUR
M
WARNING FLASHER STOP
METER CLUTCH
5 BK-
0I
6 BL-
0I 0I
4 FL-
BUZZER UNIT FUEL WARMER PREHEATER RY LAMP

2
CIGAR
9
9
5
5
1
7
7
8
8
2
CUT-OFF
9
7
8
2
AUTO/MANUAL SW CLUTCH CUT-OFF SW ILL HEAD LAMP SW REAR WIPER & WASHER SW RIDE CONTROL SW WORK LAMP SW PARKING SW LIGHTER
REAR LINEAR THROTTLE
WIPER 7607EL00
7-3
CL-3
BUZZER STOP BEACON LAMP INLET M/ACT TEMP M/ACT MODE(D/FOOT) MODE(VENT) RESISTOR RELAY(HI) RELAY(M2)
R14B 1.25 RW 1 Lo
2
8
8
7
7
9
9
R13A 1.25 V 2 Hi CN-23
ROTARY LAMP
C13 1.25 W 1 3 M 1 M 4 2 7
3 M 7 1 M 4 2 7
BLOWER
1
7
3
1
G02 1.25 B 3 E WORK LAMP F. DOOR SW
1 Lo 1
4 Hi 4
3 ML 2
2 MH 3
C11 1.25 L 2 5 5
M
R51 1.25 G 4 C
4
4
M
5
6
7
5
6
7
5
6
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
SPEAKER LH
10 10
10 10
HEAD LIGHT LH
5 5
7 6
5 5
7 6
CS-55
CS-23
CS-34
1
CS-1
2
1
1
CL-6
4
2
3
2
3
CL-7
CL-5
21 GW
23 WR
16 BW
15 WB
22 BG
18 BG
9A GB
9B GB
2
19 GL
25 YB
1
1
3
3
9
17 LR
2
4
6
24 LB
20 Y
20A Y
YBr
YW
CL-24 CN-24
LG
YW
BG
RY
RY
YB
32 2B
L
36 L
1 C12 1.25 OR 1
L
G03 1.25 B
36A
2
33A
C10 1.25 GY
26
35
27
R52 1.25 L 2
6B
6A
29
33
36
28
35
GY
C08A 1.25 GY
C03B 1.25 Or
C03A 1.25 Or
Or
GY
Or
COMBI LH SPEAKER RH
G
G12 1.25 B
G11 1.25 B
G23 1.25 B
B
L
C08B 1.25
C09C 1.25
C08 1.25
C09 1.25
C06 1.25
G22 1.25
C07 1.25
G13 1.25
CN-20
G04 1.25 B 1 G02 1.25 B G
4 R05A 1.25 V 2 CN-27
3 G09 1.25 B C13 1.25 W S.L+ 1
2 R09 1.25 Or C01 1.25 G ACC 2
HORN C05 1.25 R ILL+ 3
1 R06 1.25 LW CN-25 C12 1.25 OR S.R+ 4
CN-18 G12 1.25 B 1 NO. DESTINATION
G03 1.25 B ILL- 5 CN-11
R05B 1.25 V 2 1,2 BR
C11 1.25 L S.L- 6 1 1 GND(CONTROLLER)
32 2B
C02A 1.25 Y B+ 7 2 2 GND(BLOWER)
6 RY
C10 1.25 GY S.R- 8 3 3 FUSE(IG)
3,4 RW
CN-8 CL-4 CN-5 G04 1.25 B GND 9 4 4 FUSE(Battery)
33 2R
1 1 R14A 1.25 RW 1 Lo 1 FUSE BOX 1 C01 1.25 G CASSETTE RADIO 5 5 FUSE(Battery)
2 30 LW
2 R13B 1.25 V 2 Hi 2 6 6 DPS(COMPRESSOR)
2 3 31 LY
3 3 E 3 FUSE BOX C02 1.25 Y 7 7 CONDENSOR FAN
3 G11 1.25 B CL-1 5 G
4 WORK LAMP F. RY 4 C03 1.25 Or 8 8 ILLUMINATION
4 4 R53 1.25 W 4 C 5 2
5 C02B 1.25 Y AIR CON
5 HORN RY 5 R05 1.25 V HEAD LIGHT RH 6 G01 1.25 B C09A 1.25 Or 1
6 GND
6 RIDE CONT.SW 6 R06 1.25 LW 7 SWITCH ILL. 7 C05 1.25 R
G06 1.25 B B
WB15
BW16
LR 17
BG 18
GL 19
Y 20
GW21
BG 22
WR23
LB 24
YB 25
LG 26
YBr27
BG 28
YB 29
LW 30
LY 31
BR 1
BR 2
RW 3
RW 4
G 5
RY 6
BrR 8
GB 9
7 BUCKET RY 7 R07 1.25 G CL-25 8 GND 8 G10 1.25 B ROOM LAMP
1.25LgB9
1.25G 8
8 BOOM UP RY 8 R08 1.25 Br G13 1.25 B 1 9 CONTROLLER 9 C06 1.25 L
9 R09 1.25 Or R50 1.25 Or 2 10 GND 10 G21 1.25 B
9 RIDE CONT.RY
10 11 FUSE BOX 11 C07 1.25 G CL-30
COMBI RH
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
10
11
12
13
14
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DUCT SENSOR(GND) 9
12 WORK LAMP R. RY 12 C14 1.25 Br C02C 1.25 Y 2
11 G08 1.25 B
TEMP MOTOR ACT(+)

11 GND
TEMP MOTOR ACT(-)
BLOWER RELAY(M1)
BLOWER RELAY(M2)
COMPRESSOR(DPS)
BLOWER RELAY(LO)
1
MODE M/ACT(FOOT)
C09B 1.25 Or
MODE M/ACT(PBR)
13
MODE M/ACT(DEF)
INLET MOTOR(REC)
BLOWER RELAY(HI)
13
TEMP M/ACT(PBR)
INLET MOTOR(FRE)
MOTOR ACT(REF)
CONDENSER FAN
DUCT SENSOR(+)
12
MODE M/ACT(M+)
12
MODE M/ACT(M-)
14
1
2
14 G05 1.25 B B
ILLUMINATION
15 15
BATTERY(+)
BATTERY(+)
CN-10 CN-100
POWER IG
1 FUSE BOX 1 R10 1.25 R R10A 1.25 R 1 B
2 2 G16 1.25 B 3 E DUCT
GND
GND
3 GND 3 4 S SENSOR
G05 1.25 B R08 1.25 Br
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
4 GND AC-11
4 G60 1.25 B BOOM KICK OUT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 111213 14 15161718
18
5 GND 5 G18 1.25 B AC & HEATER CONTROLLER
C03C 1.25 Or
C03D 1.25 Or
C14A 1.25 Br
C14B 1.25 Br
17 C44 1.25 Y C44 1.25 Y CONDENSER FAN
6 6
G14 1.25 B
G15 1.25 B
G16 1.25 B
G17 1.25 B
16 C43 1.25 LW C43 1.25 LW COMPRESSOR(DPS)
7 ILL. SW (FUSE) 7 R51 1.25 G CN-101 15 C42 1.25 YW C42 1.25 YW BLOWER RELAY(HI)
8 ILL. SW (FUSE)
9 MULTI FUNCTION SW
8
9
R53
R13
1.25
1.25
W
V
R10B 1.25 R
G17 1.25 B
1 B
3 E
14
13
C41
C40
1.25
1.25
BOr
YW
C41
C40
1.25
1.25
BOr
YW
BLOWER RELAY(M2)
BLOWER RELAY(M1)
AIR-CON HARNESS
10 MULTI FUNCTION SW 10 12 C39 1.25 LW C39 1.25 LW BLOWER RELAY(LO)
R14 1.25 RW R07 1.25 G 4 S
11 MULTI FUNCTION SW 11 11 C38 1.25 Y C38 1.25 Y MODE M/ACT(PBR)
R52 1.25 L BUCKET LEVELER
12 MULTI FUNCTION SW 10 C37 1.25 LW C37 1.25 LW MODE M/ACT(M-)
12 R50 1.25 Or 9 C36 1.25 WOr C36 1.25 WOr MODE M/ACT(M+)
CL-36
CL-32
CL-35
CL-33
8
1
MODE M/ACT(FOOT)
2
C35 1.25 BW
1
C35 1.25 BW
2
2
1 B G32
7 C34 1.25 GY C34 1.25 GY MODE M/ACT(DEF) OR 18A
6 C33 1.25 Y C33 1.25 Y MOTOR ACT(REF) 2
5 C32 1.25 G C32 1.25 G TEMP M/ACT(PBR) CN-137 FROM BATT. RY
4 C31 1.25 BOr WORK LAMP FRONT WORK LAMP REAR C31 1.25 BOr TEMP MOTOR ACT(-) SOL-RIDE CONT.
3 C30 1.25 L C30 1.25 L TEMP MOTOR ACT(+)
2 M
FRONT HARNESS 1
C29
C28
1.25
1.25
BW
WOr
OPTION C29
C28
1.25
1.25
BW
WOr
INLET MOTOR(FRE)
INLET MOTOR(REC)
MOTOR RY
AC-1
AC-22 B G31
1
OR 18
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 121314
14 NC 2
13 NC CN-136 CD-40
12 NC CN-17 5A B 2
SOL CONT.VALVE Pa
11 NC Y 1 3 BR
10 NC 1 1
CD-41 OR 2
9 C27 1.25 GW C27 1.25 GW DUCT SENSOR(GND) OR 18 2
Pa 1 BR 3 STR PUMP PS
8 C26 1.25 BW C26 1.25 BW DUCT SENSOR(+)
2 OR 17 3
7 NC L 4 CD-39
4
6 C25 1.25 R C25 1.25 R POWER IG BOOM DOWN B 5 5 B
5
5 2 Pa
C24 1.25 G C24 1.25 G ILLUMINATION 4 L
4 C23 1.25 RW C23 1.25 RW BATTERY(+) 6 1
B G31
W 17A
3 C22 1.25 RW C22 1.25 RW BATTERY(+)
CN-18 OR 17
2 C21 1.25 BrW C21 1.25 BrW GND
MAIN PUMP PS
CN-12
1 C20 1.25 BrW C20 1.25 BrW GND
1
2 E16 1.25 W AC-2
3 E13 1.25 G 1 2 3 4
4 E12 1.25 L
5
6
E11
E10
1.25
1.25
Or
W(tw)
1
CABIN HARNESS
7 E14 1.25 B(tw) F21 3.0 W
8
9
E17 1.25 W F22 5.0 R 2
CN-60 RIDE CONTROL HARNESS EMERGENCY HARNESS
10 E18 1.25 LW
11 MASTER SW
12 E15 1.25 BW CR-1 B
13 E09 1.25 L R4 G
R1
14 E07 1.25 VOr F23C 1.25 L
15 G79 1.25 B R2
R3 BATTERY
BATT. RY CS-0
12
11 E06 1.25 G TO STARTER
10 F23B 1.25 L 2
9 EF08A 1.25 W EF20A 1.25 RW 1 CN-92
8 EF20B 1.25 RW DO-3 TO PREHEATER RY
7 E18 0.85 LW A VEHICLE KEY SW INPUT
E05 1.25 R
6 E16D 0.85 W B BATT. 24V
5 2 E16B 0.85 W C BATT. 24V
E19 1.25 V F23A 1.25 L
4 E16C 0.85 W D BATT. 24V
G78 1.25 B 1
E17A 0.85 W M BATT. 24V
3 E03 shield DO-2 CN-83
2 M E17B 0.85 W S BATT. 24V
2 E02 1.25 G(sh) EF08B 1.25 R
1 G01 0.85 B E BATT. GROUND
1 E01 1.25 V(sh) F23 1.25 L 2 G26 1.25 B
CN-4 G02 0.85 B F BATT. GROUND
F12 1.25 V 1 AIR-CON FAN
G03 0.85 B H BATT. GROUND
DO-1
G04 0.85 B P BATT. GROUND
CL-23
1 G05 0.85 B W BATT. GROUND
F14B 1.25 Br
2 N FAN CLUTCH
G08 1.25 B G17 1.25 B
E19 0.85 V J FUEL WARMER
WORK LAMP RH
CN-1 G02 1.25 B CN-99
1 F21 3.0 W A
E01B 0.85 V A
2 F22 5.0 R CL-22
1 E02B 0.85 G B
GND GND F14A 1.25 Br
CN-2 G19 1.25 B 2 C B
1 CONTROLLER 1 E01 1.25 V(sh) WORK LAMP LH
2 CONTROLLER 2 E02 1.25 G(sh) EARTH2 EARTH1 CN-94
3 CONTROLLER 3 E03 shield
4 CONTROLLER CN-75 E01A 0.85 V A
4
5 CONTROLLER E02A 0.85 G B
5 F10 1.25 V(sh) F10 1.25 V(sh) 2
6 FUSE BOX E03 Shield C
6 F09 1.25 G(sh) F09 1.25 G(sh) 1
7 CONTROLLER 7 F11 shield F11 shield FAN CLUTCH
8 CONTROLLER 8 SHIELD GND
CN-93
9 PREHEATER RY. 9 E09 1.25 L
10 AIR-CON RY. 10
10 EF08 1.25 W
11 SAFETY RY. CD-1 EARTH4 E22 0.85 V 40 WIF
11 E05 1.25 R
12 CONTROLLER 12 E15A 0.85 BW 20 ENG.RETURN
F08 1.25 WOr F08 1.25 WOr 1
13 CONTROLLER E14 0.85 B(tw) 19 THROTTLE POSITION RETURN
13 F07 1.25 GrW G03 1.25 B 2
14 FUEL WARMER RY. E13 0.85 G 25 OFF IDLE SW
14 E07 1.25 VOr
15 AIR-CON ASS'Y TEMP SENSOR E12 0.85 L 26 ON IDLE SW
15 F06 1.25 Y (HYD.) E11 0.85 Or 29 THROTTLE POSITION +5V
E10 0.85 W(tw) 30 THROTTLE POSITION SIG.
CN-3
1 FUSE BOX 31 COLD START AID
1 F53 1.25 W CD-10
2 MULTI FUNCTION SW. 2 E09 0.85 L 41 COLD START AID
F52 1.25 L F07 1.25 GrW Pa CN-12
3 PREHEATER RY. 3 E06 1.25 G G05 1.25 B
4 CONTROLLER 1 1
4 EF20 1.25 RW AIR FILTER
5 PRESS SW. 2 FUSE BOX 2 E16 1.25 W
5 F13 1.25 Br FUEL FILTER
6 START KEY 3 PEDAL 3 E13 0.85 G E22 0.85 V A
6 F12 1.25 V
7 BACK-UP RY CN-29 4 PEDAL 4 E12 0.85 L E15B 1.25 B/W B Pa
7 F03 1.25 Y
8 CONTROLLER 5 PEDAL 5 E11 0.85 Or
8 F04 1.25 OrW F06 1.25 Y 2 PA CD-35
9 FUSE BOX 6 PEDAL 6 E10 0.85 W(tw)
9 E18 1.25 LW F05 1.25 LW 1
10 WORK LAMP RY. 7 PEDAL 7 E14 0.85 B(tw)
10 F14 1.25 Br
11 MULTI FUNCTION SW. R/DRY 8 FUSE BOX 8 E17 1.25 W CN-28
11 F50 1.25 Or
12 FUSE BOX 9 9 E08 1.25 W 1
12 F51 1.25 G
13 FUSE BOX 10 FUSE BOX 10 E18 0.85 LW
13 E17 1.25 W CL-21
14 FUSE BOX 11 11
14 E16 1.25 W F53A 1.25 W S AIR COMP.
15 12 PEDAL 12 E15 0.85 BW
FUEL WARMER RY 15 E19 1.25 V G71 1.25 B E 13 PREHEATER RY. 13 E09 0.85 L CN-96
T16 1.25 R 1 NUMBER PLATE LAMP 14 FUEL WARMER RY. 14 E07 1.25 VOr E07 1.25 VOr 2
T17 1.25 Br 2 OUTPUT SPEED
CD-2 15 15 G13 1.25 B 1
CN-14 T18 1.25 L 3 SENSOR
1 PEDAL 1 E13 1.25 G G72 1.25 B 1 FUEL WARMER
CD-51
2 PEDAL 2 E12 1.25 L F04 1.25 OrW 2
3 CN-4
PEDAL 3 E11 1.25 Or T13B 1.25 B(tw) 2 FUEL SENDER TO BATT. RELAY
4 1 CONTROLLER 1 E01 0.85 V(sh)
PEDAL 4 E10 1.25 W(tw) T11 1.25 W(tw) 1 INTERN.GEAR
5 CN-65 2 CONTROLLER 2 E02 0.85 G(sh)
PEDAL 5 E14 1.25 B(tw) CD-50 PICK-UP
6 3 CONTROLLER 3 E03 Shield
6 F25 1.25 WOr G73 1.25 B 1 CR-24
7 4 4
PEDAL 7 E15 1.25 BW T13C 1.25 B(tw) 2 F03 1.25 Y 2
8 5 FUEL WARMER RY. 5 E19 0.85 V E06 1.25 G
TCU 8 T13C 1.25 B(tw) T10 1.25 W(tw) 1 TURBIN BACK BUZZER 6 6
9 TCU 9 T13B 1.25 B(tw) CD-27 PICK-UP
10 7 SAFETY RY. 7 E05 1.25 R
AIR-CON RY. 10 F05 1.25 LW
11 8 CONTROLLER/BATT.RY 8 E20 1.25 RW HEATER RELAY PREHEATER
TCU 11 T13A 1.25 B(tw) T13A 1.25 B(tw) 2 CL-16
12 9 AIR-CON RY. 9 E08 1.25 W
TCU 12 T10 1.25 W(tw) T12 1.25 W(tw) 1 ENG. F51 1.25 G 4 C
13 TCU 10 10
13 T11 1.25 W(tw) CD-17 PICK-UP F50 1.25 Or 3 T
14 11 PREHEATER RY. 11 E06 1.25 G
TCU 14 T12 1.25 W(tw) G74 1.25 B 2 E STARTER
15 12 12
15 F26 1.25 Gr T38 1.25 WOr 1 F13A 1.25 Br 1 S CR-23
M
T09C 1.25 BOr 2 Pa FILTER M
CN-6 COMBI LAMP G11 1.25 B 1
1 TCU 1 T16 1.25 R CD-52 RH E05 1.25 R 2
2 TCU B+ M
2 T17 1.25 Br B
3 TCU START RY. CN-45
3 T18 1.25 L CD-15 CL-15
15 R
4 4 T45 1.25 BOr 1 F53B 1.25 W 4 C
5 TCU 5 T05 1.25 LW T09B 1.25 BOr 2 F52 1.25 L 3 T
(CONVERTER) CN-74
6 TCU 6 T19 1.25 YW G75 1.25 B 2 E
7 TCU 7 T07 1.25 W
TEMP SENSOR
F13B 1.25 Br 1 S B+ G
8 TCU 8 T21 1.25 Or 3
9 TCU COMBI LAMP E20 1.25 RW I
9 T08 1.25 WOr U
10 TCU 10 GEARBOX LH GND
T09 1.25 BOr
11 TCU 11 T06 1.25 G 16 ALT
12 TCU 12 T04 1.25 V T09A 1.25 BOr 9 VMGA2
13 TCU 13 T20 1.25 Gr T08 1.25 WOr 8 TEMP CN-17
14 TCU 14 T38 1.25 WOr T07 1.25 W 7 VPS1(+) F25 1.25 WOr 1
15 TCU 15 T45 1.25 BOr T06 1.25
T05 1.25
G
LW
6
5
Y6
Y5
F26 1.25 Gr
G0 1.25 B
2
3
GND
ENGINE(CUMMINS) HARNESS
T04 1.25 V 4 Y4 4
T21 1.25
T20 1.25
Or
Gr
3
2
Y3
Y2 TO EMEREGENCY STEER. HARNESS
ENGINE HARNESS
T19 1.25 YW Y1 EARTH3
1
CN-112
TRANSMISSION
FRAME HARNESS
7607EL01
7-4
1. ILLUMINATION CIRCUIT
1) OPERATING FLOW
Fuse box (No.2) Illumination switch [CS-39(1)] Switch ON, 1st step
I/conn [CS-39(7)] All switch indicator lamp ON
I/conn [CS-39(5)] Fuse box(27) I/conn [CN-3(12)] RH Combi clearance lamp ON [CL-16(4)]
I/conn [CN-10(7)] LH Head lamp ON [CL-3(4)]
I/conn [CN-12(10)] Cluster [CN-51(17)] All cluster gauge
and LCD lamp ON
Hazard switch indicator lamp ON
Fuse box(28) I/conn [CN-3(1) Number plate lamp ON [CL-21(S)]
LH Combi clearance lamp ON [CL-15(4)]
I/conn [CN-10(8)] RH Head lamp ON [CL-4(4)]
2) CHECK POINT
Engine Key switch Check point Voltage
① - GND (Switch input)

② - GND (Switch output)
OFF ON 20~25V
③ - GND (To light)
④ - GND (To cluster)
※ GND : Ground
7-5
ILLUMINATION CIRCUIT
FUSE BOX
BEACON LAMP 20A
1
M17 1.25 OrW ILL.LAMP 10A
2
HEAD LAMP 20A
3
BACK/STOP LAMP 10A
4
24
TCU 10A
25
CLUSTER 10A
26
RF51 1.25 G ILL,F/L,R/R 5A
27
RF53 1.25 W ILL.F/R,R/L 5A
28
CN-36
LH HEAD LIGHT
1 Lo
2 Hi
G02 1.25 B
3 E
R51 1.25 G
4 C
2 1 CL-3
2 3
ILL & HEAD LAMP SW 3
G19 0.85 B
9 10 10 C05B 0.85 R
4 RH HEAD LIGHT
9 5 1 Lo
4 8 6 2 Hi
2 C05C 0.85 R RF51D 1.25 G R51 1.25 G G11 1.25 B
7 7 3 E
7 RF53D 1.25 W R53 1.25 W R53 1.25 W
1 6 8 4 C
5 M02 1.25 BrW
5 9 CL-4
4 10
3
NUMBERPLATE LAMP
3 11 F53A 1.25 W
II I 0
2 S
M17 1.25 OrW 12 G71 1.25 B
1 CN-10 E
CS-39 CL-21
RF53C 1.25 W R53 1.25 W 3
1
1 2 RH COMBI
3 F51 1.25 G
4 C
4
3 T
5 G74 1.25 B
2 E
6
ALL SWITCH INDICATOR LAMP ON 1 S
7
CL-16
8
9 3
10 LH COMBI
F53B 1.25 W
11 4 C
RF 51C 1.25 G
12 3 T
G75 1.25 B
13 2 E
14 1 S
CN-3 CL-15
CLUSTER
12 20 TX-PC
11 19 GND
RF51A 0.85 G RF51E 0.5 G
10 17 ILL.
9 16 T/M ERROR
8 15 SERIAL-L
14 SERIAL-H
7
4 6
12 GND
11 GND
5 10 RX-PC
4 9 FWE
3 8 N.C
7 WORK LAMP
10 10 RF51F 0.85 G
2 6 HIGH BEAM
1 5 RH TURN
CN-12 4 LH.TURN
3 24V PER.
2 24V IG
1 24V IG
CS-41
CN-51
9
8
6 7
6
5 5
4
3
2
1
8
2
7
1
9
HAZARD SW
7607EL03
7-6
2. HEAD LIGHT CIRCUIT
1) OPERATING FLOW
Fuse box(No.3) Head light switch [CS-39(4)] Light switch ON, 2nd step [CS-39(2)]
I/conn [CN-7(7)] Multi function switch [CS-11(8)]
Multi function switch MIDDLE [CS-11(7)] I/conn [CN-7(6)] I/conn [CN-10(10)]
LH Head light low beam ON [CL-3(1)]
RH Head light low beam ON [CL-4(1)]
Multi function switch DOWN [CS-11(6)] I/conn [CN-7(5)] I/conn [CN-10(9)]
LH Head light high beam ON [CL-3(2)]
RH Head light high beam ON [CL-4(2)]
I/conn [CN-12(7)]
Cluster high beam pilot lamp ON [CN-51(6)]
2) CHECK POINT
① - GND (Switch input)

② - GND (Switch output)
③ - GND (Multi function input)
④ - GND (Multi function output)
OFF ON 20~25V
⑤ - GND (Multi function output)
⑥ - GND (Low beam)
⑦ - GND (High beam)
⑧ - GND (Passing B+)
※ GND : Ground
7-7
HEAD LIGHT CIRCUIT
FUSE BOX
BEACON LAMP 20A
1
ILL.LAMP 10A
2
M15 1.25 YW HEAD LAMP 20A
3
BACK/STOP LAMP 10A
4
24
TCU 10A
25
CLUSTER 10A
26
ILL,F/L,R/R 5A
27
ILL.F/R,R/L 5A
28
CN-36
LH HEAD LIGHT
R14B 1.25 RW
1 Lo
R13A 1.25 V
2 Hi
G02 1.25 B
3 E
ILL & HEAD LAMP SW 1
4 C
2
9 10 10 1
9 3 CL-3
4 8 4 G60 1.25 B
2 RH HEAD LIGHT
7 5 R14A 1.25 RW
1 Lo
7 1 6 6 7 R13B 1.25 V
2 Hi
5 5 7 G11 1.25 B
M15B 1.25 YW 3 E
4 8
R13 1.25 V 4 C
3 9
M41 1.25 W R14 0.85 RW
II I 0
2 10 CL-4
1 11
CS-39 12
CN-10
2 6
CLUSTER
CN-7
20 TX-PC
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
19 GND
17 ILL.
16 T/M ERROR
15 SERIAL-L
14 SERIAL-H
12 12 GND
11 11 GND
10 10 RX-PC
9 FWE
9 8 N.C
R13B 1.25 V 8 R13B 0.5 Br 7 WORK LAMP
7 6 HIGH BEAM
6 5 RH TURN
5
4 LH.TURN
M15A 1.25 YW
3 24V PER.
4
R14 0.85 RW
24V IG
R13A 1.25 V
2
4
M41 1.25 W
3 1 24V IG
4 2 CN-51
3 1
5 8 CN-12
CS-11
5
8
4
7
3
2
1
BWG 4
W6
Hi
C
Lo
Hi
B+
C
F
R
L
O
R
L
7 Y Lo
2 BW
8 WB
3 BG
5B
MULTI FUNCTION SW
7707EL04
7-8
3. WORK LIGHT SWITCH
1) OPERATING FLOW
※ Illumination switch : ON position
(1) Work lamp switch ON (1st step)
ILL & head lamp switch [CS-39(7)]
Work lamp switch[CS-20(1)] (5) Front work lamp relay[CR-3(2)→(4)] I/conn[CN-5(4)]
LH Front work lamp ON[CN-6(2)]
RH Front work lamp ON[CN-5(2)]
(7) I/conn[CN-12(8)] Cluster[CN-51(7)] Work light pilot
lamp ON
Work lamp switch[CS-20(9)] Work lamp switch indicator lamp ON
(2) Work lamp switch (2nd step)
Work lamp switch [CS-20(4)→(2)] Rear work lamp relay [CR-6(2)→(4)]
I/conn [CN-3(10)] LH Rear work lamp ON [CL-22(1)]
RH Rear work lamp ON [CL-23(1)]
2) CHECK POINT
① - GND (Work lamp power input)

② - GND (Work lamp power output)
OFF ON 20~25V
③ - GND (Front work lamp)
④ - GND (Rear work lamp)
※ GND : Ground
7-9
WORK LIGHT SWITCH
FUSE BOX
BEACON LAMP 20A
1
2
HEAD LAMP 20A
3
BACK/STOP LAMP 10A
4
HORN/CONVERTER 30A
5
AIR-CON/HEATER 20A
6
CIGAR 20A
7
SWITCH 10A
8
F/R WIPER 20A
9
M10 1.25 Gr WORK LAMP 30A
10
OPTION 10A
11
CN-36
OPT
FRONT WORK LAMP
C03D 1.25 Or
2
G15 1.25 B
1
CL-36
FRONT WORK LAMP
C03C 1.25 Or
2
2 G14 1.25 B
1
CL-35
1 1
2 FRONT WORK
FR WORK LAMP RY 3 LAMP,LH
C03 1.25 Or C03 1.25 Or C03A 1.25 Or
3 4 4 4 2
M51 0.85 W G11 1.25 B
3 5 G01 1.25 B 1
M10A 1.25 Gr 6 CL-6
2
G21 1.25 B 7 3
1 2 1 FRONT WORK
8
CR-3 LAMP,RH
9 C03B 1.25 Or
2
10 G12 1.25 B
11 1
C14 1.25 Br
12 CL-5
OPT
13 REAR WORK LAMP
14 C14A 1.25 Br
15 2
G16 1.25 B
1
CN-5
2 CL-32
REAR WORK LAMP
RR WORK LAMP RY C14B 1.25 Br 2
CF14A 1.25 Br 1 G17 1.25 B
3 4 4 1
M52 0.85 L 2
3 3 CL-33
M10B 1.25 Gr
2 4
G22 1.25 B REAR WORK
1 2 1 5
LAMP,LH
CR-6 6 F14A 1.25 Br
7 1
1 8
G19 1.25 B
2
WORK LAMP SW 9 F14 1.25 Br CL-22
G13 0.85 B 10
9 10 10
9 C05F 0.85 R 11 4
4 8 12 REAR WORK
2 M59 0.85 Y 13 LAMP,RH
7 F14B 1.25 Br
14 1
7 1 6 G17 1.25 B
M51 0.85 W 15 2
5 5
C05G 0.85 R CN-3 CL-23
4
3
M52 0.85 L
II I 0
2 CLUSTER
1 C05H 0.85 R 20 TX-PC
CS-20 19 GND
17 ILL.
CS-39
16 T/M ERROR
15 SERIAL-L
9 10 10 14 SERIAL-H
9 12 12 GND
4 8 11 GND
2 C05C 0.85 R 11
7 10 RX-PC
10 9 FWE
7 1 6 9
5 M59 0.5 Y 8 N.C
5 WORK LAMP
8 7
4 7 6 HIGH BEAM
3 6 5 RH TURN
II I 0
2 4 LH.TURN
M17 1.25 OrW 5 3 24V PER.
1
4 2 24V IG
ILL & HEAD LAMP SW : ON(1st step) 3 1 24V IG
2 CN-51
1
CN-12
7607EL05
7-10
4. STARTING CIRCUIT
1) OPERATING FLOW
Battery(+) terminal Battery relay(R4 terminal) Fusible link [CN-60(1)]
I/conn [CN-1(1)] Fuse box (No.15) Start switch [CS-2(1)]
※ The gear selector lever is neutral position. It is necessary condition before the starting.
The gear selector has an output signal which is activated whenever the shift lever is in the neutral
position. This signal can be used to control a relay and prevent engine from starting whenever the
shift lever is not in the neutral position.
(1) When start key switch is in ON position
Start switch ON Start switch [CS-2(2)] I/conn [CN-3(6)] Battery relay [CR-1]
Battery relay operating(All power is supplied with the electric component)
Start switch [CS-2(3)] Fuse box [No.23] Fuse box (No.22)
I/conn [CN-3(9)] I/conn [CN-12(10)] ECM[CN-92(A)]
(2) When start key switch is in START position
Start switch START [CS-2(5)] Start safety relay [CR-5(30)] Start safety relay [CR-5(87)]
I/conn [CN-2(11)] [CN-4(7)] Start relay [CR-23(2)]
Starter(Terminal B+ and M connector of start motor)
2) CHECK POINT
① - GND (Battery B+)

② - GND (Fusible link)
③ - GND (Start key B terminal)
④ - GND (Start key BR terminal)
Running ON ⑤ - GND (I/conn CN-3(6)) 20~25V
⑥ - GND (Start key ST terminal)
⑦ - GND (Start safety relay output)
⑧ - GND (Controller)
⑨ - GND (Start key ACC terminal)
※ GND : Ground
※ ECM : Electronic control module
7-11
STARTING CIRCUIT
CONTROL UNIT CONTROLLER
HYD TEMP SENDER

CLUTCH CUT-OFF PS
SPEEDMETER SIG.
RIDE CONT. AUTO

COOLANT SIG
SAFETY RY
FAN CLUTCH(-)
BUZZER STOP
FAN CLUTCH(+)
WIPER RY
STEERING RY
ALT LEVEL
FUEL SENSOR
TACHO SENSOR+
PREHEATER
SERIAL-H
WASH SIG
NEUTRAL SIG
CAN-H
AUTO SEL.TCU
CAN-L
CLUTCH CUT-OFF SW
STEERING PS
STEERING P/P PS
ENG OIL PS
RIDE CONT. ON
WIPER INT SIG
PARKING SIG
SERIAL-L
GND
BUZZER
AUTO SEL.SW
BRAKE PS
TAHCO SENSOR -
AIR FILTER
IG 24V
VMGA2
ADM5
VPE2
AIP6
AIP4
AIP1
ED1
ED5
ED2
ED9
ED6
EF4
VPI
45
46
51
55
56
57
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
23
35
34
24
36
31
26
25
32
33
27
21
20
30
29
28
22
17
19
11
18
16
12
10
13
15
14
1
2
FUSE BOX
3
6
8
4
5
7
9
CN-52
T37 0.85 W
A 14
VM OUTPUT SIGNAL K CN-58
T37B 0.85 W
EF20 0.85 RW
RADIO/ROOM LAMP 5A
VP F B N D B 15
ED 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 C M04 1.25 Or START KEY 30A
AD1 B1 D
8 TCU 10A
16
AD2 B2 17
CN-121 ECM 10A
AD3 B3 18
AD4 V CLUSTER 10A
19
M01 1.25 WOr

AD5 R A 1 AC & HEATER 10A
SAFETY RY 20
AD6 AS B 2 M43 1.25 R
AD7 C 3 30 SPARE 10A
21
T37A 0.85 W 85
86 87a 87
T37C 0.85 W
A AD3 D 4 ECM 5A
E05 0.85 R 22
B AD2 CN-122 5 87 RCV 10A
6 M21 0.85 L 23
C AD1 85 CONTROLLER 10A
E18 0.85 LW
7 24
X1
D AD7(KD) 87a 30 86 TCU 10A
8
A ED1(VP) 9
7 CR-5 CLUSTER 10A
25
26
D AD6 10 ILL,F/L,R/R 5A
B AD4 27
11
ILL.F/R,R/L 5A
C AD5 12 28
X2
13
14 CN-36
F21 3.0 W
CN-13
BATTERY MASTER SW
BATT RY
R4 B G
F23C 1.25 L R1
G79 1.25 B
R3
R2 CS-0
CR-1
F22 5.0 R
1
2 2
F21 3.0 W
1 1
CN-1 CN-60
F23B 1.25 L
2
EF20A 1.25 RW
1
2
DO-3 STARTER
F23A 1.25 L
2 B+
EF20 0.85 RW
G78 1.25 B
1 B
1 DO-2 M
2 F23 1.25 L
2 M
5 F12 1.25 V CN-45
3 1
EF20 1.25 RW
4 DO-1 START RY
5
G11 1.25 B
6 1
E05 1.25 R
M01 1.25 WOr
M04B 1.25 Or
F12 0.85 V
7 2
9 4
M43 1.25 R
8 9 CR-23
E18 0.85 LW E18 1.25 LW
9 10
6 3 10 11 1 1
11 12 2 2 CN-92
E18 0.85 LW
CS-2
12 13 3 3 A VEHICLE KEY SW INPUT

5
4
1
6
2
3
14 B BATT. 24V
13 4 4 C BATT. 24V
B 14 15
0, I 5 5 D BATT. 24V
1
15 M BATT. 24V
CN-12 6 6 S BATT. 24V
CN-3 7 7 E BATT. GROUND
H 0 I II
8 8 F BATT. GROUND
4
6
5
3
2
C ST ACC BR
H H BATT. GROUND
9 9
P BATT. GROUND
START SWITCH 10 10 W BATT. GROUND
E05 0.85 R E05 1.25 R
11 11 N FAN CLUTCH
12 12 J FUEL WARMER
CN-4 ECM
CN-2
7607EL06
7-12
5. CHARGING CIRCUIT
When the starter is activated and the engine is started, the operator releases the key switch to the
ON position.
Charging current generated by operating alternator flows into the battery through the battery
relay(CR-1).
The current also flows from alternator to each electrical component and controller through the fuse
box.
1) OPERATING FLOW
(1) Warning flow
Altermator [CN-74(I)] I/conn [CN-4(8)] I/conn [CN-3(4)] Controller [CN-58(25)]
Cluster charge warning lamp ON
(2) Charging flow
Alternator Starter [CN-45(B+)] Battery relay [CR-1]
Battery(+) terminal Charging
I/conn [CN-60(1),(2)] I/conn [CN-1(1),(2)] Fuse box
2) CHECK POINT
① - GND (Battery)
② - GND (Battery relay)
③ - GND (ALT B+)
Running ON 20~28V
④ - GND (ALT I)
⑤ - GND (Controller)
⑥ - GND (Fuse box)
※ GND : Ground
7-13
CHARGING CIRCUIT
CONTROLLER FUSE BOX

BEACON LAMP 20A
HYD TEMP SENDER

CLUTCH CUT-OFF PS
SPEEDMETER SIG.
RIDE CONT. AUTO

COOLANT SIG
SAFETY RY
BUZZER STOP
WIPER RY
STEERING RY
ALT LEVEL
FUEL SENSOR
TACHO SENSOR+
PREHEATER
SERIAL-H
WASH SIG
NEUTRAL SIG
CAN-H
AUTO SEL.TCU
REMOTE FAN(+)
CAN-L
REMOTE FAN(-)
STEERING PS
CLUTCH CUT-OFF SW
STEERING P/P PS
ENG OIL PS
RIDE CONT. ON
WIPER INT SIG
PARKING SIG
SERIAL-L
GND
BUZZER
AUTO SEL.SW
BRAKE PS
TAHCO SENSOR -
AIR FILTER
IG 24V
1
ILL.LAMP 10A
2
HEAD LAMP 20A
3
BACK/STOP LAMP 10A
4
HORN/CONVERTER 30A
5
AIR-CON/HEATER 20A
6 6
CIGAR 20A
23
35
34
24
36
31
26
25
32
33
27
21
20
30
29
28
22
17
19
11
18
16
12
10
13
15
14
1
2
3
6
8
4
5
7
9
7
SWITCH 10A
CN-58 8 F22 5.0 R
EF20 0.85 RW
F/R WIPER 20A 2 2
9 F21 3.0 W
WORK LAMP 30A
1 1
5 OPTION 10A
10
CN-1 CN-60
11
CASSETTE/BUZZER 5A
12
PREHEATER 30A
13
TURN LAMP 20A
14
RADIO/ROOM LAMP 5A
15
START KEY 30A
16
TCU 10A
17
ECM 10A
18
CLUSTER 10A
19
AC & HEATER 10A
20
SPARE 10A
21
ECM 5A
22
RCV 10A
23
1
CONTROLLER 10A BATTERY MASTER SW
24 BATT RY
TCU 10A R4 B G
25
CLUSTER 10A
26
ILL. F/L,R/R 5A R3
27 CS-0
ILL. F/R,R/L 5A
28 CR-1
CN-36 2
STARTER
M
1
2
3 B+ M
4 3 CN-45
15 R
1 5 ALTERNATOR
2 6
B+ G
3 7
EF20 0.85 RW EF20 1.25 RW E20 1.25 RW 3
4 8 I
U
5 9 GND
6 10 CN-74
7 11 4
8 12
9 CN-4
10
11
12
13
14
CN-3
7707EL07
7-14
6. ELECTRIC PARKING, DECLUTCH CIRCUIT
1) OPERATING FLOW
(1) Parking OFF
Fuse box (No.8) Parking switch OFF [CS-17(6) (8)] Parking solenoid ON (Activated)
Parking brake released (By hydraulic pressure)
(2) Parking ON
Fuse box (No.8) Parking switch ON Parking solenoid [CN-71] OFF
Parking brake applied [By spring force]
[CS-17(5) (7)] T/M control unit [CN-52(21)]
T/M declutch
(3) Declutch ON
Fuse box (No.8) Clutch cut-off switch ON Clutch cut-off switch [CS-42(5) (1)]
Controller [CN-58(10) (29)] Service brake applied Service brake pressure switch
ON [CD-5] T/M control unit [CN-52(66)] Declutch
2) CHECK POINT
① - GND (Parking switch input)

② - GND (Parking switch output)
③ - GND (Parking switch input)
Running ON ④ - GND (Parking switch output) 20~25V
⑤ - GND (Parking solenoid)
⑥ - GND (Pressure switch clutch cut-off)
※ GND : Ground
7-15
ELECTRIC PARKING, DECLUTCH CIRCUIT
CONTROL UNIT CONTROLLER
CLUTCH CUT-OFF PS
SERIAL-L
RIDE CONT. AUTO

SAFETY RY
BUZZER STOP
WIPER RY
STEERING RY
FUEL SENSOR
PREHEATER
WASH SIG
NEUTRAL SIG
CLUTCH CUT-OFF SW
STEERING P/P PS
TACHO +
RIDE CONT. ON
WIPER INT SIG
PARKING SIG
SERIAL-H
AUTO SEL.SW
BRAKE PS
CANF-H
CANF-T
CANF-L
VPE2
VPE1
ED10
ED11
VGS
ED5
ED2
ED9
ED6
ED3
ED7
EF1
64
65
66
67
68
19
20
21
22
23
25
26
27
28
29
36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CN-52 CN-58
M31 0.85 GrW

T26 0.85 YW
M34 0.85 ROr
M26 0.85 Gr
T36 0.85 WOr
FUSE BOX[CN-36(2)]
9 10 10
9
4 8
2 C05C 0.85 R
7
7 1 6
5 5
4
3
II I 0
2
M17 1.25 OrW
1
ILL & HEAD LAMP SW : ON(1st step) FUSE BOX
BEACON LAMP 20A
1
ILL.LAMP 10A
4 2 1 2
HEAD LAMP 20A
3
PARKING SW BACK/STOP LAMP 10A
G17 0.85 B 4
HORN/CONVERTER 30A
9 10 10 C05K 0.85 R 5
9 AIR-CON/HEATER 20A
M44 0.85 L 6
8 CIGAR 20A
8 T26 0.85 YW 7
6 7
2 M09E 0.85 W M09 0.85 W SWITCH 10A
6 8
7 M09F 1.25 W F/R WIPER 20A
5 5 9
1
4 CN-36
3
2
1
CS-17
3
CLUTCH CUT-OFF SW
G09 0.85 B
9 10 10 C05J 0.85R
9
8
T36 0.85 WOr

M34 0.85 ROr
8
M26 0.85 Gr
G27 0.85 B
6 7
2
G28 0.85 B
M44 0.85 L
6
7 M09C 0.85 W 6
1
5 5 5
4
CD-26
CD-5
2
1
1
2
2
M31 0.85 GrW 1 2

1
CN-71
CS-42
Pa
Pa
PARK PARK PS CLUTCH

SOLENOID CUT-OFF
7607EL08
7-16
7. WIPER AND WASHER CIRCUIT
1) OPERATING FLOW
Fuse box (No.9) Wiper relay [CR-4(30) (87a)] I/conn [CN-13(9)]
Front wiper motor [CN-21(1)]
Wiper relay Lo [CR-26(86), (87)]
I/conn [CN-7(8)] Multi function switch [CS-12(6)]
Rear wiper & washer switch [CS-3(1)]
Rear wiper motor [CN-102(1)]
(1) Front washer switch ON
① Washer switch ON [CS-12(6) (2)] Washer tank [CN-22(2)] Washer operating
Controller [CN-58(5) (33)] Front wiper relay Lo
[CR-26(87) (30)] I/conn [CN-13(13)]
Front wiper motor [CN-21(5)] Wiper motor operating(Low)
(2) Front wiper switch ON
① INT position
Wiper switch ON [CS-12(6) (1)] I/conn [CN-7(13)] Controller [CN-58(8) (33)]
Wiper relay Lo [CR-26(87) (30)] I/conn [CN-13(13)] Front wiper motor [CN-21(5)]
Front wiper motor intermittently operating
② Lo position
Wiper switch ON [CS-12(6) (4)] Wiper relay Lo [CR-26(87a) (30)] I/conn [CN-13(13)]
Front wiper motor [CN-21(5)] Front wiper motor operating (Low)
③ Hi position
Wiper switch ON [CS-12(6) (3)] Wiper relay Hi [CR-4(30) (87)] I/conn [CN-13(12)]
Front wiper motor [CN-21(4)] Front wiper motor operating(High)
(3) Auto-parking(When switch OFF)
Switch OFF Fuse box (No.9) Wiper relay Hi [CR-4(30) (87a)] I/conn [CN-13(9)]
Front wiper motor [CN-21(1) (2)] Multi function switch [CS-12(5) (4)]
Wiper relay Lo [CR-26(87a) (30)] I/conn [CN-13(13)] Front wiper motor [CN-21(5)]
Wiper motor stop
(4) Rear wiper and washer switch
① Wiper switch ON(1st step)
Wiper switch ON [CS-3(1) (6)] Rear wiper motor [CN-102(5)] Rear wiper motor operating
② Washer switch ON(2nd step)
Washer switch ON [CS-3(1) (3)] Rear washer tank [CN-103(2)] Washer operating
7-17
2) CHECK POINT
① - GND (Front wiper switch power input)

② - GND (Rear wiper switch power input)
③ - GND (Wiper relay power input)
④ - GND (Front wiper motor Lo power input)
⑤ - GND (Front wiper motor High power input)
Stop ON 20~25V
⑥ - GND (Wiper relay power input)
⑦ - GND (Front washer power output)
⑧ - GND (Rear washer power output)
⑨ - GND (Front wiper motor power output)
⑩ - GND (Rear wiper motor power output)
※ GND : Ground
7-18
CS-3
G11 0.85 B
9 10 10
9
M54 0.85 W
3 8
7 6 5 Lo M
8 M55 0.85 Or M55 0.85 Or
6 6 5 4 Hi
1 4
5 G55 1.25 B
3 1B
10
4 M54 0.85 W
0,I
M56 0.85 L 2 2Pf
WIPER AND WASHER CIRCUIT
3 M14B 1.25 L
REAR WIPER
1 3E
2 CN-102
M14C 1.25 L
II I 0
REAR WIPER & WASHER SW

1
8
2
36 NEUTRAL SIG
35 SAFETY RY
34 PREHEATER
M22 0.85 Gr
33 WIPER RY
32 STEERING RY
CONTROLLER
31 SERIAL-H
CN-22
G54 1.25 B 30 SERIAL-L
M 1
M27B 0.85 R 29 CLUTCH CUT-OFF PS
2 28 FUEL SENSOR
FRONT WASHER
27 HYD TEMP SENDER
26 COOLANT SIG
CN-103
G53 1.25 B 25 ALT LEVEL
M 1
M56A 0.85 L 24 REMOTE FAN(-)
2
23 REMOTE FAN(+)
22 GND
21 BUZZER
REAR WASHER
20 SPEEDMETER SIG.
19 CAN-L
18 CAN-H
17 AUTO SEL.TCU
16 TAHCO -
15 STEERING PS
14 ENG OIL PS
13 AIR FILTER
12 IG 24V
11 AUTO SEL.SW
10 CLUTCH CUT-OFF SW
8 9 TACHO +
M30 0.85 Y
Hi 7 8 WIPER INT SIG
F Lo
6 7 RIDE CONT. ON
L 6 RIDE CONT. AUTO
O 5 M27 0.85 R
R 5 WASH SIG
4
5B 4 BUZZER STOP
B+ 3
3 STEERING P/P PS
2 2 PARKING SIG
7-19
1 1
CN-58
BRAKE PS
MULTI FUNCTION SWITCH

CS-11
8 WB
7 Y Lo W6
Hi
2 BW L
BWG 4
3 BG C
R
II
1
9
I
0
6
J 0 G 5
CS-12 7
II BVi 3 M14D 1.25 L
6 8
I L 4
5 9
M39 0.85 G
4 10
J BY 1 M38 0.85 Br
3 11
C RW 6 M27A 0.85 R
2 12
W Gr 2 M30 0.85 Y
1 13
14
HO Y CN-7
CS-5
7
M14 1.25 L
1
2
M40 0.85 VOr
3
4
CIGAR
SWITCH
ILL.LAMP
5
FUSE BOX
F/R WIPER
6
HEAD LAMP
WORK LAMP
7
BEACON LAMP
CN-21 8 M45C 0.85 W

AIR-CON/HEATER
BACK/STOP LAMP
3E 1 9
HORN/CONVERTER
2Pf 2 10 G51 1.25 B

1B 3 11
10A
10A
10A
30A
20A
20A
30A
20A
20A
20A
M49 0.85 G
4 12
2
1
M46 0.85 R
7
3
9
8
4
6
5
10
4 Hi 5 13
CN-36
FRONT WIPER
M
5 Lo 6 14
CN-13
5
6
M38 0.85 Br
M22 0.85 Gr
M14A 1.25 L
4
M39 0.85 G
M45B 0.85 W
M45 0.85 W
G25 1.25 B
M49 0.85 G
M45A 0.85 W
M46 0.85 R
3
85
87
86
30
85
87
86
30
87a
CR-4
87a
CR-26
30 86
30 86
87a 87 85
87a 87 85
WIPER RY LO
WIPER RY HI
7607EL09
HAZARD, TURN AND ROTARY CIRCUIT
COMBI LAMP LH
1 4 C 1
RF52C 0.85 L F52 1.25 L
2 3 T 2
G75 1.25 B
3 2 E 3
1 S ROTARY LAMP
4 4
CL-15 C08 1.25 GY
5 5 FUSE BOX
G13 1.25 B
6 6 C07 1.25 G BEACON LAMP 20A
1
7 7 CL-7 ILL. LAMP 10A
8 8 2
HEAD LAMP 20A
9 COMBI LAMP RH 9 3
BACK/STOP LAMP 10A
10 4 C 10 4
RF50C 0.85 Or F50 1.25 Or HORN/CONVERTER 30A
11 3 T 11 5
G74 1.25 B
12 2 E 12 AIR-CON/HEATER 20A
6
13 1 S
13 CIGAR 20A
14 CL-16 7
14 SWITCH 10A
CN-3 8
15 F/R WIPER 20A
CN-5 9
WORK LAMP 30A
10
OPTION 10A
11
CASSETTE/BUZZER 5A
12
PREHEATER 30A
13
TURN LAMP 20A
14
RADIO/ROOM LAMP 5A
15
START KEY 30A
FLASHER UNIT 16
M42 1.25 BrW TCU 10A
1 L 17
M11 1.25 R ECM 10A
2 B G 18
G62 1.25 B CLUSTER 10A
3 E 19
CN-7
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CR-11 AC & HEATER 10A
20
CN-36
CLUSTER
20 TX-PC
19 GND
17 ILL.
16 T/M ERROR
15 SERIAL-L
14 SERIAL-H
12 GND
11 GND
10 RX-PC
9 FWE
8 N.C
7 WORK LAMP
RF50A 0.5 Or 6 HIGH BEAM
5 RH TURN
4 LH.TURN
RF52A 0.5 L 3 24V PER.
2 24V IG
M42A 1.25 BrW
1 24V IG
RF50 0.85 Or
1
RF52 0.85 L
CN-51
2
3
4
5 LH TURN,FR
G03 1.25 B
CS-12
CS-11
CS-5
6 1
R52 1.25 L
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7 2
M42C 1.25 BrW
M42B 1.25 BrW
RF50D 0.85 Or
C08A 1.25 GY
8
C08B 1.25 GY
RF52D 0.85 L
CL-24
BWG 4
G53 0.85 B
C07 1.25 G
G23 1.25 B
RW 6
9
W6
BVi 3
L 4
G 5
BY 1
Gr 2
10 RH TURN,FR
Y
RF52D 0.85 L G13 1.25 B
11 1
RF50 0.85 Or R50 1.25 Or
HO
12 2
W
II
I
Hi
C
J 0
J
C
CN-10 CL-25
0
II
CS-41
I
CS-23
Lo
10 10
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Hi
B+
F
10
5
6
R
L
O
R
L
7 Y Lo
8 WB
2 BW
3 BG
5B
9
8
2
7
1
8
2
7
1
HAZARD SWITCH BEACON LAMP SWITCH MULTI FUNCTION SWITCH
7607EL11
7-20
3. MONITORING SYSTEM
1. CLUSTER
The gauges panel consists of gauges and monitors as shown below, to warn the operator in case of
abnormal machine operation or conditions for the appropriate operation and inspection.
Â Gauges : Indicate operating status of the machine.
Â Warning lamp : Indicate abnormality of the machine.
Â Pilot lamp : Indicate operating status of the machine.
öTThe monitor installed on this machine does not entirely guarantee the condition of the
machine. Daily inspection should be performed according to chapter 6, MAINTENANCE.
ö When the monitor provides a warning immediately check the problem, and perform the
required action.
ÿCluster ( Machine serial no. ; -#1032 )
Warning lamp High beam pilot lamp

Work light pilot lamp Right turning pilot lamp
Left turning pilot lamp Parking brake warning lamp
Preheater warning lamp Hyd oil temp warning lamp
Brake fail warning lamp Clutch cut off pilot lamp
Steering warning lamp Battery charging warning lamp
(Emergency) Fuel low level warning lamp
Steering warning lamp Seat belt warning lamp
(Primary)
Air cleaner warning lamp
Engine overheat
warning lamp T/M error warning lamp
Engine oil pressure
warning lamp
20 30
10 10 20 40 M MENU
Menu switch
0 0 30
50 BACK Back switch
mph
Km/h
NEXT Next switch
SE
E
L
C
Select switch
Hyd oil temp gauge

T/M oil temperature gauge LCD display
Battery volt meter Speedometer77073CD02
Engine coolant temperature gauge Fuel gauge
7-21
ÿCluster ( Machine serial no. ; #1033- )
Warning lamp High beam pilot lamp

Work light pilot lamp Right turning pilot lamp
Left turning pilot lamp Parking brake warning lamp
Preheater warning lamp Hyd oil temp warning lamp
Brake fail warning lamp Clutch cut off pilot lamp
Steering warning lamp Battery charging warning lamp
(Emergency) Fuel low level warning lamp
Steering warning lamp Seat belt warning lamp
(Primary)
Air cleaner warning lamp
Engine overheat
warning lamp T/M error warning lamp
Engine oil pressure
warning lamp
LCD
mph
Km/h
Select(Enter) key
Right
Hyd oil temp gauge Escape key
T/M oil temperature gauge Main/Menu key
Battery volt meter Speedometer
Engine coolant temperature gauge Fuel gauge
77073CD02-1
1) SPEEDOMETER
(1) The speedometer displays the speed of machine in mph and
km/h.
77073CD03
7-22
2) FUEL GAUGE
(1) This gauge indicates the amount of fuel in the fuel tank.
(2) Fill the fuel when the indicator moves E point, refuel as soon as
possible to avoid running out of fuel.
ö If the gauge indicates below E point even though the
machine is on the normal condition, check the electric device
77073CD04 as that can be caused by the poor connection of electricity or
sensor.
3) ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE

(1) This indicates the temperature of coolant.
Red
ÂRed range : Above 104Á C (219Á F)
(2) Keep idling engine at low speed until the indicator is in the
operating range.
Operating
(3) If the indicator is in the red range, turn OFF the engine, check the
range 77073CD05 radiator and engine.
4) TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE GAUGE

(1) This range indicates the temperature of transmission oil.
Red
ÂRed range : Above 107Á C (225Á
F)
operating range.
Operating
(3) If the indicator is in the red range, it means the transmission is
range 77073CD06 overheated. Be careful that the indicator does not move into the
red range.
5) BATTERY VOLT METER

(1) This gauge indicates the voltage in the charging system when
the engine is running.
(2) If the indicator is below 24V(Yellow range), it means that the
electricity is being discharged. If the indicator is above 30V(Red
range), an unusually high voltage may damage the alternator.
Check the charging system in both cases.
77073CD07
7-23
6) HYD OIL TEMPERATURE GAUGE
(1) This range indicates the temperature of hydraulic oil.
Red
ÂRed range : Above 105ÁC (221ÁF )
operating range.
Operating
(3) If the indicator is in the red range, reduce the load on the system.
range 77073CD08 If the gauge stays in the red range, stop the machine and check
the cause of the problem.
7) WARNING LAMP
(1) When all warning lamp or fault codes are being displayed, this
warning lamp will flash.
(2) When this warning lamp flashes, machine must be checked or
serviced as soon as possible.
77073CD09
8) DIRECTION PILOT LAMP

(1) This lamp flashes when the signal indicator lever is moved.
77073CD10
9) WORK LIGHT PILOT LAMP

(1) This lamp lights ON when work lamp switch is pressed.
77073CD11
10) HIGH BEAM PILOT LAMP

(1) This lamp works when the illuminating direction is upward.
(2) This lamp comes ON when the dimmer switch is operated, e.g.,
when passing another vehicle.
77073CD12
7-24
11) PARKING BRAKE WARNING LAMP
(1) When the parking brake is actuated, the lamp lights ON.
ö Check the lamp is OFF before driving.
77073CD13
12) PREHEATER WARNING LAMP

(1) This lamp lights ON when start switch is turned clockwise to the
ON position. Light will turn off after approximately 15~45
seconds, depending on engine temperature, indicating that
preheating is completed.
(2) When the lamp goes out the operator should start cranking the
77073CD14 engine.
13) CLUTCH CUT OFF PILOT LAMP

(1) When the clutch cut off switch is pressed, the lamp lights ON.
77073CD65
14) BRAKE FAIL WARNING LAMP

(1) The lamp lights ON when the oil pressure of service brake drops
below the normal range.
(2) When the lamp is ON, stop the engine and check for its cause.
ö Do not operate until any problems are corrected.
77073CD16
15) ENGINE OVERHEAT WARNING LAMP

(1) This lamp is turned ON when the temperature of cooling water is
over the normal temperature(104ÁC, 219ÁF)
(2) Check the cooling system when the lamp is ON.
77073CD17
7-25
16) ENGINE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
(1) This lamp is comes ON after starting the engine because of the
low oil pressure.
(2) If the lamp comes ON during engine operation, shut OFF engine
immediately. Check oil level.
77073CD18
17) TRANSMISSION ERROR WARNING LAMP

(1) This lamp lights ON and the LCD display show the error codes when
an error occurs in the transmission.
(2) Immediately pull the machine to a convenient stop. Stop the
engine. Investigate the cause.
ö Consult a HYUNDAI dealer to investigate the cause.
77073CD19
ö Do not operate until the cause has been corrected.
18) AIR CLEANER WARNING LAMP

(1) This lamp operates by the vacuum caused inside when the filter
of air cleaner is clogged.
(2) Check the filter and clean or replace it when the lamp is ON.
77073CD20
19) HYD OIL TEMPERATURE WARNING LAMP

(1) This warning lamp operates and the buzzer sounds when the
temperature of hydraulic oil is over 105ÁC(221ÁF).
(2) Check the hydraulic oil level when the lamp is turned ON.
(3) Check for debris between oil cooler and radiator.
77073CD21
20) BATTERY CHARGING WARNING LAMP

(1) This lamp is ON when key ON, it is turned OFF after starting the
engine.
(2) Check the battery charging circuit when this lamp comes ON,
during engine operation.
77073CD22
7-26
21) FUEL LOW LEVEL WARNING LAMP
(1) Fill the fuel immediately when the lamp is turned ON.
77073CD23
22) SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP

(1) This lamp lights ON for the first five seconds after starting the
machine.
77073CD24
23) STEERING WARNING LAMP(Option)

(1) Primary
If the oil pressure in the steering pump drops, the lamp will light
up. If this lamp flashes during operation, the action alarm
should sound.
ö If the lamp lights up, immediately pull the machine to a safe
place and stop the machine.
77073CD66
(2) Emergency
This lamp will flash if the oil pressure in the emergency steering
pump drops. The lamp notifies the operator that if the steering
system also failed at this time, there is no emergency steering
system for backup.
77073CD15
ö Immediately pull the machine to a convenient stop and
stop the engine.
ö This machine is equipped with ground driven emergency
steering pump. It is normal for the lamp to flash after 5
seconds when the machine is stopped.
7-27
24) LCD ( Machine serial no. ; -#1032 )
Cluster 1( ) LCD
1
2( ) MENU
M 2 - Display main menu
MENU
- Return to the normal display

BACK
3
3( ) BACK
4
NEXT
Return to the previous menu
5
SELECT
4( ) NEXT
5( ) SELECT
77073CD72
(1) Normal display
TYPE 1 TYPE 2
1
c
a e 3
2 d
b
6 4
5
77073CD73
Forward, reverse, neutral LCD type 1, Display AEB mode

F, R, N Forward, reverse, neutral LCD type 2, Display AEB mode
1
1, 2, 3, 4 Actual gear -
P Parking brake mode active -
a Wiper motor intermittently operating -
2 When operating intermittently, it
b -
shows an operating time interval.
c, d Up and down shifting c : Forward, d : Reverse
3 Automatic mode
e Pre-selected gear -
HOUR
4 Hour meter Display the total operation hours of the machine

COOLANT
5 C Engine coolant temperature Display in accordance with selected items
AUT Ride control mode active Ride control switch AUTO position,see page7-36-4
6 ON Ride control mode active Ride control switch ON position,see page7-36-4
(Option)
OFF Ride control mode turn off Ride control switch MIDDLE position,see page7-36-4
ö Both type1 and type2 are LCD modes and they can be changed each other by operator’s selection.
7-28
(2) Display map
Normal Main menu Sub menu Activate item

Press MENU Press ACCESSORY Press ACCESSORY
M
ACCESSORY JOB TIMER JOB TIMER
CLOCK STOP WATCH ON
USER ODOMETER OFF
ADJUSTMENT LIGHT CONT
DIAGNOSTICS RESET
Previous Press Previous Press Previous Press

menu menu menu
77073CD74

Accessory ÂMeasure the various job time. JOB HOUR
Job timer
ÂPress : Display ON, OFF or RESET
ÂMeasures time in seconds.
Stop watch -
ÂPress : Start. Press again : Stop.
LATEST-DIS
Latest ÂDistance until recent times. Km
Odometer TOTAL-DIS
Total ÂTotal distance. Km
ÂControl of LCD display luminosity.

Light control -
ÂBrightness control : , .
Clock ÂWhen 12H or 24H is selected, the current
Â , : input, : setting.
PM
Clock ON/OFF Â : Clock display ON or OFF.
1
ÂAlarm setting. It is possible to set 3 alarms.
Alarm 2
ÂStop alarming : or buzzer stop switch.
3
User
ÂRaise the idle rpm to 1200rpm automatically
Alternate idle -
to warm up the engine.
Mode 1 ÂAutomatic travelling speed is applied from 1st
Auto 1/2
Mode 2 ÂAutomatic travelling speed is applied from
Mode 1 ÂPress button once : Shift down, press button
Quick
shift Mode 2 ÂPress button every time : Shift to lower gear
(Down) respectively. -
Auto ÂON : Transmission auto condition.
Select ÂOFF : Transmission semi-auto condition.
Aux-sw
Clutch ÂON : Clutch cut-off is activated. -
Cut-off ÂOFF : Clutch cut-off is cancelled.
7-29
Main group Sub group Meaning Display on LCD display
Adjustment Unit ÂChoose between metric and inch unit display.
TOTAL-DIS TOTAL-DIS
Km Mile
Wiper ÂWhen using the intermittent function of wiper

ÂRegulate idle rpm.
Alternate RPM ÂPress , : Adjust idle rpm increments -
Pulse ÂPress : Modification. -

ÂIt controls the disk interval of the transmission,
AEB -
automatically.
ÂEnglish : Display in English.
ENG/KOR -
ÂKorean : Display in Korean.
ÂType 1 : Indicate with the symbol.
Display 1/2 ÂType 2 : Indicate with a letter. ,
Diagnostics Fault ÂError code display.
-
Code ÂRefer to page 7-31.
Machine ÂHydraulic temperature and battery voltage HYD BATT-VOLT
Monitor display. C V
ÂPress : Display ON or OFF.
Fault ÂError code display.
-
Code ÂConsult a Hyundai dealer to error code.
Engine
ÂEngine coolant temperature display. COOLANT
Monitor C

ÂConsult a Hyundai dealer to error code. -
Transmis- Code
sion Transmission oil temperature display. OIL TEMP
Monitor ÂPress : Display ON or OFF. F
(3) Machine fault code

When selecting the fault code menu, it shows all of the fault codes which mean abnormal
Press ö To go out from fault explanation window,

press button.
030 Er : 030 (Press , to go out to first menu.)
050 ö No error will be indicated in case that
025 there’s no fault.
046
Fuel level sensor open
or short to power
77073CD60
7-30

T/M system
7-31
LCD ( Machine serial no. ; #1033- )
1 LCD
2( ) Right
1
3( ) Select(Enter)
2 4( ) Escape
3 Return to the previous menu
4 5( ) Main, Menu
5 - Display menu
7707A3CD04-1
- Return to the main display
(1) Main display
2
TYPE 1 TYPE 2
1
4
c
a
3 e 5
b
d
7
6
8 9
7707A3CD10-1

Job timer, Odometer, Hydraulic temperature, Battery
1 Job Time 1.26h Monitoring information
voltage, Coolant temperature, T/M oil temperature.
2 AUTO
State information Ride state(option), Warming up
a When operating intermittently, it shows an operating time interval
3 Wiper display
b Wiper motor intermittently operating
Forward, reverse, neutral LCD type 1
F, R, N Forward, reverse, neutral LCD type 2
4 Actual gear display
1, 2, 3, 4 Actual gear
P Parking brake mode active
c, d Up and down shifting c: Forward, d: Reverse
5 Select gear display Automatic mode
e Pre-selected gear
Fault
6 71 Fault code display Fault code state display
7 0 RPM Engine rpm display Now engine rpm state display
8 11.0Hr Hour meter display Hour meter state display
9 PM 12:05 Timer & alarm display Now time & alarm state display
ö Both type1 and type2 are LCD modes and they can be changed each other by operator’s selection.
(Adjustment/Display, see page 7-34)
7-32
(2) Display map
Main Menu Sub menu Activate item
7707A3CD11-1

Accessory ÂMeasure the various job time.
Job timer Job Time 1.26h
ÂPress : Display ON, OFF or RESET
ÂMeasures time in seconds.
Stop watch -
ÂPress : Start. Press again : Stop.
Latest ÂDistance until recent times. Latest 20.5 Km

Odometer
Total ÂTotal distance. Total 30.5 Km
ÂControl of LCD display luminosity.

Light control -
ÂBrightness control : .
Clock ÂWhen 12H or 24H is selected, the current
Â : input, : setting. PM 22:05
Clock ON/OFF Â : Clock display ON or OFF.
1
ÂAlarm setting. It is possible to set 3 alarms.
Alarm 2
ÂStop alarming :
3
User ON
Alternate ÂRaise the idle rpm to 1200rpm automatically
idle to warm up the engine. -
OFF
Mode 1 ÂAutomatic travelling speed is applied from 1st
Auto
select Mode 2 ÂAutomatic travelling speed is applied from
Mode 1 ÂPress button once : Shift down, press button
Quick
shift Mode 2 ÂPress button every time : Shift to lower gear
(Down only) respectively. -
Auto ÂON : Transmission auto condition.
select ÂOFF : Transmission semi-auto condition.
Aux-sw
Clutch ÂON : Clutch cut-off is activated. -
cut-off ÂOFF : Clutch cut-off is cancelled.
7-33
Adjustment MKS Total 50.7 Km
Unit ÂChoose between metric and inch unit display.
ENG Total 31.5 Mile
Wiper ÂWhen using the intermittent function of wiper
ÂRegulate idle rpm.
Alternate RPM ÂPress : Adjust idle rpm increments -
Pulse ÂPress : Modification. -

ÂIt controls the disk interval of the transmission,
AEB automatically.
ÂIt is set at the factory, so there's no need to
Model -
change.
ÂEnglish : Display in English.
ENG/KOR -
ÂKorean : Display in Korean.
ÂType 1 : Indicate with the symbol.
Display 1/2 ÂType 2 : Indicate with a letter. ,
Diagnostics Fault ÂError code display.

-
code ÂRefer to page 7-35.
Machine ÂHydraulic temperature and battery voltage HYD temp 100.6 C
Monitor display. Bat Volt 27.5 V
Fault ÂError code display. -
code ÂConsult a Hyundai dealer to error code.
Engine
ÂEngine coolant temperature display.
Monitor Coolant Temp 57.6 C

-
Transmis- code ÂConsult a Hyundai dealer to error code.
sion Transmission oil temperature display.
Monitor ÂPress : Display ON or OFF.
Oil Temp 37.6 C
Version ÂDisplay the controller(MCU) and cluster version. -
7-34
(3) Machine fault code
When selecting the fault code menu, it shows all of the fault codes which mean abnormal
3 's FAULT 71
34 71 72 TCU Communication Error
7707A3CD36-1
ö To go out from fault explanation window, press button.

(Press , to go out to main.)
ö No error will be indicated in case that there’s no fault.

T/M system
7-35
(4) Transmission warning
Symbol Meaning Remarks
LF, LR Limp home gear -

F/R/Ā/Ă flashing Direction F or R selected while turbine
speed is too high, CAUTION gear will -
engage if turbine speed drops
Oil temperature too low, no gear available Warm up engine / transmission
WS Warning sump temperature Changes between actual gear/direction
while driving, in neutral only displayed if no
fault is detected
WT Warning torque converter temperature Changes between actual gear/direction
fault is detected
WE Warning high engine speed Changes between actual gear/direction
fault is detected
7-36
2. SWITCHES
Beacon switch(option)
Buzzer stop switch
Starting switch Parking brake switch

Front Rear wiper/washer switch Main light switch
Ride control switch(option) Work lamp switch
LH SIDE Auto select switch
Clutch cut off switch
Kick down switch
A
Horn button
Multi function switch
Hazard switch
Kick down switch
76073CD29
1) STARTING SWITCH
(1) There are three positions, OFF, ON and START.
Â (OFF) : None of electrical circuits activate.
Â (ON) : All the systems of machine operate.
Â (START) : Use when starting the engine.
Release key immediately after starting.
ö Key must be in the ON position with engine running maintain
77073CD41
electrical and hydraulic function and prevent serious machine
damage.
7-36-1
2) HAZARD SWITCH
(1) Use for parking, or roading machine.
OFF
ö If the switch is left ON for a long time, the battery may be
ON
discharged.
77073CD42
3) CLUTCH CUT OFF SWITCH

(1) This switch is pressed, it will cut off the clutch when brake operates.
ö Be careful not to use this switch when driving on a slope.
(2) When the switch failure occurs, it will be able to operate a clutch off
function from LCD.
ö Refer to page 7-29,33.
77073CD43
4) PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

(1) This switch is pressed, the parking brake will start to operate and the
gauge panel warning lamp will comes ON.
ö When operating the gear selector lever, be sure to release the
parking brake. If the machine is operated with the parking
brake engaged, the brake will overheat and may cause the
brake system to go out of order.
77073CD44
5) MAIN LIGHT SWITCH

(1) This switch use to operates the clearance lamp and head light by
two step.
ÂFirst step : Clearance lamp and cluster illumination lamp comes
ON. Also, all indicator lamp of switches come ON.
ÂSecond step : Head light comes ON.
77073CD45
6) WORK LAMP SWITCH

(1) This switch use to operates the front and rear work lamps by two
step.
ÂFirst step : Front work lamp located on the cab comes ON.
ÂSecond step : Rear work lamp located on the cowl comes ON.
77073CD46
7-36-2
7) REAR WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
(1) The switch use to operates the rear wiper and washer by two step.
ÂFirst step : The rear wiper operates.
ÂSecond step : The washer liquid is sprayed and the rear wiper is
operated only while pressing. If release the switch,
return to the first step position.
77073CD47
8) BUZZER STOP SWITCH

(1) The red lamp on the cluster lights ON and the buzzer sounds when
the machine has a problem.
In this case, if the switch is pressed, the buzzer will be stopped. Be
sure to check machine for problems.
(2) Wait until the lamp is turned OFF, if the red lamp lights ON after the
77073CD48 buzzer stopped.
If not, stop engine and check the system which the lamp is ON.
9) AUTO SELECT SWITCH

(1) Manual mode(Η Η)
Press the top of the switch for the manual mode of the autoshift
function. The operator selects the desired speed and the desired
direction in the manual mode with the gear selector lever.
(2) Automatic mode(Θ)
77073CD49 Press the bottom of the switch for the autoshift function in the
automatic mode. Press the bottom of the switch prior to shifting the
transmission into forward or reverse in order to activate the autoshift
function.
ö The operator can select two kinds of automatic modes.
(1st Ĉ 4th, 2nd Ĉ 4th)
ö When the switch failure occurs, it will be able to operate a auto
select function from LCD.
10) BEACON SWITCH (Option)

(1) This switch turns ON the rotary light on the cab.
77073CD50
7-36-3
11) RIDE CONTROL SWITCH (Option)
(1) AUTO position
Push in the top of the ride control switch in order to turn on the
automatic ride control. The automatic ride control automatically
turns on when the travel speed exceeds a preset speed of
approximately 9.5km/h. The automatic ride control automatically
shuts off during low speed 8km/h travel mode.
77073CD51
(2) ON position
Push in the bottom of the ride control switch in order to turn on the
system for ride control regardless speed. The ride control will
smooth the ride of the machine during travel.
77073CD51-1
(3) MIDDLE position

Push the ride control switch to the middle position in order to turn off
the system for the ride control.
77073CD51-2
12) HORN BUTTON

(1) If you press the button on the top of the multifunction switch, the
Horn button
horn will sound.
73033CD28A
13) CAB LAMP SWITCH

(1) This switch turns ON the cab room lamp.
73033CD24
7-36-4
14) KICK DOWN SWITCH
Kick down switch (1) Manual mode
It is effective 2nd speed to 1st speed only and recover to 2nd speed
quickly when push the switch one more time.
(2) Automatic mode
Η Mode 1(Down/Up)
It shifts down quickly from current gear to one step lower speed by
77073CD108
pushing the switch and recover to original speed quickly when push
the switch one more time.
Θ Mode 2(Down)
It shifts down from current gear to one step lower speed when push
the switch every time.
15) MULTI FUNCTION SWITCH

O J Ɇ ɇ (1) Front wiper and washer switch
Η When the switch is in J position, the wiper moves intermittently.
Θ When placed in Ɇ or ɇ position, the wiper moves continuously.
Ι If you push the grip of the lever, washer liquid will be sprayed and
the wiper will be activated 2-3 times.
73033CD29
ö Check the quantity of washer liquid in the tank. If the level of
the washer liquid is LOW, add the washer liquid (In cold, winter
days) or water. The capacity of the tank is 1 liter.
Up (2) Dimmer switch

Η This switch is used to turn the head lights direction.
M
Θ Switch positions
Down ÂUp : To flash for passing
ÂMiddle : Head lights low beam ON
73033CD30 ÂDown : Head lights high beam ON
Ι If you release the switch when it's in up position, the switch will
return to middle.
Left turning (3) Turning switch

Η This switch is used to warn or signal the turning direction of the
machine to other vehicles or equipment.
Θ Push the lever up for turning left, pull the lever down for turning
Right turning right.
73033CD31
7-36-5
GROUP 4 ELECTRICAL COMPONENT SPECIFICATION
Part name Symbol Specifications Check
※ Check specific gravity

12V × 200Ah 1.280 over : Over charged
Battery
(2EA) 1.280 ~ 1.250 : Normal
1.250 below : Recharging
Rated load : ※ Check coil resistance

24V Normal : About 50Ω
Battery relay 100A(Continuity) ※ Check contact
1000A(30seconds) Normal : ∞Ω
CR-1
※ Check disconnection
2 Normal : 0Ω
Fusible link 1 24V 60A (Connect ring terminal and
CN-60 check resistance between
terminal 1 and 2)
H BR ACC ST C ※ Check contact

23 56
H 0 I II 4 OFF : ∞Ω(For each
terminal)
0, I
Start key 1
B - ON : 0Ω(For terminal 1-3)
1 2 3 4 5 6 ∞Ω(For terminal 1-5)
START : 0Ω(For terminal 1-3
CS-2
and 1-5)
1
Pa
2 ※ Check contact
Pressure switch N.C TYPE Normal : 0Ω(CLOSE)
CD-3 CD-26
CD-39 CD-41
1
※ Check contact
Pressure switch 2 Pa N.O TYPE
Normal : ∞Ω(OPEN)
CD-4 CD-40
CD-5 CD-52
7-37
1 ※ Check resistance
Solenoid valve 2 24V 1A Normal : 15~25Ω
(For terminal 1-2)
CN-137
Pa Pressure :
Air cleaner ※ Check contact
pressure switch 635mmH2O
Normal : ∞Ω
(N.O TYPE)
CD-10
2 ※ Check LED lamp

Parking
1 24V 1.2A ※ Check Resistance
solenoid
About 24Ω
CN-71
1
※ Check resistance
Reed switch :
Fuel sender 2 Full : About 30Ω
Magnetic type
CD-2 Low level : About 300Ω
1 2 1
3 Normal : About 200Ω
Relay 4 4 3 24V 20A (For terminal 1-3)
(4pin)
AC RY(H1)
CR-2 ACAC
CR-26 RY(H2)
RY1 : ∞Ω
CR-35
CR-5 CR-42
CR-30CR-3
AC RY2 (For terminal 2-4)
CR-6 CR-7 CR-46
CR-2
30
86
87a 87 85 Normal : About 160Ω
87 (For terminal 2-6)
Relay 85 24V 20A : 0Ω
(5pin) 87a 30 86
(For terminal 1-3)
CR-4 CR-5 CR-26 : ∞Ω
CR-30 CR-40 CR-41
(For terminal 1-3)
7-38
1 B
3 E
Proximate
4 S 24V 400mA
switch
CN-100 CN-101
Hydraulic
2 Normal : ∞Ω
temperature
105°C over : 0Ω
CD-1
※ Check contact
1 Lo 1
MH 3 Normal
2
Aircon resistor 3 ML 2 1.12Ω : (For terminal 2-4)
4 Hi 4 2.07Ω : (For terminal 3-4)
3.17Ω : (For terminal 4-1)
1
Speaker 2 4Ω 20W
Normal : 50Ω
CN-23(LH)
CN-24(RH)
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
10 6 5
※ Check contact
OFF : ∞Ω
Switch
24V 8A (for terminal 1-5, 2-6)
(Locking type) 9 8 2 7 1
: 0Ω
CS-17 CS-23
CS-23 CS-34
CS-42
CS-41 CS-42
CS-21 CS-41 CS-51
CS-54 (for terminal 5-7, 6-8)
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Switch 10 4 1 ※ Check contact

(Non-locking 24V 8A OFF : ∞Ω
type) 9 2 75 (for terminal 2-4, 1-7)
CS-3 CS-34 CS-39
7-39
1 Work lamp
Work lamp, 24V 70W
2
Room lamp, ※ Check disconnection
CL-1 CL-6 Number plate lamp
Number plate CL-1 CL-6 CL-22
CL-22 Normal : A fewΩ
CL-5
CL-5 CL-21
CL-21CL-23
CL-23 Room lamp
lamp
CL-24 CL-25 CL-30 24V 10W
M 24V 70W ※ Check disconnection

Beacon lamp
(H1 TYPE) Normal : A fewΩ
CL-7
24V A
24V
DC/DC GND B ※24V (A-B)
12V 3A
Converter 12V 12V (B-C)
12V C
※ Check operation
22-28V 2A
Horn Supply power(24V) to each
110dB
CN-20 CN-25 terminal and connect ground
2 PA
1 ※ Check contact
Receiver dryer 24V 2.5A
Normal : ∞Ω
CN-29
1 S.L+
2 ACC
3 N.C
4 S.R+ ※ Check resistance
5 N.C
Cassette radio 6 S.L- 24V 20W+20W Power ON : 4Ω+4Ω
7 B+
8 S.R- (for terminal 1-6, 4-8)
9 N.C
CN-27
7-40
24V 0.5A
Back up buzzer -
110dB
CN-65
M 1 ※ Check contact
Washer pump 2 24V 2.5A Normal : 26.4 Ω
(for terminal 1-2)
CN-103 CN-22
1 2 3 4 5 6
24V 1.5A
Hi
Wiper motor E M Lo
2-speed -
Auto parking
CN-102 CN-21
B
A
Cigar lighter 24V 5A -
1
CL-2
B+ G
3
I ※ Check voltage
Alternator U 20V 60A
GND Normal : 24~28V
CN-74
Delco Remy
Starter ※ Operating or not
B+ M 28MT 24V
CN-45
7-41
1
Aircon ※ Check contact
24V 79W
compressor Normal : 13.4Ω
CN-28
2 ※ Check contact
Start relay 1 24V 200A
Normal : 11.3Ω
CR-23
M 1 24V 9A
Blower -
2 2900±150rpm
1 Normal : 0 Ω
1°C OFF
Duct sensor (for terminal 1-2),
2 4°C ON
the atmosphere temp:
over 4°C
Door switch 24V 2W
Normal : About 5MΩ
CS-1 CS-55
3 E
G 24V
2 B
Flasher unit 85 ~ 190 C/M -
1 L
50dB
CR-11
7-42
1 Lo
2 Hi 24V 75W/70W
(H4 TYPE) ※ Check disconnection
Head lamp 3 E
24V 4W Normal : A few Ω
4 C (T4W)
CL-3 CL-4
4 C
24V 5W
3 T
(R5W)
Combi lamp 2 E -
1 S
2×24V 21W
(P21W)
CL-15 CL-16
1
24V 21W
Turn lamp 2 -
(P21W)
CL-24 CL-25
Continuous
capacity :
Master switch 180Amp -
Push in capacity :
1000Amp
2
24V 200mA
Warning buzzer 1 -
90±5dB(ℓm)
CN-26
1 ※ Check contact
5 BL- BL+ 1
2
6 BK- BK+ 2 Normal : 80~90Ω
3
7 FL- FL+ 3
4 (For terminal 1-5, 2-6
Joy stick lever -
5 3-7, )
6
4 8
7 : ∞Ω
8 CN-114 (For terminal 4-8)
7-43
GROUP 5 CONNECTORS
1. CONNECTOR DESTINATION
Connector No. of Connector part No.
Type Destination
number pin Female Male
CN-1 58 2 I/conn(Main harness-Frame harness) S813-030200 S813-130200
CN-2 AMP 15 I/conn(Frame harness-Main harness) 2-85262-1 368301-1
CN-3 AMP 15 I/conn(Main harness-Frame harness) 2-85262-1 368301-1
CN-4 SWP 12 I/conn(Frame harness-Engine harness) S816-012002 S816-112002
CN-5 AMP 15 I/conn(Main harness-Cab harness) 2-85262-1 368301-1
CN-6 AMP 15 I/conn(Main harness-Frame harness) 2-85262-1 368301-1
CN-8 SWP 12 I/conn(Main harness-Front harness) S816-012002 S816-112002
CN-10 SWP 12 I/conn(Front harness-Main harness) S816-012002 S816-112002
CN-11 DEUTSCH 8 I/conn(Main harness-Aircon harness) DT06-8S -
CN-12 AMP 15 I/conn(Frame harness-Engine harness) 2-85262-1 368301-1
CN-14 AMP 15 I/conn(Frame harness-Main harness) 2-85262-1 368301-1
CN-20 Molex 2 Horn 36825-0211 -
HW090
CN-21 sealed 6 Front wiper motor 6189-01330 -
CN-22 SWP 2 Front washer tank S814-002000 -
CN-23 YAZAK1 2 Speaker(LH) 7123-1520 -
CN-24 YAZAK1 2 Speaker(RH) 7123-1520 -
CN-25 Molex 2 Horn 36825-0211 -
CN-26 250 2 Warning buzzer S810-002202 -
CN-27 PA 9 Cassette and radio S811-009003 -
CN-28 - 1 Comp(Air-con) NMWP01F-B -
CN-29 KET 2 Receiver drier MG640795 -
CN-45 Ring term - Starter S820-414000 -
CN-51 AMP 20 Cluster 174047-2 -
CN-52 AMP 68 T/M Control unit 962175 -
CN-53 - 6 Diagnostic - 1-408705-0
Econo seal
CN-58 III 36 Controller 344111-1 -
CN-60 58 2 Fusible link - S813-130200
CN-65 J 2 Back up buzzer DT06-2S -
CN-71 J 2 Parking solenoid DT06-2S -
CN-74 Ring term - Alternator S820-105000 -
CN-75 AMP 2 Fan clutch 85202-1 -
CN-83 KET 2 Aircon fan MG651092 -
CN-93 - 50 ECM DRC26-50S-05 -
CN-96 PACKARD 2 Fuel heater 1530-0027 -
7-44
Type Destination
CN-100 Autonics - Boom kick out 21L6-20020 -
CN-101 Autonics - Bucket leveler 21L6-20020 -
HW090
CN-102 sealed 6 Rear wiper motor 6189-01330 -
CN-103 SWP 2 Rear washer tank S814-002000 -
CN-110 - 2 Joy stick 1-480698-0 -
CN-111 - 8 Joystick S814-002000 -
CN-112 - 16 Gear box 21L7-60290 1201-0974
CN-114 - 6 Joy stick 1-480704-0 -
CN-121 PACKARD 4 Gear shift lever - -
CN-122 PACKARD 4 Gear shift lever 1201-5797 -
CN-136 - 2 Ride control valve DT06-2S-P012 -
CN-137 - 2 Ride control solenoid DT06-2S-P012 DT04-2P
CN-138 DEUTSCH 3 DC/DC Converter DT06-3S -
CN-139 DEUTSCH 2 12V socket -
CN-144 J 6 Pedal S816-006002 -
Relay -
CR-1 Ring term - Battery relay S820-104000 -
CR-2 250 4 Horn relay S810-004202 -
CR-3 250 4 Front work lamp relay S810-004202 -
CR-4 250 6 Wiper relay S810-006202 -
CR-5 250 2 Safety relay S810-006202 -
CR-6 250 4 Rear work lamp relay S810-004202 -
CR-7 250 4 Aircon relay S810-004202 -
CR-11 250 3 Flasher unit S810-003702 -
CR-23 J 2 Start relay - S814-102001
CR-24 - 1 Preheater relay S822-014000
CR-30 250 4 Back-up relay S810-004202 -
CR-35 250 4 Ride control relay S810-004202 -
CR-42 250 4 Preheater relay S810-004202 -
CR-46 250 4 Fuel warmer relay S810-004202 -
Switch -
CS-1 - 1 Door switch S822-014004 -
CS-2 SWP 6 Start key switch S814-006000 -
CS-3 SWF 10 Rear wiper switch 593757 -
CS-5 Shur 1 Horn switch S822-014000 -
CS-11 SWP 8 Multi function switch S814-008000 -
CS-12 SWP 6 Multi function switch S814-006000 -
7-45
Type Destination
CS-17 SWF 10 Parking switch 593757 -
CS-20 SWF 10 Work lamp switch 593757 -
CS-23 SWF 10 Beacon switch 593757 -
CS-34 SWF 10 Buzzer stop switch 593757 -
CS-39 SWF 10 Main light switch 593757 -
CS-41 SWF 10 Hazard switch 593757 -
CS-42 SWF 10 Clutch cut off switch 593757 -
CS-50 SWF 10 Ride control switch 593757 -
CS-51 SWF 10 Auto/manual switch 593757 -
CS-53 SWF 10 Steering pump switch 593757 -
CS-55 - 1 Door switch S822-014004 -
Light
CL-1 - 2 Room lamp MG610392 -
CL-2 250 3 Cigar lighter S810-001202 -
CL-3 SWP 4 Head light(LH) S814-004000 -
CL-4 SWP 4 Head light(RH) S814-004000 -
CL-5 AMP 2 Work light(LH) - DT04-2P
CL-6 AMP 2 Work light(RH) - DT04-2P
CL-7 250 1 Beacon lamp S810-001202 -
CL-15 SWP 4 Combi lamp(RR, LH) S814-004000 -
CL-16 SWP 4 Combi lamp(RR, RH) S814-004000 -
CL-21 - 1 Numberplate lamp 170183-2 -
CL-22 DEUTSCH 2 Work light(LH) DT04-2P -
CL-23 DEUTSCH 2 Work light(RH) - DT04-2P
CL-24 SWP 2 Turn lamp(LH) S814-002000 -
CL-25 SWP 2 Turn lamp(RH) S814-002000 -
Sensor, sender
CD-1 AMP 2 Hyduaulic oil temp sendor 85202-1 -
CD-2 SWP 2 Fuel sendor S814-002000 -
CD-3 Rubber cap - Brake fail pressure switch 21EA-003100 -
CD-4 Rubber cap - Stop lamp pressure switch 21EA-003100 -
CD-5 Rubber cap - Clutch cut off pressure switch 21EA-003100 -
CD-10 Ring term 2 Air cleaner switch S820-105000 -
CD-15 AMP 2 Converter sensor 85202-1 -
CD-17 AMP 2 Engine pick-up sensor 85202-1 -
CD-26 Rubber cap - Parking pressure switch 21EA-003100 -
CD-27 AMP 2 Turbin pick up sensor 85202-1 -
7-46
Type Destination
CD-35 PACKARD 2 Fuel fiter 1204-0753 -
CD-39 Rubber cap - Steering pressure switch 21EA-00310 -
CD-40 Rubber cap 2 Steering pump pressure switch 21EA-00310 -
CD-50 AMP 2 Gear chain sensor 85202-1 -
CD-51 - 3 Output speed sensor 282087 -
CD-52 AMP 2 Oil filter 282080 -
7-47
2. CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTORS
1) 58-L TYPE CONNECTOR
No. of
Receptacle connector(Female) Plug connector(Male)
pin
1 1
S813-030100 S813-130100
1 2
1 2
S813-030200 S813-130200
7-48
2) PA TYPE CONNECTOR
No. of
pin
2 5 1 3
1 3 2 5
S811-005002 S811-105002
3 7 1 4
1 4 3 7
S811-007002 S811-107002
4 9
1 5
1 5
4 9
S811-009002 S811-109002
5 11 1 6
11
1 6 5 11
S811-011002 S811-111002
7-49
No. of
pin
6 13 1 7
13
1 7 6 13
S811-013002 S811-113002
1 9
8 17
17
1 9 8 17
S811-017002 S811-117002
10 21 1 11
21
1 11 10 21
S811-021002 S811-121002
7-50
3) J TYPE CONNECTOR
No. of
pin
1 1
2 2
S816-002001 S816-102001
2 3 1
3 1 2
S816-003001 S816-103001
7-51
4) SWP TYPE CONNECTOR
No. of
pin
1 1
S814-001000 S814-101000
2 1
1 2
S814-002000 S814-102000
3 1
2 1 23
S814-003000 S814-103000
2 4 1 3
1 3 2 4
S814-004000 S814-104000
7-52
No. of
pin
3 6 1 4
3 6
1 4
S814-006000 S814-106000
4 8 1 5
4 8
1 5
S814-008000 S814-108000
4 12 1 9
12
4 12
1 9
S814-012000 S814-112000
3 14 11
1
14
1 11 3 14
S814-014000 S814-114000
7-53
5) CN TYPE CONNECTOR
No. of
pin
1 1
S810-001202 S810-101202
2 2
1 1
S810-002202 S810-102202
3 2
1 2 1 3
S810-003202 S810-103202
2 4 1 4
1 3 2 3
S810-004202 S810-104202
7-54
No. of
pin
3 6 1 4
1 4 3 6
S810-006202 S810-106202
4 8 1 5
1 5 4 8
S810-008202 S810-108202
7-55
6) ITT SWF CONNECTOR
No. of
pin Receptacle connector(Female) Plug connector(Male)
2
10
1 10
9
SWF593757
7) HW090 SEALED CONNECTOR

No. of
6 3
4
6
6189-0133
8) MWP02F-B CONNECTOR
No. of
2 1
2
PH805-02028
7-56
9) AMP ECONOSEAL CONNECTOR
No. of
12
1
12
13 24
36
25
24 36 1
13
36
25
344111-1
344111-1 344108-1
344108-1
7-57
GROUP 6 TROUBLESHOOTING
1. WHEN STARTING SWITCH IS TURNED ON, CLUSTER LAMP DOES NOT LIGHT UP
・Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted and the
fuse No.26 is not blown out and ON/OFF of bulb.
・After checking, connect the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified.
Cause Remedy
YES
Defective cluster Replace
Check voltage
YES
between CN-51
(1, 2) and chassis
NO Disconnection in Repair or replace

wiring harness or (After clean)
Check voltage
poor contact
between CN-12
(1) and chassis between
CN-51(1, 2) and
CN-12(1)
NO
Disconnection in Repair or replace
poor contact
between CN-12(1)
and fuse No.26
CLUSTER
1
FUSE
2 1
No.26
CN-51
CN-12
Check voltage
YES 20 ~ 30V
NO 0V 7607EL14
7-58
2. WHEN BATTERY LAMP LIGHTS UP(Engine is started)
・Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
Cause Remedy
YES
Defective controller Replace
Check voltage
YES
between CN-58
(25) and chassis
NO Disconnection in Repair or replace
Voltage : 27.5~30V wiring harness or (After clean)
poor contact
Check voltage between CN-58
YES between CN-3(4)
(25) and CN-3(4)
and chassis
YES
Voltage : 26~30V Disconnection in Repair or replace
Check voltage poor contact
between CN-4(8) between CN-4(8)
NO
Check voltage and chassis and CN-3(4)
between
alternator terminal Disconnection in Repair or replace
"I" and chassis NO
Voltage : 26~30V poor contact
Starting switch : ON
between CN-4(8)
and alternator
terminal " I "
Defective alternator Replace

NO
CONTROLLER
ALTERNATOR
25 4 8 " I " TERMINAL
CN-3 CN-4
CN-58
Check valtage
YES 20 ~ 30V
NO 0V 7707EL23
7-59
3. WHEN PARKING SOLENOID DOES NOT WORK
fuse No.8 is not blown out.
Cause Remedy
YES
Defective parking Replace
Check voltage brake solenoid
between CN-71
(2) and chassis YES
Defective parking
Check voltage
Starting switch : ON switch
Parking switch : ON-OFF NO
between CS-17
Voltage : 20~30V (6) and chassis
Disconnection in
Voltage : 20~30V NO
wiring harness or
poor contact
between CS-17(6)
and Fuse No.8
PARKING SWITCH
8 2
1
5
CN-71
6
CS-17 FUSE
No.8
7707EL24
7-60
4. TRANSMISSION IS NOT RETURNED TO NEUTRAL WHEN PARKING BRAKE IS APPLIED
fuse No.17(T/M controller) and No.8 are not blown out.
Cause Remedy
YES
Defective T/M Replace
controller
Check voltage YES

between CN-52
(21) and chassis
poor contact
Starting switch : ON Check voltage between CN-52
Parking switch : ON between CS-17
Voltage : 20~30V NO (21) and CS-17(7)
(7) and chassis
YES
Voltage : 20~30V Defective switch Replace
Parking switch : ON Check voltage
between CS-17
NO
(5) and chassis
NO
Voltage : 20~30V wiring harness or (After clean)
poor contact
between CS-17(5)
and fuse No.8
PARKING SWITCH
FUSE
6
5 No.8
7
CS-17 21
CN-52
Check resistance
YES MAX 1Ω
7707EL25
NO MIN 1MΩ
7-61
5. MACHINE DOES NOT TRAVEL
fuse No.17(Transmission controller) is not blown out.
・Wiring diagram : See page 7-16.
Cause Remedy
YES
Defective clutch Replace
cut-off switch
Check resistance
YES
between CD-5
and chassis
NO Is there continuity Defective T/M Replace

between CN-52 NO
(66) and chassis? controller
NO
Defective T/M Replace
Is voltage between
controller
CN-52(21) and
chassis 20-28V? YES
Defective parking Replace
Parking switch : OFF
switch
Clutch cut-off Is there continuity
switch : ON between CS-17(7)
YES
and chassis?
Disconnection Repair or replace

NO
poor contact
between CN-52
(21) and CS-17(7)
Check resistance
YES MAX 1Ω
NO MIN 1MΩ
7-62
6. WHEN STARTING SWITCH IS TURNED ON, WIPER MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE
fuse No.9 is not blown out.
・After checking, connect the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified. ONTROLLER
HYD TEMP SENDER

CLUTCH CUT-OFF PS
SERIAL-L
SPEEDMETER SIG.
RIDE CONT. AUTO

COOLANT SIG
SAFETY RY
BUZZER STOP
WIPER RY
STEERING RY
ALT LEVEL
FUEL SENSOR
PREHEATER
WASH SIG
CAN-H
AUTO SEL.TCU
REMOTE FAN(+)
CAN-L
REMOTE FAN(-)
STEERING PS
CLUTCH CUT-OFF SW
STEERING P/P PS
ENG OIL PS
TACHO +
RIDE CONT. ON
WIPER INT SIG
PARKING SIG
SERIAL-H
GND
BUZZER
AUTO SEL.SW
BRAKE PS
TAHCO -
AIR FILTER
IG 24V
FUSE BOX
BEACON LAMP 20A
Cause Remedy ILL.LAMP 10A
1
2
YES HEAD LAMP 20A
23
35
34
24
31
26
32
25
33
27
21
20
30
29
28
22
17
19
Defective front
11
Replace
18
16
12
10
13
15
14
1
2
3
6
8
4
5
7
9
Check voltage BACK/STOP LAMP 10A
3
4
wiper motor
M30 0.85 Y
M27 0.85 R
YES between front CN-58
M22 0.85 Gr
HORN/CONVERTER 30A
5
wiper motor and AIR-CON/HEATER 20A
6
CIGAR
chassis Poor connection of Replace 20A
7
Check voltage Voltage : 20~30V
NO SWITCH 10A
YES chassis M14 1.25 L F/R WIPER 20A

8
between CN-21(5) Starting switch : ON 9

WORK LAMP 30A
Wiper switch : 1st 10
and chassis
CN-36
Voltage : 20~30V WIPER RY L

Starting switch : ON Disconnection in Repair or replace M46 0.85 R
Check voltage Wiper switch : 1st NO M45A 0.85 W
30
87a 87 85
86
YES between CS-12 wiring harness or (After clean) M45 0.85 W
87
M22 0.85 Gr
(4), CN-7(10) and poor contact 85
M39 0.85 G 30 86
chassis between CN-7(10) 87a
CR-26
Voltage : 20~30V and CN-21(5),
Wiper switch : OFF CN-13(5)
WIPER RY
M14A 1.25 L
30
Defective wiper Repair or replace M38 0.85 Br 87a 87 85
NO M49 0.85 G
86
switch or (After clean) G25 1.25 B
87
85
Check voltage disconnection in M45B 0.85 W
87a 30 86
CS-12(6) wiring harness or CR-4
poor contact
Voltage : 20~30V between CS-12(4)
Starting switch : ON and CN-7(10).
M27A 0.85 R
M14D 1.25 L
M38 0.85 Br
M39 0.85 G
M30 0.85 Y
Wiper switch : 1st
YES
Check voltage poor contact
between CN-7(8) between CS-7(8)
NO
CN-7
10
11
12
13
14
6
7
9
8
M45C 0.85 W
and chassis. and fuse No.9
M49 0.85 G
M46 0.85 R
G51 1.25 B
Discomection in Repair or replace
NO
CS-11
CS-12
CS-5
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN-13
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
poor contact
BWG 4
RW 6
W6
BVi 3
L 4
G 5
BY 1
between CS-12(6)
Gr 2
Y
M40 0.85 VOr
and CN-7(8).
HO
W
II
I
Hi
C
J 0
J
C
CN-21
1
2
3
5
4
6
0
II
I
Lo
Hi
5 Lo
4 Hi
3E
B+
2Pf
1B
F
R
L
O
R
L
M
7 Y Lo
8 WB
2 BW
3 BG
5B
FRONT WIPER
MULTI FUNCTION SWITCH
7607EL12
7-63
7. WHEN STARTING SWITCH "ON" DOES NOT OPERATE
・Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted and and
the fuse No.16 is not blown out.
Cause Remedy
FUSE BOX
YES
Defective cable Repair or replace RADIO/ROOM LAMP 5A
14
Check voltage (After clean)

15
YES assembly M04 1.25 Or START KEY 30A
16
between CN-60(2) TCU 10A
17
and chassis ECM 10A
18
Short circuit or Replace CLUSTER 10A
19
Voltage : 20~30V NO AC & HEATER 10A
Check voltage defect of fusible SPARE 10A
20
YES 21
between CR-1 link or defective ECM 5A
22
RCV 10A
(R1) and chassis 23
battery relay CONTROLLER 10A
24
Voltage : 20~30V TCU 10A
25
CLUSTER 10A
26
Disconnection in Replace ILL,F/L,R/R 5A
27
NO ILL.F/R,R/L 5A
Check voltage wiring harness or 28
YES between CS-2 CN-36

(1)[and CS-2(2)] poor contact F21 3.0 W
and chassis between CS-2(2) - BATTERY MASTER SW

BATT RY
Voltage : 20~30V R4 B G
CN-3(6)-CR-1 F23C 1.25 L R1
G79 1.25 B TO STARTER

(R1) R2
R3
CS-0
CR-1
F22 5.0 R
2 2
F21 3.0 W
Disconnection in Replace 1 1
Check voltage NO CN-1 CN-60
wiring harness or
and specific
gravity of battery poor contact
between fuse No.
Specific gravity : MIN 1.28
Voltage : MIN 24V 16 and CS-2(1) or
1
F23 1.25 L
defect of start 2 2
3 F12 1.25 V
1
switch 4 DO-1
5
6
M04B 1.25 Or
Repair or replace
F12 0.85 V
Battery capacity 7
NO 8
too low (After clean) 9
10
11
CS-2
12
5
4
1
6
2
3
13
B 14
0, I
1
15
CN-3
H 0 I II
4
6
5
3
2
H
C ST ACC BR
START SWITCH
7707EL27
7-64
8. WHEN STARTING SWITCH IS TURNED ON, WORK LAMP DOES NOT LIGHTS UP
・Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted, and the
fuse No.10 is not blown out. FUSE BOX
・After checking, connect the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified. BEACON LAMP 20A
1
2
HEAD LAMP 20A
3
BACK/STOP LAMP 10A
4
HORN/CONVERTER 30A
5
AIR-CON/HEATER 20A
6
Cause Remedy CIGAR 20A
7
YES SWITCH 10A
Defective lamp Replace F/R WIPER
8
Check voltage 20A
9
YES between each M10 1.25 Gr WORK LAMP 30A
10
OPTION 10A
lamp and chassis 11
Disconnection in Repair or replace CN-36
NO
Voltage : 20~30V wiring harness or (After clean) OPT
Check voltage Starting switch : ON poor contact C03D 1.25 Or
FRONT WORK LAMP
2
YES between CN-5(4), between CL-6(2),
G15 1.25 B
1
CN-3(10) and CL-5(2), CL-22(1),
CL-36
FRONT WORK LAMP
chassis CL-23(1) and CN-
C03C 1.25 Or
2
G14 1.25 B
1
Voltage : 20~30V 5(4), CN-3(10). CL-35
Starting switch : ON 1
2 FRONT WORK
Check voltage Disconnection in Repair or replace FR WORK LAMP RY 3 LAMP,LH
C03 1.25 Or C03 1.25 Or C03A 1.25 Or
YES between CR-3(4), NO 3 4 4 4 2
wiring harness or (After clean) 3
M51 0.85 W
5 G01 1.25 B
G11 1.25 B
1
CR-6(4) and poor contact 2
M10A 1.25 Gr 6 CL-6
G21 1.25 B 7
chassis between CN-5(4) - 1 2 1
8 FRONT WORK
CR-3 LAMP,RH
Voltage : 20~30V 9 C03B 1.25 Or
CR-3(4) and CN- 10 G12 1.25 B
2
11 1
3(10) - CR-6(4) 12
C14 1.25 Br
CL-5
OPT
Check voltage 13 REAR WORK LAMP
14
between CR- Defective work Replace relay 15
C14A 1.25 Br
2
NO G16 1.25 B
1
3(2), CR-6(2) and lamp relay CN-5
CL-32
chassis REAR WORK LAMP
YES RR WORK LAMP RY C14B 1.25 Br 2
Voltage : 20~30V Disconnection in Repair or replace 3 4 4
CF14A 1.25 Br 1 G17 1.25 B
2 1
Starting switch : ON M52 0.85 L
wiring harness or (After clean) 3
M10B 1.25 Gr 3 CL-33
2 4
Check voltage poor contact 1 2 1
G22 1.25 B
5 REAR WORK
LAMP,LH
6
between CR-3(2), CR-6 F14A 1.25 Br
1
between fuse No. 7 G19 1.25 B
NO CR-6(2) and fuse 8 2
10 and chassis WORK LAMP SW 9 CL-22
No.10 G13 0.85 B 10
F14 1.25 Br
9 10 10 C05F 0.85 R
9 11
Voltage : 20~30V 12 REAR WORK
4 8
Starting switch : ON Short circuit of fuse Replace 2 M59 0.85 Y 13 F14B 1.25 Br
LAMP,RH
7
NO 7 1 6
14
G17 1.25 B
1
M51 0.85 W 15 2
5 5
C05G 0.85 R CN-3 CL-23
4
3
M52 0.85 L
II I 0
2 CLUSTER
1 C05H 0.85 R 20 TX-PC
CS-20 19 GND
17 ILL.
CS-39
16 T/M ERROR
15 SERIAL-L
9 10 10 14 SERIAL-H
9 12 12 GND
4 8 11 GND
2 C05C 0.85 R 11
7 10 RX-PC
10 9 FWE
7 1 6 9
5 M59 0.5 Y 8 N.C
5 WORK LAMP
8 7
4 7 6 HIGH BEAM
II I 0 3 6 5 RH TURN
2 4 LH.TURN
M17 1.25 OrW 5 3 24V PER.
1
4 2 24V IG
ILL & HEAD LAMP SW : ON(1st step) 3 1 24V IG
2 CN-51
1
CN-12
7707EL28
7-65
9. WHEN ENGINE DOES NOT START
・Check supply of the power at engine stop solenoid while starting switch is ON. CONTROL UNIT
・Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
・After checking, connect the disconnected connectors again immediately unless other wise specified.
VMGA2
ADM5
・Check forward reverse switch at neutral position.
VPE2
AIP6
AIP4
AIP1
ED1
ED5
ED2
ED9
ED6
EF4
VPI
45
46
51
55
56
57
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
FUSE BOX
Cause Remedy CN-52
T37 0.85 W
A 14
VM OUTPUT SIGNAL K RADIO/ROOM LAMP 5A
YES VP F B N D B 15
Defective battery Check engine ED 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 C START KEY 30A
16
AD1 B1 D TCU 10A
system charge or AD2 B2 CN-121 ECM 10A
17
AD3 B3 18
replace (after AD4 V CLUSTER 10A
19
M01 1.25 WOr

1
checking specific AD5 R A
SAFETY RY AC & HEATER 10A
20
AD6 AS B 2 M43 1.25 R
gravity of battery) AD7 C 3 30 SPARE 10A
21
85
YES A AD3 D 4
T37C 0.85 W
86 87a 87 ECM 5A
Check voltage Defective magnet Replace CN-122 5 E05 0.85 R
87 RCV 10A
22
Check operation YES between starter of start motor

B AD2
C AD1 6 M21 0.85 L
85 CONTROLLER 10A
23
7 24
of start motor magnet coil and X1
D AD7(KD)
8
87a 30 86 TCU 10A
25
CR-5
chassis Defective start Replace
A ED1(VP) 9 CLUSTER 10A
26
Starting switch : start NO D AD6 10 ILL,F/L,R/R 5A
Starting switch : start relay B AD4 11 27
ILL.F/R,R/L 5A
C AD5 12 28
X2
13
YES CN-36
ⓐ 14
CN-13
Check operation Check voltage
NO of starter relay YES
between CR-5
(87) and chassis
Starting switch : start
Disconnection in Replace
Starting switch : OFF NO
wiring harness or
Check operation poor contact
of start safety between CN-2(11)
NO
relay and CR-5(87)
Check switch : neutral YES
Defective relay Replace
Check voltage
between CR-5 STARTER
NO TO BATT
(86) and chassis B+
Starting switch : OFF NO

ⓑ
M
YES CN-45
Defective start Replace
M01 1.25 WOr
M04B 1.25 Or
M43 1.25 R
F12 0.85 V
Check voltage relay START RY
G15 1.25 B
ⓐ between CR-23 1
E05 1.25 R
1
2 2
(2) and chassis
CS-2
3 CR-23
5
4
1
6
2
3
Disconnection in Repair or replace 4
Voltage : 20~30V NO B
Starting switch : ON wiring harness or 0, I 5 1
1
6 2
poor contact
7 3
between CN-2(11) H 0 I II
8 4
4
6
5
3
2
-CN-4(7)-CR-23(2)
H
C ST ACC BR 9 5
START SWITCH 10 6
E05 0.85 R
YES 11 7
Disconnection in Repair or replace 12 8
wiring harness or CN-2 9
10
Check voltage poor contact 11
ⓑ between CN-13 between CN-13(4) 12
(4) and chassis and CR-5(86) CN-4
Starting switch : OFF

Defective DW-3 Replace 7707EL29
NO
7-66

HL760 7

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

HL760 7

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

HL760 7

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What are the main sections covered in the document?

What are the main sections covered in the document?

What are some of the groups discussed for the engine section?

What are some of the groups discussed for the engine section?

CONTENTS

SECTION 3 POWER TRAIN SYSTEM

SECTION 4 BRAKE SYSTEM

SECTION 5 STEERING SYSTEM

SECTION 6 WORK EQUIPMENT

Structure and function

2. Convert 550mm into inches.

0 0.039 0.079 0.118 0.157 0.197 0.236 0.276 0.315 0.354

0 0.039 0.079 0.118 0.157 0.197 0.236 0.276 0.315 0.354

Kilogram to Pound 1kg = 2.2046lb

0 2.20 4.41 6.61 8.82 11.02 13.23 15.43 17.64 19.84

0 0.264 0.528 0.793 1.057 1.321 1.585 1.849 2.113 2.378

Liter to U.K. Gallon 1ℓ = 0.21997 U.K.Gal

0 0.220 0.440 0.660 0.880 1.100 1.320 1.540 1.760 1.980

7.2 14.5 21.7 28.9 36.2 43.4 50.6 57.9 65.1

14.2 28.4 42.7 56.9 71.1 85.3 99.6 113.8 128.0

-40.4 -40 -40.0 -11.7 11 51.8 7.8 46 114.8 27.2 81 117.8

-28.3 -19 -2.2 -8.9 16 60.8 10.6 51 123.8 30.0 86 186.8

-25.6 -14 6.8 -6.1 21 69.8 13.3 56 132.8 32.8 91 195.8

-22.8 -9 15.8 -3.3 26 78.8 16.1 61 141.8 35.6 96 204.8

-20.0 -4 24.8 -0.6 31 87.8 18.9 66 150.8 40.6 105 221.0

-17.2 1 33.8 2.2 36 96.8 21.7 71 159.8 54.4 130 266.0

-14.4 6 42.8 5.0 41 105.8 24.4 76 168.8 68.3 155 311.0

Group 1 Safety Hints 1-1

FOLLOW SAFE PROCEDURE

WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

WARN OTHERS OF SERVICE WORK

USE HANDHOLDS AND STEPS

WORK IN CLEAN AREA

PROTECT AGAINST FLYING DEBRIS

PROTECT AGAINST NOISE

SUPPORT MACHINE PROPERLY

SERVICE COOLING SYSTEM SAFELY

HANDLE FLUIDS SAFELY-AVOID FIRES

BEWARE OF EXHAUST FUMES

REMOVE PAINT BEFORE WELDING OR

SERVICE MACHINE SAFELY

STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS

AVOID HEATING NEAR PRESSURIZED FLUID

PREVENT BATTERY EXPLOSIONS

USE TOOLS PROPERLY

USE PROPER LIFTING EQUIPMENT

DISPOSE OF FLUIDS PROPERLY

LIVE WITH SAFETY

KEEP ROPS INSTALLED PROPERLY

Bucket Tire Head light Hydraulic tank Air cleaner Radiator

Boom Boom cylinder Main control valve Battery Counterweight

Description Unit Specification

Description Unit Specification

Description Unit Specification

Front frame assembly 1631 3596

Model Cummins QSB5.9

3) FAN PUMP + BRAKE

4) MAIN CONTROL VALVE